ee ne nay 2 > . S J Od Me SP FM BD Dma SEB “ Bese SOF ¢ te ; BS . 7 60a : : * : ‘ : : aks eS - Y if AN ot . 3 c a NN tt ‘ ” : a a3: 3 mate : RAGA AR OE ARAM OOS ™ acne Y ear ‘ Le : " ae nt ANT & Ae a © “ys - ee ee a a °, ; : ‘Aves AoA? ay tenn SSS ES EAA See ; : Peek Secten FA th AN r ; 3 Rats > ASAE ah et hn ok 2 & Ow Ogle tng rr “ > ett Sh LS OFT OAM ee vy ; ; Hk meh ol or, — 2 wae tee Pree Seek Coe ee ee ¥e ~ » nate de Cn ne aot MeN rere) me ~~ ak he Ie ep nen ems h CEA DH ¢ 7 ae eee ee eee ee ee ee BEEEAAAD a0 EEK en ER Ae AD KD Nee Cem A a ‘ 7 et wth ae eae NP OP ren ne es ey toe men AA xe a Ae a “ . * Be Pitti t OM te Eg Po sm r47 Ake 4 *e Re eng ARP al PS ee % Dh AOD 3 2Aaee ee ae ee 8 en rahetne tnmanya ott men hat Pa > oe ee HANDBOUND AT THE ake o UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO PRESS “3 THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. — — — — eee VOL. XIII.—SIXTH SERIES. eee ooe> LORY ON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLINRE, PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1894. Sq “Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex cconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zxstimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fwit.””—Linnavs. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden 1767. sradesce ios 2 Mhesylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. / 7b SLA. fo ee ae V. vary CONTENTS OF VOL. XIII. [SIXTH SERIES.] NUMBER LXNIIL. Page I. On certain Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. By W.C. — M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c., Professor of Natural History tee Wmveraity OF St. Andrews 1.0... sce eat tecerces II. The Endosternite of Scorpio compared with the Homologous Struetures in other Arachnida. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A, Cantab. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory, R. Coll. of Science, South EL 5 inn ape. 9 aio a}, 5 00 ne 'aheidis sofas o * sss 18 III, On the Llateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.LS. ........ 26 IV. On the Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. By Ep@ar A. ee ere oe cree ade ts ena tr eees sateen 4s V. On the Dentition of Pella Burnupt, Melvill and Ponsonby. By Henry Suter, Christchurch, New Zealand. (Plate V. B.) ...... 60 VI. Preliminary Notes on the Relation between the Helicide of New Zealand, Tasmania, and South Africa. By Henry Svurer, Christchurch, MPMMMMRENICU TET AS, aigige oie te ee cons oc crate sve ONE OM VII. The Anatomy and Description of a new Species of Arion. By WaxTeER E. CoLuiner, Mason College, Birmingham. (PlateV.A.) 66 61 VIII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Macroscelides. By PIERS ee Sei cii cicg gees ess san cn cece ce ele alte sie 7 IX. On a new Species of Armadillo from Bolivia. By OtpF1eLp eee sn eng pce cs cece estas nee cas 70 X. A small Contribution to our Knowledge of the Scorpions of India. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History). 72 XI. On a new Genus and Species of Agriontde from Foo Chow. By W. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (N Natural Histor Pe ae nals hate tattle emi se Malate sen 84 XII. New Genera and Species of British Spiders. By the Rev. Pooperckanp-Oamprmearn. (Plates I d& Uy... tee 87 XI. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rey. Canon Nous, MA. D.C.L., F.RS., &c. (Plates VI. & VIL) ..5...5. 112 lv CONTENTS. Page New Book :—Wes Coquilles des Eaux douces et saumatres de France. Par ARNOULD LOCARD! ....ccencrscsscncesvesunsueavioneas 133 On two new Types of Choniostomatide from the Coasts of France: Spheronella microcephala, G. & B., and Salenskia tuberosa, G. & B., by MM. A. Giard and J. Bonnier; Who first found Balanoglossus?, by the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., Eat sf OUCes sete sfetis safe cictem sejeiere oe ag ees aheiris ieee 154—136 NUMBER LXXIV, XIV. On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By Tuomas Scorr, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and ANDREW Scort: ‘(Plates VILL dc VS.) ic cicr pepe see eiae . 137 XV. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rey. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L,,-FBS.4( Qc. <5 | -)-c besos aiilsanis eerie 150 XVI. Description of a new Species of Epiphora (Saturniide) from Uganda. By W. F. Krrsy, F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History) ............-0.. 165 XVII. Description of a new Species of Hirdapa, Moore, from Dinner Island, New Guinea, in the Collection of the British Museum. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Depart- ment, British Museum (Natural History) .........-...ee cence s. 166 XVIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Central America. By HerBert Druck, F.LS. ..............-- 168 XIX. On the Llateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. XX. Description of a new Species of Reed-Rat (Aulacodus) from East Africa, with Remarks on the Milk-dentition of the Genus. By OEDELELD: CHOMAS :<. <2’ :0rs/onaie. c/s wis. e ly nie ola Sieiniels eiabelcinl ciel eee 202 XXI. Note on Mus Burtoni, Thos. By Otprretp THomas .... 204 XXII. Preliminary Notice of South-American Tubifcide collected by Dr. Michaelsen, including the Description of a Branchiate Form, By Frank E. Bepparb, M.A. FURS. oo. cece eee eee ee ee eens 205 XXIII. Diagnosis of a new Species of the Genus Lepidolemur. By Dr. C, 1. ForsyrH MAJOR «2... 5. cece eee cece eee e een eenes 211 Proceedings of the Geological Society....... sReitaee ae jean Ll, S18 On the Jaws of Hirudinea, by Jac. M. Croockewit ; Schneider’s Pore and the Cisophageal Glands of Nematodes, by Prof. Otto Hamann, of Gottingen ; Who first found Balanoglossus ?, by the Rey. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.RS., &. ........ 212—216 CONTENTS. Vv NUMBER LXXYV., Page XXIV. On a Bifid Earthworm (Lumbricus terrestris). By Henry ©. Wititamson, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. EUG as Gasx esd agcns Sic vedad vec e ne eees sas 217 XXYV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com- manding.—Series L1., No. 1. On the Results of Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 (continued). By A. Aucock, M.B., Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum... . 225 XXVI. Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. By G. A. BoULENGFR..... MEM Renee cinta cals + Miskin are ting relate ss 245 XXVII. Descriptions of Three new Lycenide from New Guinea. Peet IRUCK, EZ.9,. FS. oe sso cess pepensnerias 252 XXVIII. On the Elateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S...., 255 XXIX. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon onmernmaes OL, F RS, &c. (Plate XI.) s.cunse ce cceee 267 XXX. New Coleoptera from the Australian Region. By Cuas, O,. WATERHOUSE XXXI. On the Characters of a new Genus and Six new Species of Longicorn Coleoptera trom New Guinea. By C.J. Ganan, M.A. 288 XXXII. Diagnosis of a new Pteropus from the Admiralty Islands. IEMA, 6. nc els cede senses so nuiegices wofollele aiakerea 293 Proceedings of the Geological Society ...........0000- Saineia s -aO4, 20D On the Embryology of the Cumacea, by P. Butschinsky, of the University of Odessa ........ See Sera aren ee See Ae 295 NUMBER LXXVI. XXXIIL. A Contribution to the Osteology of the Head of Hat- teria. By Frrepricu SreBENROCK, Assistant in the Imperial and Royal Natural History Museum in Vienna. (Plate XIV.) ........ 297 XXXIV. On the Llateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. .... 311 XXXV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., late com- manding.—Series I., No. 1. On the Results of the Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 (continued), By A. Atcocxk, M.B., Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum ..,. 321 XXXVI. Corylophide and Trichopterygide found in the West- Indian Islands. By the Rev. A. MATTHEWS............0e0e000 584 vi CONTENTS. Page XXXVII. List of Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Dr. J. Bohls near Asuncion, Paraguay. By G. A. BouLENGER ........ B42 XXXVIII. On a new Species of Phreatoicus from Tasmania. By Grorer M. Tuomson, F.L.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc. of Tasmania. (PI Eo. ly Aaah a mee boar ca pera Mesa ae Wowie ile atta. 349 XXXIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Central America. By Herpent Druce, F.LS. .............2+- 352 XL. On Two new Chinese Rodents. By OrpFiz~p THomas.... 363 xaG Preliminary Description of a new Goat of the Genus Hem- tragus, trom South-eastern Arabia. By OLDFIELD THoMAs ...... 365 XLII. On the Palawan Representative of Tupaia ferruginea. By OLDFIFLD THOMAS ......... Pe ek eine AP Ee 367 New Look :—Foraminifera from the Deep-sea Soundings obtained in 1874-1876 by H.M.S. ‘Gazelle.’ Described by Dr. JosEpH GEORGE EGGER, Gi o%.. « aoheewn sin ws hea eee 368 On the Dates of Sowerby’s ‘ Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,’ by C. Davies Sherborn; Contributions to the Knowledge of the Antennary Sense-Organs of Insects, by C. M. Child, of the Zoological Institute, Leipzig University; Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the Fossil Rep- tilia—Part IX. Section 1. On the Therosuchia, by H. G. Deeley Hee See ye 2 ieos os seattle cies eae ee 370—374 NUMBER LXXVII. XLII. On the Tenebrionide of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. (Plate. KILL). «ose cnewiee awe ce veln'es mene Pe 377 XLIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., late com- manding.—Series I., No. 1. On the Results of the Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 (concluded). By A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superintendent cf the Indian Museum .... 400 XLY. On.some rare and interesting Crustacea from the Dogger Bank collected by Ernest W. L. Holt, Esq. By Tomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland ............ 412 XLVI. On Two small Collections of Neuroptera from Ta-chien-lu, in the Province of Szechuen, Western China, on the frontier of Thibet... By. Roprrt M‘Lacunan, FBS. &e.). 2. secs ne saah sown 421 XLVII. On Two new Neotropical Mammals. By OxpFre.p LHOWAS Gena an oe ss Con 4' o> Sa eee s ep bis Unk n ie seh See ee 435 XLVIII. On a new Species of the Hepialid Genus Ginetus, By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCRELD ... .. sss samen Rad m0 tba ---. 440 CONTENTS. vil Page XLIX. Note on the Food of Sagitta. By Arntuur T. Masrrr- MAN, B.A. (Cantab.), Assistant Professor of Natural History, Uni- erates Palais Stu a Udiaia'e vied ees © te 440 L. Note on the Relation of the Land-Mollusca of Tasmania and mowamminnG, iy O. HEDERY, F.L.S, 1.0.0... cece ene 442 LI. A new Pedunculate Cirripede. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. ICE TACO DV.) cision ccs eva clececrsccensceseccess 443 New Books:—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Buanrorn. Moths: Vol. If. By G. F. Hampson.—Manual of Conchology, Struc- tural and Systematic. With Illustrations of the Species. By Grorere W. Tryon, Jun. Continuation by Henry A. Pitsspry. Vol. XIV. Polyplacophora (Chitons).—Life and Rock. By R. Lyprxxer, B.A., F.G.S,, F.Z.S8., &e. .... 447—449 Note on Archineura basilactea, Kirby, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S. &e. ; Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the Fossil Reptilia—Part IX. Sections 2 and 3. On the reputed Mammals from the Karroo Formation of Cape Colony, and on Diademodon, by H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.; Preliminary Diagnosis of a new Gazelle from Algeria, by Oldfield Thomas........ 450—452 NUMBER LXXVIII. LIT. On the Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. By Enear A. EE) Oe ere 458 LUI. On the Tenebrionide of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. .... 465 LIV. On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes in Porifera. By Artuur T. Masrerman, B.A., late Scholar of Christ’s College, Cambridge, Assistant Professor and Lecturer on Zoology at the Uni- Wersltye mre MIGTOWS ........... cc cceee Se Cr ee CEO 485 LV. Descriptions of Eight new Species of Butterflies from New Britain and Duke of York Islands, in the Collections of the Hon. Walter Rothschild and Mr. Grose Smith, captured by Captains Cayley Webster and Cotton. By H. Grosk SmirH.............. 496 LVI. Observations on the Derivation and Homologies of some Pmcnniee by Ero JAMES D; DANA 20... aioe reece cane. 502 LVI. New Species of Cyclophorus and a Spiraculum from the Khasi and Naga Hills, Assam, By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwtn- AustTEn, F.R.S. &c., and Col. R. Brppomg, F.L.S. &. .......... 506 LVIIL. On the Affinities of the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. By A. Smirx Woopwarbd, F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural CTE on UY ee ois er a ee Aer ee ee 510 LIX. Description of Apogonia ferruginea, Fabr., from the Type in the Banksian Collection of Coleoptera. By Cuartes O. WaTER- RMI Ne oiaraie aa! slaiw'e sc ofc «1s sacl SS ojala Welsilatalaisinas «+ a .. O15 LX. Two new Species of Myrmeleonide from Madagascar. By REPEC IG ACTHAIN, BOR SiG Ge. weiss ccc eices cer ncusccsecsesiie 514 Vii CONTENTS. Page LXI. Lateral Eves in the Galeodide. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory, BME ACCTINIAG TOR) ss 5 2 242 u1h% ee 2's wis Sieroter eis gle pi eke een 517 LXII. Description of a new Longicorn Beetle of the Genus Diaxenes, which has been found injuring some imported Orchids. BSY AU 0G GEATEAN MEGS 5 5's, o sicraie ate ate ciadp ons im ie aoe 520 LXIII. Ona new African Genus of Mustelide. By Otprreip PEETIO MUA nye se ev 6 85] 01 Sr eos tenets oan Ree 522 New Books :—An Index to the Genera and Species of the Foramini- fera. By Cuarirs Davies SHERBORN. Part I. A to Non.— Horns and Hoofs, or Chapters on Horned Animals. By R. LYDEREER *¢)4;6 Giadeutplavige d« Walt > akheee acto mae 524, 525 Proceedings of the Geological Society. ............cceeeeeececes 527 Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S. &c.; Pteropods with Two Separate Sexual Openings, by H. McE. Knower. 528, 529 PLATES IN VOL. XIII. Puiate I. II. III. Endosternite of Scorpio. IV. Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. V. «it etiee pine planes sia P. adipatum, L. K. Note.—The females of the other species may be easily distinguished by the characters given for the males. Porrhomma errans, Blackw. (PI. Il. fig. 1.) (N. and L. errans, Bl. & Cb.) Length of male 1 line; female 14 line. Cephalothorax and /egs similar in colour to those of Jeadit, and also in other general respects. Eyes.—Posterior row straight, centrals one diameter apart, two diameters (or almost) from laterals ; anterior row straight, centrals scarcely smaller than laterals, one and a half (or scarcely) diameters from laterals, one half from each other. Legs.—Femora i. with two spines, sometimes three, one (or two) on the upperside and one on the inner side, towards the apex ; ii. with one near the centre. Metatarsi i., ii., iii, iv. bearing a stout oblique spine on the upperside near the base. Falces, maxille, and sternum similar to those of Meadit. Abdomen pale olive-green, clothed with short, stiff, curving hairs ; dorsal area with some pale spots and lines in front, also three or four transverse sinuous pale bars towards the spinners. Epigynal aperture similar to that of Meadi?, but outline less bold, not so dark nor so conspicuous, and, perhaps, a little less circular, more transverse-oval in form. This species, while readily distinguishable from Meadii, oblongum, and pygmeum by the single metatarsal spine, yet in new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 101 general appearance very much resembles both the first and the last. The palpal organs present some decided differences ; the point, e, is not so sharp or prominent ; the falciform process, a, is broader and more circularly curved; the spines at the apex of the organs are not the same. (See PI. II. fig. 1a.) The epigynal orifice is, as far as I am able to ascertain, almost always transverse-oval, never quadrate, as is that of Meadit. The central anteriors are not so small in proportion, while the spine, mentioned above on the penultimate joint of all four pairs of legs, will prevent any confusion. The pale broken transverse lines on the pale olive abdomen will prove a really reliable character. Upwards of 250 of the female sex were received froin Mr. Campbell, but no males. A single male was found amongst the Dorset specimens ; while both males and females were received from Dr. Meade, in addition to the four original types, females, from Mr. Blackwall’s collection. All these specimens seem to have been taken either running upon railings or amongst grass in March and April; anda very interesting account of them is given by Mr. Campbell in ‘ Trans. Hert. Nat. Hist. Soc.’ 1883, vol. ii. pt. 7. Porrhomma Meadii, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 2.) (Sub Neriene errans, Blackw.) Linyphia microphthalma, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 523. L. incerta, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 205. L. decens, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 217. Length of male 1 line; female 14 line. Cephalothoraz oval-elongate; caput bluffly rounded, bearing a longitudinal row of curved hairs. Eyes fairly large: posterior row straight, centrals one diameter apart, two diameters (or almost) from laterals ; anterior row straight, centrals smaller, half a diameter apart, two diameters (or almost) from the laterals. Clypeus as high as ocular area, vertical, set with short hairs. Legs fairly long: femora i. with one spine on inner side and one spine on upperside, towards apex ; il. with one spine about the middle; iii. and iv. without spines. Femora clothed beneath with a double row of long setiform hairs, the pair at the apex being longest and stoutest. Genual joints with a long (three times diameter of joint) oblique spine at the apex. Tibie i. with three long spines at apex (one dorsal, two 102 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on lateral) and one dorsal spine at base. Tibie ii. with two dorsal spines and one lateral one at apex on posterior side ; iil. and iv. with two dorsal spines, one at base, the other at apex. Metatars¢ without any spines. Falces three times as long as the height of clypeus, stout (in male slightly attenuate and divergent at apex); basal _ joint presenting no external striz, but some small setigerous granulations towards apex; with two separate setiform hairs on inner side in front of each joint. Upper margin of fang- groove bearing two stout sharp adjacent teeth; lower margin with four or five small teeth. Sternum rather longer than broad, slightly convex, set with short hairs. Abdomen dull olive-green, clothed with short fine hairs, but with no transverse pale lines and spots. Palpus of male slender; digital joint and organs con- spicuous, the latter bearing on the outer side a large curved falciform process, its apex very slightly bilobed; and at the apex of the organs a dark black, curving, multiplex spine. (Pl. II. fig. 2a.) Epigyne of female presenting a very distinct, deep con- cavity, circular or almost square, and truncate at the posterior margin. The spermathece and ducts are conspicuous above the orifice. This species can very easily be distinguished from pygmeum by its larger size, by the different form of the palpal organs, and by the greater distance of the anterior centrals from the laterals ; from oblongum, Cb., by the spines on femora ii. ; from errans, BI., by the absence of spines on the metatarsi, and the unicolorous dusky abdomen. Taken abundantly, of both sexes, at Hoddesdon, in Hert- fordshire, by F. M. Campbell, Esq., and at Bloxworth, Dorset, by the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge. Adult in April and May. Males and females were sent to Dr. Meade from Pelton coal-pits, near Durham, in 1860. They seem to have been conveyed down the shaft amongst the horse-fodder. Once there, they became gregarious and formed a huge web on a co-operative understanding, with a joint-stock spinning industry. Dr. Meade gives a most interesting account of the habits and circumstances of the capture of these spiders in the ‘ Zoologist’ for August, 1860, no. cexix. Porrhomma oblongum, Cambr. (Pl. LI. tig. 4.) (Linyphia oblonga, Cd.) Length of female }-1 line; male smaller, Swill 6s Dee Ar ee eS Saal ee new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 103 Cephalothorax elongate-oval, parallel-sided, pale straw- ellow ; caput blufily rounded in front, clothed with short airs. Eyes very small: posterior row straight, centrals one and a half to two diameters apart, three diameters from the laterals; anterior row strongly curved, centrals very small, one diameter apart, three diameters (or nearly) from the laterals. (Absence of pigment will seem to increase the space of separation by half.) Clypeus one quarter higher than the ocular area. Faces similar to those of errans, stout, with two isolated teeth towards the apex and some smaller ones behind. Sternum a little longer than broad, convex, terminating between the posterior coxe in a conical point. Abdomen elongate, parallel-sided, white or pale yellow, sometimes, especially in freshly-caught specimens, dull olive- green, with pale blotches and four or five transverse pale lines above spinners; clothed with short curving hairs, trans- versely wrinkled above spinners at apex. Legs slender, long, dull yellow-white, 4, 1, 2, 3, clothed with short hairs. Metatars? shorter than tibiz, bearing no spines. Femora i. with a single spine on the inner side towards apex ; il., lil., iv. without any spines. Zvbie of all four pairs armed with two spines on the upperside, one near the base, the other towards the apex. (Genual joints with a single long obliquely-erect spme at apex. All four pairs clothed beneath with a double row of long setiform hairs on the underside, the pair at the apex being the longest. Palpus of male very similar in general respects to that of pygmeum, Bl., and errans, BI. Cubital joint bearing a fine bristle at apex; radial with several long bristles directed over the digital joint. Palpal organs present a stout falciform process at the base on the outer side (Pl. II. fig. 4a, a); beneath the globulous mass forming the organs are a pair of flat curving pieces; at the apex of the organs appears a stout conical spur, while a fine curved spine lies near it, crossing two other oppositely curving spines, and hence being very similar to pygmeum. The epigyne appears as a small transverse-oval cavity, very similar to that of Meadit and errans; but Y am unable to point out any real tangible difference. About forty females of this curious species were submitted to me by Mr. Campbell, together with a single adult male, this being the first record of this sex yet published. A few females were also forwarded to me by the Rev. O. Pickard 104 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on Cambridge taken in Dorset; but all of them were small specimens and absolutely devoid of colour. They are very distinct from any other species of Por- rhomma hitherto taken in England, though closely allied to egeria, Sim., proserpina, Sim., myops, Sim., and others, characterized by the minuteness of the eyes and their great distance apart. The single spine on the femora of the first pair in oblongum will distinguish it from any of these continental species ; while this character and the smallness of the eyes, set very wide apart, distinguish it at once from all other British species of the genus. The more ovate, or more elongate, form of the abdomen seems to me to depend upon the state of the ovaries, and not to be too absolutely relied on for pur- poses of identification. Taken at Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, in April and May by Mr. Campbell, and at Bloxworth, Dorset, by Rev. O. P. Cambridge, and kindly forwarded for my inspection. Porrhomma pygmeum, Blackw. (PI. IL. fig. 3.) (Sub Nerzene.) Length of male 1 line. Cephalothorax deep red-brown, sometimes paler, smooth ; caput blufily rounded; not very convex ; clypeus as high as the ocular area, rather closely set with short erect hairs. Eyes.—Posterior row straight; centrals one diameter apart, one and a half from laterals; central anteriors one half diameter apart, one diameter from laterals, scarcely smaller than laterals. Falces three times the length of the clypeus, convex at base, slightly attenuate towards the apex, bearing two conical teeth on inner angle and a third less conspicuous. Sternum dark, convex, shiny. Legs orange-red, dull. Femora i. with two spines, one in front at apex, another on inner side a little above middle ; ii. with one about the centre of the joint. Tuibizx similar to those of errans. Metatarst with no spines at all. Abdomen varying from deep black to olive-green, clothed with short curving hairs. Palpus of male orange-red, dull; cubital joint short, convex, one very fine hair in front at apex. Radial joint broad, rounded in front, bearing a fringe of long curving hairs along the interior margin ; exterior angle bearing two longer more conspicuous curved hairs, a ei iis a new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 105 Palpal organs bearing usual falciform process on outer side at base ; apex of organs on inner side eahibit two short stout spines, curving slightly towards each other, while a third springs from near the base of the upper of these and curves round and over its apex behind. The bulb bears the usual short, conical, apical prominence common to several of the genus. Epigyne consisting of a deep orifice, oval-triangular; ante- rior margin forming an angle, posterior margin slightly rounded; otherwise closely similar to those of the allied species. P. pygmeum is amuch darker spider than any others of the genus ; the eyes are nearer together and the hairs on the clypeus are more numerous. ‘The palpal organs considerably resemble those of oblongum and errans, but the very small eyes of the former and the metatarsal spine of the latter will prevent any confusion. This small spider does not seem to be very plentiful, but are has been overlooked. It occurs, however, abun- antly in and around Carlisle, running upon railings, parapets of bridges, on walls, in buildings, on the pavements, &c., in the month of April and again in October. Dorset, Carlisle, Hertfordshire, Lancashire, North Wales, Scotland. Porrhomma Campbellii, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 5.) Length of female 13 line. Cephalothorax dull orange ; caput broad and bluffly rounded. Hyes small: posterior row straight, centrals a full diameter apart, two and a half from the laterals ; anterior row curved, convexity forwards ; centrals smaller, one quarter diameter apart, two full diameters from laterals. Falces rather more than twice the height of clypeus, with the usual three sharp teeth on inner anterior angle. Legs pale yellow. Femora i. with two spines towards apex ; li. with one near the centre, iii. and iv. without any. Genual joints with a single spine at apex; tibie i. and ii. with three towards apex, one towards base on upperside; iii. and iv with two on upperside, one near the base, the other towards the apex. Metatarst without any spines. Clypeus scarcely once and a half as high as ocular area. Abdomen dull sooty olive-green, with numerous pale spots. This single female, discovered amongst Mr. Campbell’s spiders and remarked upon by himself as distinct from the 106 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on others, seems to occupy a position intermediate between myops on the one hand, with its high clypeus, and Meadii on the other, with its larger eyes, more closely situate. The caput is broader and more bluffly rounded than in errans and Meadit, while from the former it may be further distinguished by its rather smaller eyes and higher clypeus, from the latter by these characters and the absence of a meta- tarsal spine. It is much larger than oblongum, Cb. ; its eyes are larger and closer together, and though the form of the caput is some- what similar, yet the clypeus is much higher when compared with the ocular area than in that species. Received from F. M. Campbell, Esq., August 1892, amongst a number of specimens of oblongum, errans, and Meadii taken at Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, running on iron railings in the sunshine, in March and April 1883. Porrhomma decens, Cb. (PI. II. fig. 7 b.) (Spid. Dor. p. 217, sub Linyphia.) Tam unable to recognize any sound distinguishing cha- racter which may separate this male specimen from P. JMJeadit. The apparent smallness of the eyes and their apparent greater distance apart are to my mind fully accounted for by the absence of pigment. The palpal organs are similar to those of Meadit (see Plows. fe. 2a): A single adult male, the type specimen, which was kindly forwarded for my inspection by the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge was taken in Dorset in 1862. ? Porrhomma microphthalmum, Cb. (PI. II. fig. 7 a.) This specimen also seems to me identical with JJeadi. The palpal organs are precisely similar. The eyes, having lost a large proportion of the pigment-cells, appear smaller and wider apart (very slightly), but are not, [ believe, really so. The spines on the legs, being lost, furnish no clue as to its identity. A single adult male, the type specimen, was forwarded for my inspection by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge. Taken by the late Mr. Beck near London many years ago. ers new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 107 Porrhomma incertum, Cb. (Spid. Dor. p. 205, sub Linyphia.) I can find no reason for considering this female, the type of which I have carefully examined, as differing from Meadiv. The eyes appear to be the same and there are no metatarsal spines. Forwarded for my inspection by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge. Taken on a wall, in the month of June 1877, at Bloxworth, Dorset. Porrhomma montigena, Sim. (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1891, sub Tmmeticus niger, F. Cb.) Porrhomma adipatum, L. K. (Spid. Dor. vol. ii. p. 521, sub ZL. reticulata, Cb.) Porrhomma myops, Sim. (PI. II. fig. 6.) A single specimen forwarded to me, together with speci- mens of oblongum, by Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, Oct. 1892. Rare Species observed between 1891-93. Genus AGRG@CA. Agraca celans, Bl. (PI. II. fig. 8.) Adult females of this spider were taken by myself amongst moss on the banks in the woods at Wreay, near Carlisle, in April 1893. No adult males were taken. The form of the epigyne may be seen on PI. II. fig. 8. Genus CRYPH@CA. Crypheca diversa, Cambr. An adult female of this species, new to science, was taken by myself, running on a rail in the sunshine, on the banks ot the Caldew, on Oct. 11, 1892, near Carlisle. The specimen was submitted to Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, who has described and figured it in Proc. Dor. Nat. Hist. Soe. 1893. 108 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on Genus LEPTHYPHANTES. Lepthyphantes pinicola, Sim. An adult male was taken by myself on the Cross-Fell range of hills (the Pennines) near Croglin. This is only the second locality in which it has been taken, it having previously been taken only once on Helvellyn in 1890. Genus DECYMBIUM. Decymbium tibiale, Bl. Several adult males of this rare species were found in the same locality in which I had taken them two years ago and at the same time of the year. Woods at Wreay, near Carlisle, April 23rd, 1893. Genus TAPINOCYBA. Tapinocyba subitanea, Cb. A single adult male was taken by myself in an outhouse in Carlisle in September 1892. Genus EPEIRA. Epetra patagiata, C. K. This species appears to be abundant along the shores of Lake Derwentwater. The webs are hung on the palings or, more often, amongst the stone walls. The colour of these spiders, like that of many others, varies considerably with the nature of the habitat, tending always, of course, to that of the surrounding objects. Epeira alsine, Walck. Four fine adult females of this rare species were received from Mr. L. Greening, of Warrington, Cheshire, together with numerous splendid specimens of £. sclopetaria ot both SeXes. The former were taken at Chateris, near Cambridge, by a friend of Mr. Greening, in the autumn of 1892, when sweeping amongst the herbage in woods for beetles. Genus Lycosa. Lycosa Trailii, Cb. In crossing the Styhead Pass, from Borrowdale to Wastdale new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 109 Head, | had noticed numerous Lycosids scrambling about amongst the stones which surround the pathway. ‘These I took to be LZ. amentata, and in the hurry of the march and in the distraction of company did not stop to identify them more certainly. A few weeks later, however, having secured several speci- mens, I discovered them to be very different to amentata, and submitted them to the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, who abe them to be LZ. Trailiz’, discovered many years fore in Scotland and described by himself. Their habits are peculiar, for they seem to dwell entirely in that wilderness of loose stones, acres in extent, which lies around the base of the Great Gable Mountain. Exceedingly swift in their movements, they are very difficult to capture, for they seem seldom to venture far from the shelter of the rocks, and when once amongst the stones all further pursuit is useless. They resemble amentata very much in general appearance, but are very decidedly larger, with longer legs; very black, with grey hairs. It was a little late for them when I discovered their value, so that only twenty or thirty adult males and females were taken. It is, however, evidently a very abundant spider, and probably inhabits the “screes” of sunny aspect throughout the whole of the Lake Districts. Styhead Pass, June 1893. Spiders noted, figured, or described. Corypheus glabriceps, sp. n., p. 87. | PorrhommaCampbellit, sp.n., p. 105. Hillhousia desolans, sp. u., p. 89. decens, Ch., p. 106. _ — turbatrix, Cb., p. 90. —— microphthalmum, Cb., p. 106. Microneta clypeata, sp. n., p. 90. —— incertum, Cb., p. 107. Bathyphantes setiger, sp. u., p. 91. —— montigena, Sim., p. 107. — nigrinus, Bl., Pl. L. fig. 7. | —— adipatum, L. K., p. 107. —— approximatus, Cb., Pl. I. fig. 8. myops, Sim., p. 107. dorsalis, Wid., Pl. L. fig. 9. | Agraca celans, Bl., p. 107. —— pullatus, Cb., Pl. I. fig. 10. | Crypheeca diversa, Ch., p. 107. Lepthyphantes Whymperi, sp. u., | Lepthyphantes pinicola,Sim., p. 108. . 93. Decymbium tilrale, Bl., p. 108. Porrhomma errans, Bl., p. 100. Tapinocyba subitanea, Cb., p. 108. — Meadii, sp. n., p. 101. Epeira patagiata, C. K., p. 108. — oblongum, Cb., p. 102. alsine, Walck., p. 108. —— pygmeum, Bl., p. 104. _ Lycosa Trailii, Ch., p. 108. 110 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuateE I. Fig. 1. Lepthyphantes Whympert, sp. n. a. Left palpus of male from above. a, base of digital joint ; 6, spine Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Pro oo Soo Ao & ve i 7 Pome RA TP MP AO oP PHD BO at apex ; c, cubital spine; d, falciform process. . Left palpus from outer side. . Caput and falces from in front. . Lett palpus of male. Profile of cephalothorax. Corypheus glabriceps, sp. 0D. . Right palpus of male from outside. a, falciform process; 6, base of digital joint ; c, e, radial spurs. Palpus from inner side. Palpus from above. . Caput and falces from in front. . Inner angle of falx enlarged. a, isolated tooth. . Hillhousva turbatriz, Cb. Palpus of male from outside. 1, falciform process; 2, spine at apex. . Palpus from above. Palpus, another view. Epigyne of female. Caput and falces from in front. Profile of female. . Cephalothorax from above. Hillhousia desolans, sp. n. . Profile of female. . Cephalothorax and abdomen from above. Epigynal area from in front. Epigynal area from above. . Caput and falces from in front. . Microneta clypeata, sp. n. . Profile of male. . Cephalothorax and abdomen from above. . Right palpus of male from above. . Sternum, maxille, and falces. . Caput and falces from in front. . Left palpus from outside. . Bathyphantes setiger, sp. n. . Right palpus of male from above. a, apex of falciform process ; b, spiral spine at apex of organs ; c, plumule ; d, central spine. b. Right palpus from outer side. c. d. e. 7 Te Falciform process. 1, spatuliform apex ; 2, group of long sete. Falciform process, another view. Epigyne of female. . Bathyphantes nigrinus, Bl. . Palpal organs from outer side. a, falciform process; 6, spiral spine at apex ; c, plumule; d, central spine. ', Falciform process, enlarged. a'. Epigyne of female from above. a, upper stylum, a’, Epigyne of female, lateral view. new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 111 Fig. 8. Bathyphantes approximatus, Cb. 8’. Palpal organs trom outer side. a, falciform process; 4, spiral spine at apex. 8". Falciform Bree, ors 8a’. Epigyne of female, lateral view. «a, upper stylum. Ba", ee e of female from above. ied Fig. 9. Bathyphantes dorsalis, Wid. Palpus of male from outside. a, falciform process; 4, spine at apex. Fig. 10. Bathyphantes pullatus, Ch. a. Palpus of male from outer side. a, falcifurm process; 6, apo- physis with serrulate apex ; ¢, spine. b. Palpus from beneath. PuateE II. Fig. 1. Porrhomma errans, Bl. E Coll. F. M. C., R. H. M., O. P. C. a. Palpal organs from outer side. a, falciform process; 6', b°, 6°, spines on ditto ; c, small spur at apex of bulb; e, basal spur of igital sheath. . Caput and falces from in front. Lines at side show relative height of clypeus and ocular area. . Epigyne of female from above. pigyne of female, lateral view. Porrhomma Meadii, sp.n. E Coll. F. M. C. and R. H. M. Palpal organs from outer side. Small letters have the same signification as in fig. la. Caput and falces from in front. Lines at side as in fig. 1 b. Epigyne from above. . Porrhomma pygmeum, Bl. E Coll. O. P. C., type. Palpal organs from inner side. Small letters as above. . Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. Palpus from outer side. Letters as above. Porrhomma oblongum, Cb. E Coll. F. M. C. Palpal organs from outer side. Small letters as above. . Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. . Palpus from above. Small letters as above. Fig. 5. Porrhomma Campbellit, sp.n. HE Coll. F. M. C. Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. Fig. 6. Porrhomma myops, Sim. E Coll. O. P. C. Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. Fig. 7. a. Porrhomma microphthalmum, Cb. Ei Coll. O. P. C. Palpal organs from above. Letters as above. b. Porrhomma decens, Cb. E Coll. O. P. C, Palpal organs, different views. Letters as above. . 8. Agraca celans, Bl. Epigyne of female. a S SOP PO SP HOT PLAS = 142 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on XIIL.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon Normay, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. [Continued from vol. xii. p. 452.] [Plates VI. & VIL.] Genus KINEKOSKIAS, Danielssen. (Additional notes on the genus.) Kinekoskias Smitti, Dan. Add to the synonymy of my previous notes given on p. 448 of vol. xii. the following :— 1875. Bugula flexilis, Verrill, “Brief Contrib, XXXII. Results Dredging New England Coast, 1874,’ Amer. Journ. Sci. vol. ix. p. 415, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2. 1879. Kinekoskias flexilis, Verrill, “ Recent Additions Marine Invert. N.E. Amer.,” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. p. 189 (no description). 1879. Kinekoskias Smitti, Dub. & Kor.,= Bugula flerilis, Verr., Vervill, Prelim. Check-List Marine Invert. Atlantic Coast, Cape Cod to Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 29 (name only). 1885. Kinekoskias (Bugulopsis) flevilis, Verrill, “ Results Explor. ‘ Albatross,’ 1883,” Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1883, p- 530 (no description).—Bugulopsis, to which the species is here referred, is a genus established by Vermill, with Cellularia Peachit, Busk, as the type, upon the valid grounds that Cellwlarta of Busk is not Pallas’s genus of that name. Since the last part of these notes was published, having had occasion to refer to some of Verrill’s papers, I came across his figure of Bugula flewilis, and was at once struck with the absolute identity of his illustrations and my own of Aine- koskias Smitti, and I find that he subsequently referred his species to that of Danielssen. Verrill speaks of the branches as “tapering gradually to the point of attachment,” but makes no mention of a stalk; but even should the species assume a different habit on the other side of the Atlantic, the zocecial characters being the same, there can, I take it, be no question as to the propriety of uniting the forms. It is interesting that Danielssen’s species has its range thus ex- tended. It occurs in deep water (194 fathoms) off the coasts of Maine and Nova Scotia. I have found a fragment labelled “ Kinekoskias Smitti,=Bugula jflevilis,’ which was sent to me by Professor Verrill. It is in spirit, but in bad condition, having been apparently at some time dried; but it appears to bear out the synonymy. . the Trondhjem Fiord. 113 Kinekoskias arborescens, Danielssen, = Bugula umbella, Suitt. It may be well, as I am noticing this genus, to refer also to this other northern species. A. arborescens has the zoarium attached not by one chitinous tube, but by many, and these are short; the zoarium is more calcareous than in K. Smitti, all the branches arch over and bend downwards, like an opened umbrella *, while the stems bear the proportionate height of its handle. The zocecia are on the upper surface of the branches; they have their backs marked with curved lines, as represented by Dan. & Kor. On the front there is no spine-point at the upper outer angle, but, instead, this angle is the point for the attachment of the avicularium, which thus occupies a different position from that in the three other known species; the avicularium is much shorter and more tumid—Dan. & Kor. correctly say “it resembles an eagle’s head in shape,’’—with the crown much arched. The points I have mentioned distinguish this species from K. pocillum, Busk, of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, as well as from the species here previously described. Specimens examined are from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (dr. Whiteaves) and Kara Sea, ‘ Dijmphna’ Expedition (Copenhagen Museum). This last specimen has ocecia, which have not previously been observed. They are semiglobose and similar in character to those of the other species. 7. Bugula Murrayana, Johnston. Rédberg. Genus Execrra, Lamouroux, 1816 (type Electra verticillata, Lamx.,= Flustra pilosa, Linn.). =Amphiblestrum, Gray, 1848 (type A. membranacea, Abildg.t),= * Busk is mistaken in supposing (vide ‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 45) that Smitt has represented his specimen “the wrong way up in his figure.” + Busk, in ‘Challenger’ Report, Cheilostomata, 1884, makes Mem- branipora Flemiigii the type of Amphiblestrum. In order to understand this we must refer to his Cat. Marine Polyzoa in Brit. Mus., Cheilosto- mata, p. 58, where, in describing WM. Memingii, he makes Flustra membra- nacea, Abildg.,a synonym. It is strange how he can have fallen into such a mistake, for there is nothing in Abildgaard’s description or figure applicable to IZ. Flemingiz. The following words are important in that author’s description, which is confirmed by the figure :—“ Cellulis mar- gine caleareo cinctis, et membra hyalina tectis. In medio marginali basis prostat mucro eleyatus plus minus elongatus, etc.”* What, then, is “ Abildgaard, in Miiller’s Zool. Dan. vol. iii. 1789, p. 63, pl. exvii figs. 1, 2. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xi. 8 114 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on Conopeum, Gray, 1848 ane C. reticulum, Gray *),= Annulipora, Gray (type A. pilosa, Linn.), = Reptelectrina, ‘d’Orb. 1851 (type R. dentata, Sol. & FEll.),= Llectrina, d’Orb. (type £. lamellosa, d’Orb.), = Pyripora, VOrb. (type [recent] P. ramosa, VOrb.), = Electra, Busk (‘ Challenger’), partim. Zocecium more or less elongated, typically turbinate, the basal portion enclosed by a calcareous crust, which may be either punctate or entire ; anterior portion consisting of an area oval or oblong in shape, covered by a thin membrane, at the summit of which is the oral opening; border of the area calcareous and often surmounted with spines, in which latter case one at the base is either the only one present or is usually larger than the rest. No ocecia known in recent species. No avicularia, Larva a ‘ ‘cyphonautes.” Zoarium either incrusting or erect and free. The species are subject to extraordinary variation, and in certain conditions the basal portion becomes nearly or quite obsolete. Other European species referable to the genus are HE. La- croiait (Aud.) (including IZ. monostachys, Busk) and E.catenu- laria (Jameson). There are many representatives in other parts of the world. Electra verticillata, Liamx., has long been a puzzle to authors, and parts of the original figures “have again and again been reproduced without any additional light being thrown on the species. Paul Fischer + and Smitt were the first who rightly referred it to Flustra pilosa, Linn. That this is the case, and that it owes its peculiar verticillate arrangement of the zocecia to the situation on which it was developed, is, I think, clear, though not hitherto explained. An examina- Abildgaard’s Flustra membranacea? It is most certainly the form figured by Smitt (pl. xx. fig. 46) as forma membranacea of Membranipora pilosa, and rightly referred by him to Abildgaard’s species, and which has since been well figured by Freese (“ Anatom.-histol. Unters. von Membranipora pilosa, Linn.,” Archiv f. Naturg. 1888, pl. i. figs. 3, 4). There can be no doubt that these figures, however, do not represent M. pilosa, but M. La- crown, Var. monostachys, a species which Levinsen has lately recorded as M. monostachys from the Baltic (Levinsen, Vidensk. U dbytte *Hauchs’ Togter Polyzoa, 1891, p. 277), whence also the specimens of Abildgaard, Smitt, and Freese came. : * About twenty-five years ago I examined in Brit. Mus. the specimens which Gray had “named Conope um reticulum, and found that most of them at any rate were referable to M. Lacroteti, Aud., which, differing widely as it does from the type of 1. monostachys, I am nevertheless unable to separate from certain undoubted forms of that so-called species, apy ih ischer, “* Bryozoaires, Kchinodermes et Foraminiféres de la Gironde,” Actes Soe. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. xxvii. 1870, p- 15, —S=SSeSo—_ the Trondhjem Fiord. 115 tion of the figures * shows it to be incrusting the main stem and extremities of the branches of some such seaweed as Cladostephus verticillatus, Lightioot. ‘The magnified view is taken from the extremity of a branch, and apparently the ver- ticillate ramuli of the seaweed have compelled a corresponding verticillate arrangement of the zocecia of the polyzoon. I have seen such an arrangement, though not so marked, at the ex- tremity of a zoarium coating a seaweed (Pl. VII. fig. 1). Moreover the quincuncial disposition of the zocecia is some- times departed from in Electra pilosa without any apparent cause, since in the widest foliations of an erect Flustriform variety of the species (var. flustriformis, specimen a, presently to be described), which I dredged at Floré, there occur many succeeding transverse rows of cells arranged parallelly side by side across the frond (see Pl. VI. fig. 6). 8. Electra pilosa, Linn., var. carbastiformis, Norman. (PI1.VII. fig. 2.) The only example of the species found was taken at Rédberg living absolutely free and in a ‘‘ Hemescharan”’ state. It is described below under the above name, and is the only specimen I have ever seen or heard of in which this mode of growth has been assumed by the species. I take this opportunity of directing attention to the extra- ordinary variation exhibited in this species. ‘The variations may be divided into two classes—first, as regards the struc- ture of the zocecia themselves, and, secondly, as affects the ultimate forms into which the zocecia arrange themselves. The zocecium is normally more or less produced at the base, and this basal portion is always, when present, beautifully punctate ; in advance of this crustaceous hinder portion comes the area, usually ovate, sometimes nearly oblong, covered with a thin membrane, at the anterior end of which is the small mouth-opening ; the enclosing calcareous margins of the area are almost invariably furnished with spines ranging from four to ten in number in different varieties on the lateral margin, and one at the centre of the hinder margin, rarely of the same size and character as those of the ‘sides, but usually conspicuously larger and stouter, or converted into a setose appendage, which attains often gigantic proportions ; and in one instance I have seen, in addition to this ereat seta, one, two, or three of the neighbouring lateral spines, together with the basal spine, changed into great sete (Pl. VI. fig. 4). * Lamouroux, Expos. méthod des genres de YOrdre des Polypiers, pl. iv. figs. a, A. S* 116 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on In a specimen incrusting the flat leaves of a Fucus the margins are much more thickened than usual, the zocecia have their areas brought close together, the hinder calcareous punc- tate portion of the zocecium being reduced to the small portion which gives support to the great seta, at the base of which a few puncta may still be seen; but here and there even these few are absent (Pl. VI. fig.5). A remarkable modification in the opposite direction takes place in var. Reaumuriana, where the zocecia are elevated into a semierect position and the punctate crust is carried forwards and forms side walls on which rest the usual margins of the area (Pl. VII. fig. 1). In the seas of our own islands this species has only been met with in an incrusting state, and Mr. Hincks has remarked* that “amidst all the varieties of this protean species from various parts of the world” he had never seen the erect free- growing form until he received a specimen from New Zealand. Nowhere have the seas been more closely examined for Polyzoa than around our own islands. It is therefore very curious that, while free-living states of this species are met with on the coasts of West France, of Belgium, and of Norway, no instance of such growth should have ever occurred in our seas. There is also a very curious reproductive difference as connected with thegenus Electra and forms which are certainly at least very closely allied. In the North Atlantic no ovicell has ever been known on any specimen of either of the three species which I would refer to this genus, EZ. pilosa, E. La- crotatt (including JZ. monostachys), and EH. catenaria; and this fact has deep significance. Yet Mr. Waters has described from New-Zealand Tertiary beds forms so like to the fore- going that he has even referred them to the same species as Membranipora monostachys and Membranipora Lacrotwit, var. grandis; in these reproduction takes place by means of ocecia tT. ‘The absence of ocecia in recent forms would not, moreover, seem to be confined to North-Atlantic species. | cannot recall to mind any out of many exotic recent species which I should refer to the genus in which oeecia are known. It is probable therefore that Waters’s species must find their place in another genus, notwithstanding the close resemblance of such a form as that shown in his fig. 3 to the genus Electra. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. 1882, p. 169. + Waters, ‘Tertiary Cheilostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii, 1887, p. 45 (M. monostachys, pl. vi. figs. 6,3; M. Lacrotxi, var. grandis, pl. vi. tig. 1). ot the Trondhjem Fiord. 117 Section I. Adherent varieties. Var. 1. dentata, Ell. & Sol. (PI. VI. fig. 1).—Zocecium more or less produced and punctate ; margin of area crowned with spines, variable in number, usually from four to ten, rarely twelve, and one at the base larger and stronger than the rest, but, like them, caleareous. Very common in the British Isles, incrusting shells, stones, and weeds. (Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. Cheilostomata, pt. ii. pl. Ixxi. fig. 1; Hincks, Brit. Mar. Pol. pl. xxiii. figs. 2, 3.) Var. 2. tenuis, Norman (Pl. VI. fig. 2).—This form corre- sponds in all respects with the last, except that it is more delicate in structure, the spines more slender, and the basal spine reduced in size, so as to be no larger than the others. An extreme form of var. ¢enuds in my collection (formerly in Barlee’s), incrusting a Mytzlus, has the greater portion of the zocecia wholly devoid of spines or sete; other zocecia have two or three little denticles (rather than spines) ; others resemble Hincks’s pl. xxiii. fig. 4; while some few show the passage to the usual state of var. tenuis. Forma stellata, Thompson.—This is either of the foregoing varieties living on the inside of bivalves or on broad-leaved seaweeds, and the zoarium growing out into digitate exten- sions at the margins, so that its form is more or less stellate. Var. 3. typica, Norman,=var. Leflingiana, Moll (PI. VI. figs. 3-5).—I have never seen this variety incrusting stones or shells, but always seaweeds. ‘The zocecia have the margins much stronger than in the preceding varieties; the posterior punctate portion is often reduced to a minimum, especially in the central portions of the zoarium, where the punctated struc- ture is wholly absent or can only be seen at the base of the posterior spine. ‘The lateral spines are usually six, stout and strong; the posterior central spine is greatly developed, some- times still preserving its spine-like character, at another trans- formed into a great chitinous seta, which is two, three, or even four times the length of the zocecium: when incrusting a flat weed these long sete are developed most freely at the margins ; when investing small round weeds the whole zoarium elegantly bristles with them, and sometimes two, three, or four spines are changed into the great sete. (Blainville, Man. d’Actinol. pl. Ixxv. fig. 2; Hincks, pl. xxiii. fig. 1.) Var. 4. Reaumuriana, Moll,= Electra verticillata, Lamx. 118 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on (PI.VIT. fig. 1).—Zocecia much more delicate in structure than in the last variety, semzerect, so that in most cases the punctate crust is to be seen not only on the hinder portion, but on the sides beneath the area; lateral spines mostly four, but sometimes six or eight; posterior seta of moderate length, equal to about two zocecia. ‘The zocecia are more irregularly disposed than in any other variety, often one series is developed on the top of another, and here and there at the extremity of the branches they take on a verticillate arrangement ; but this verticillate arrangement is rarely to be found, and I regard it in my specimens as purely accidental; but the tendency of the zocecia to erect themselves, and hence their form, and the four lateral spines clearly indicate this as the form described by Lamouroux. I have a large quantity of this variety clothing in every part masses of a small round branched weed about 34 inches high. It is part of that portion of my British col- lection which was Barlee’ s, but the locality has not been preserved. (Lamouroux, Expos. méth. Polypiers, pl. iv. figs. a, A; Moll, Eschara, ex Zooph. ord. genus 1803, pl. iv. fig. 6, A-E.*) Var. 5. hippothotformis, =var. laxa (PI.VI. fig. 7), Hincks’s names for Smitt’s pl. xx. fig. 49.—In this beautiful and most remarkable variety the zoarium consists of lines composed of a single series of zocecia, whence branches diverge right and left from every cell (normally) T;_ these branches also consist of cells in single file and give origin to other pinnule, thus in all respects conforming Yo the habit of Hippothoa divaricata. It runs over Fuci and is most fully and perfectly developed on their air-bladders. The following is the description of the arrangement of the zocecia in a portion of a specimen :—A main branch consists of a chain of 34 cells, the first twenty- five of which give origin, both on right and left, to branches, the structure thus being elegantly pinnate. We will now follow the course of three Sone ek pinne on the left side. Pinna A { 1-5, 6 (1), 7 (1), 8-12, 18-31 (1) ; from 13 to 31 * Moll’s specimen had six lateral spines on the cells; that of Lamouroux four. + To understand how this takes place, see Jules Barrois, ‘Mém., sur Vembryol. des Bryozoaires,’ 1877, pl. xv. tig. 6, w here we have represented the “ mother-cell” giving off the commencement of the three next cells, one in front and one from each shoulder. Each cell in var. hippothor- formis in this respect acts as the “ mother-cell,”’ giving off three buds, “but the lateral, instead of being directed forwards, are directed outwards. TA number as the first “1-5” means that the first five cells of the inna have no branches, “ 6 (1) ” means that the sixth gives origin to a Pearl (pinnula) on one side, “7 (2)” would mean that the cell gives rise to two pinnule, right and left, the Trondhjem Fiord. 119 the pinna runs side by side with pinna B, the cells touching those of B on the right; on the left and free side every cell gives origin to a pinnula. Pinna B, 1-3, 4(1), 6-12 (2) ; now it comes into contact with pinne A and C, and passes between them, the three running side by side from 13-17; here pinna C has diverged to the right, but A is still to the left, so one side only is free and we have 18-29 (1). PinnaC, 1-5, 6-9 (1), 10, 11; here it is running along the side of B, which is on its left, so that on that side it cannot branch, and we have 12-18 (1); here it diverges from B to the right, and, being free, we have 19-29 (2), and then a terminating creeping base equal in length to six cells, on which the cells are imperfectly or as yet not at all developed. The zocecia are elongated both in the posterior calcareous portion and in the long and often nearly oblong area; the lateral spines are 4 or 6, rarely 8, the posterior spine is no larger than the others * ; the branches diverge from what may be called the shoulders of the zocecium. In every case where a branch is not given off to right or left it is from want of room; the animal seems to discover by its tentacles that there is a neighbour too near to enable itself to develop a zocecium in that direction: but the direct onward growth of the main stem, pinna, or pinnula is not so easily stopped; it will run up close to the side of a neighbour and accompany it in its onward course (see Smitt’s figure), or it will ride over its back, if at an angle, and pursue its journey. ‘lhe pure white Jace which this variety forms is a beautiful object seen against the black background of the Mucus on which it is developed. My specimens are from Floré, and it is not unlikely that those of Sars, which Smitt describes, were from the same locality, the fauna of which Sars knew so well. Section If. Free-living forms. Var. 6. carbasiiformis (Pl. VII. tig. 2).—Imagine the form stellata, Thompson, living absolutely free, consisting of a lamina composed of a single layer of zocecia, with calcareous back, and you have this variety. ‘lhe specimen is 20 millim. in its greater and 16 millim. in its lesser diameter, the outline very stellate ; the area of the zocecia has four, rarely six, or even eight spines on the margin, the posterior spine a little larger than the others. I can see no sign of attachment even at the *‘ mother-cell.” Rédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, 1893. * It was so in Smitt’s specimen, and, of course, there may be this variation. 120 Rev. Canon Norman—4A Month on Var. 7. flustriformis,=var. Ellisiana, Moll.—The variety may or may not have originally invested a seaweed ; in the former case the seaweed or hydrozoon having been covered, the zoarium develops free growth and forms flattened branches of greater or less width. The following notes will show wide divergence in the mode of growth of the branches of var. flustriformis. Form a (Pl. VII. fig. 3) exhibits great difference in the cha- racter of the free branches in the same specimen: some are broad and leaf-like, of twenty to thirty zocecia in width ; others ligulate; others so narrow as at first sight to appear to be round, but closer examination shows an ovate section, they are two or three zocecia wide. These narrow branches are at the base, but the expanded leaves have digitate terminations. The lateral spines are usually six, sometimes eight ; basal spine not long on the central portion of the leaves, but produced into a rather long seta on their margins and on the narrower branches. Height 24 inches, not based at all on a seaweed. Batalden, which is a few miles from Floré, Norway, 1882. Form 6 (Pl. VII. fig. 4). A dense bush, composed of a large number of stems springing from one base, and dichotomously and trichotomously branching; all branches and branchlets flat and narrow, mostly four to eight zocecia in breadth, but occasionally widening before again dividing to fifteen or even twenty zocecia. Armature as in the last, but many cells in the wider portion of one of the specimens wholly devoid of spines. Height 2 inches. Bukken, in the Bergen Fiord, 1878 (A. M. N.) ; Ostende (Prof. E. van Beneden). When visiting the museum at Liege in 1892 I saw a great quantity of this form preserved in spirit, some of which, above described, Prof. E. van Beneden kindly gave me. He told me that it was very common on the coast. ‘This is interesting, because Pallas, who wrote his excellent ‘ Elenchus Zoophyt- orum’ 127 years ago, tells us that this present form was known in Belgium as “ Zee-moss,” and writes :— Nullibi abundantiorem novi hance Escharam, quam in Mari Belgium alluente. Sertulariam longissimam, ibidem copiosissimam et magnis acervis spe in littore conspicuam, in certis tractibus, maxime versus autumnum, totam incrustat, et ab extremis ejusdem ramulis insuper frondescens, elegantissimas formas assumit, primoque tune aspectu Spagnum palustre fere «emu- latur. Sic incrustate hujus Sertulariz immanis vis ineunte imprimis hyeme Ann. 1764 in tota occidentali Belgii ora, a flantibus Austris egerebatur, ut in brevi passim spatio, ad onerandum vehiculum suflicere potuissit” (p. 51). Form c (Pl. VII. fig. 5).—Based on a seaweed, from which the Trondhjem Fiord. 121 base, when covered, have arisen hundreds of free strap-formed branches, usually simple, very rarely dichotomously divided. The uniform strap-shape of the branches and their nearly uniform breadth of three to five zocecia, and length of about half an inch, give to this specimen a very marked character. The zocecia are always quincuncially arranged, and have six strong lateral spines, the basal spine as a long seta. Height 5 inches. Picked up on the sands at Cap Breton, S.W. France, in 1880 (A. J. N.). Var. 8. cellariiformis (Pl. VII. fig. 6).—A most elegant form. A little bush with erect, rownd branches; the un- divided branches are from } to 14 inch long, but seldom more than half a millimetre in diameter; built up generally of four rows of zocecia, which are rather more elongated than usual, with 4 or 6 lateral spines, and the basal spine slender but not setiform. Height2inches. Floré Bay, Norway (A. M. .). Var. 9. gemellariiformis (Pl. VII. fig. 7).—Here we meet with #. pilosa performing a most extraordinary gymnastic feat. ‘Two zowcia stand back to back, shoulder to shoulder; on them mount two similar zocecia, and.so the main stem is built up of pairs of cells; then from both right and left shoulder of every cell stands out at nearly a right angle a cell, which is back to back again with the cell which has been developed from the opposite side of the main stem, and the growth of the branches proceeds as that of the main stem; and in this way an erect pinnate structure is built up, ultimately becoming bipinnate, and even tripinnate, and the whole com- osed of only a double row of cells. Zocecia and spines as in the last. Floré Bay, Norway, 1882 (A. IZ N.). Var. 10. eucratetformis (Pl. VII. fig. 8).—This is var, hippothoiformis living free, the entire structure being formed of a single series of cells and pinnately branched. In this case, however, the branches are few and the general appearance is of a mass of long chains lying heaped together. Found with the many other remarkable forms in Floré Bay. Vars. 1 to 4 are British forms, the rest are not yet known in our fauna. The truly marvellous forms above described exhibit an amount of variation in Electra pilosa, to which I know no counterpart in the whole range of marine zoology, or, indeed, in any other animal. One extraordinary circumstance at once strikes us. ‘There seems to be common mind at work 122 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on and exhibited by the members of a colony, who determine to erect their building after a special and prearranged plan. This is no case of inherited instinct which prompts the members of a family to act together to build as their fathers built ; but the founder of a colony settles the course she will adopt, and this determination, it would seem, must somehow be communicated by means of the colonial nervous system, and be acted upon by all the descendants to whom she gives birth by gemmation. Natural selection cannot account for this. A very difficult problem is here presented to us. We cannot appeal to vast periods of time. We see enormous changes brought about apparently at the will of individuals, who, building colonies after the various fashions characteristic of a large number of genera belonging to the same class as themselves, simulate the general forms of a Membranipora, a Hippothoa, a Carbasea, a Flustra, a Cellaria, a Gemellaria, and a Hucratea * Bugula Murrayana is another species given to “ sports.” The Menipea fruticosa, Packard (= Cellularia quadridentata, Lovén), has been often regarded as a distinct species, differing from the type in its narrower fronds, fewer spines, and absence of large lateral avicularia; but the reason I refer to this species is “not on account of that variety, but because it also is known to take on a Eucratea-like form, composed of a line of single cells. This curious vari iation is figured by Smitt (pl. xviii. fig. 27), and I have also myself met with it. I have used the word “ sports ” advisedly in the preceding sentence, because the remarkable variations of Electra pilosa seem to find a parallel in the “ sports ” of plants. Genus RAMPHONOTUS *, gen. nov. : i = The zocecia, if developed freely in form, remind us of those of Electra, being turbinate, with a calcareous part posterior * It has been argued by recent writers that the form which the colony of a polyzoon belonging to the Cheilostomata assumes is of no moment in eneric character. Electra pilosa lends strong support to this view. Vet it is a view nevertheless in which I am not prepared in all cases to acquiesce. The zocecial characters are unquestionably all important, but no lasting classification can be based on any one part of the zowcium, whether it be the mouth-opening, wall, rosette-plates, or anything else. Why also in all instances is the ultimate growth and form of the zoarium to be excluded from generic character among certain families of the Chei- lostomata, and at the same time to be recognized among the Cyclosto- mata and Ctenostomata, and even other groups of the Cheilostomata ? This is surely scarcely consistent. In some instances, as, for example, Electra pilosa, the form of the colony is of no generic or specitic value, but in other cases it may be and, I believe, is. * “Panos, a bird’s beak, and v@ros, the back. the Trondhjem Fiord. 123 to the area, widening upwards from the base; but ordinarily, in their crowded state, only a sufficient part of this posterior portion remains to support the avicularium ; the area is nearly as wide as long and often somewhat trifoliate in form; the mouth-opening is a slit close to its anterior margin, the border surrounding the area is calcareous and may be armed with spines. Ocecia large, globose, and imperforate. An avicu- larium of large size (sometimes monstrously so), with acute mandible, would seem to be habitually present on the adult zocecia, situated on the central portion of the zocecium on or immediately behind the hinder margin of the area, and is often elevated on a pedestal. [Zoarium incrusting in type species. | Type, Ramphonotus minax (Busk). This genus approaches Foveolaria, Busk; but the first species (type) described (/. elliptica, Busk) would seem to have a regularly articulated large operculum, besides other points of distinction. ' 9. Ramphonotus minax (Busk). Membranipora Flemingii, forma minax, Smitt, GEfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. 1867, p. 567, pl. xx. figs. 43, 44. Membranipora minax, Hincks, Brit. Pol. p. 169, pl. xxii. figs. 2, 2 a-c. On a stone from about 100 fathoms, Rédberg. I also have it in my collection from Shetland, Hardanger and Ber- gen Fiords, Norway (A. WZ. N.), Gulf of St. Lawrence ( Whiteaves). Hincks was of opinion that Smitt’s figure 44 could not belong to this species ; but it gives an accurate representation of the avicularium in the fully developed state. 10. Yessarodoma gracile, M. Sars. 1851. Pustulipora gracilis, M. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1849, Zool. Reise i Lofoten og Finmark, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidens. p. 26. 1860. Onchopora borealis, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. viii. . 213, pl. xxviii. figs. 6, 7. 1865. Quadricellaria gracilis, M. Sars, Beskr. over nogle norske Polyzoer, Videnskabs Férhand. for 1862, p. 14 (separate copy). 1864. Quadricellaria gracilis, Alder, ‘New British Polyzoa, &c.,’ a oe Mier. Sci. n. s., vol. iv. p. 7 (separate copy), pl. ii. gs. 9-12. 1867. Anarthropora borealis, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. Skand. Hafs- Bryozoer,” Cifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 8, pl. xxiv. figs, 25-29, 1869. Tessarodoma gracile, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 309. 1875. Tessarodoma boreale, Smitt, Florida Bryoz., Kongl. Svens. 124 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on ls ia Handl. vol. xi. p. 32 (separate copy), pl. vi. figs. 143- * 1880. Porina borealis, Hincks, Brit. Polyzoa, p. 229, pl. xxxi. figs. 4-6. 1884, Tessarodoma boreale, Busk, Report ‘Challenger’ Polyzoa, I. Cheilostomata, p. 174, pl. xxiv. fig. 8. On the precipices at Rédberg. This genus differs from Porina, d’Orbigny, in having :— (a) ocecia; (5) avicularia; (c) a row of large marginal pores (“origelles”’). The ocecia, figured by Alder, are very rarely developed—in not one in a dozen specimens could I find them at all; they are, if present, only to be seen on the very young cells at the extremity of the branches; they are very small, with a granulated surface, and immediately become wholly immersed and invisible by overgrowth of the surface of the zoarium, while at the same time the tubular orifice goes on developing and keeps well above the surface. The avicularia also will be seen best on the young cells; but the presence of these is constant or nearly so. With respect to the specific name, it seems to me that the one given by Sars should be used. He first described the species, and Busk, in ignorance of the fact, redescribed it ; both assigned it to a wrong genus: Sars called it a Pustuli- pora, Busk an Onchopora. Sars was the first to correct his own mistake and Busk’s, and, although there was a previous Pustulipora gracilis, Milne-Edwards, in justice I think Sars’s specific name should be retained. Genus HEMICYCLOPORA, gen. nov. Zocecia with pores confined to the sides and sometimes anterior portion of front wall. Mouth-opening well arched above, lower margin straight (no denticle within the lip). Reproduction by ocecia, which are imperforated. No avicu- laria. No special pore (‘“‘ fenestrelle’’). Type, Hemicyclopora polita (Norman). 11. Hemicyclopora polita (Norman). Discopora emucronata, Smitt, Cefvers. af Kong. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhand. 1871, p. 1129, pl. xxi. figs. 27, 28. Lepraha polita, Wincks, Brit. Pol. p. 515, pl. xxxii. fig. 5. * Busk questions whether Smitt’s “ fig. 148 and the lowermost zocecia in fig. 144 really form part of Tessarodoma at all, or have merely become accidentally associated with it. The latter figures at any rate might well be regarded as Lepralia (Portna) ciliata.” Certainly the semicircular oral opening is very different from the circular form which always prevails in the youngest cells at the extremities of the branches in 7essarodoma, and there are no lateral pores shown in the figures in question, aed the Trondhjem Fiord. 125 This genus comes very near to Mucronella, but differs in the absence of the denticle (“lyrula”). Hincks placed the type in Lepralia, but with doubt. Discopora stenostoma, Smit, is also referable to this genus. On a stone from deep water, Rédberg. Other specimens in my collection are the types from Shetland, 70-100 fath. ; the Minch ; Greenland (‘Valorous’ Exped.) ; Parry’s Island, Spitsbergen, 20-70 fath. (Smitt, as “Discopora emucronata’’). 12. Schizoporella Alderi, Busk. Deep water, Rédberg. 13. Schizoporella linearis, Hassall. On stems of Hydroids, Rédberg. 14. Mucronella ventricosa, Hassall. On a stem, deep water, Rédberg. 15. Mucronella abyssicola, Norman. With the last. 16. Mucronella laqueata, Norman. Discopora coccinea, forma ovalis, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. &c.,” Cifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhaud. 1867, p. 27 (separate copy), pl. xxvii. fig. 175 (vix fig. 174, quee forsan ad Mucronellam abyssicolam refe- renda est). Precipices, Rédberg, on stone. 17. Porella compressa, Sowerby. On the precipices, Rédberg. 18. Porella concinna, Busk. On shell, 40 fath., Rédberg. 19. Porella bella, Busk. 1860. Lepralia bella, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. viii. p. 144, pl. xxvii. figs. 2, 3. 1868. Lscharella Landsborovit, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. &c.,” Cifvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. 1867, p. 12 (separate copy), pl. xxiv. figs. 60- 65 (nec figs. 66, 67, nec Lepralia Landshorovit, Fonsi) 1880. Smittia bella, Hincks, Brit. Pol. p. 352, pl. xlii. figs. 7 and 9. 1880. Porella concinna, Hincks, var. gracilis, ibid. p. 324, pl. xlvi. fig. 9. 1889. Porella concinna (nec Busk), Hincks (partim), “ Polyzoa St. Law- rence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 428, pl. xxi. fig. 4. Zoeecia generally elongated—longer in proportion to breadth 126 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on than in P. concinna—varying in colour from brownish yellow to red, very rarely white; whole front wall punctate, the pores round the base being larger than the rest. The oral opening shows the following variations :—In the youngest state it is semicircular, the lower margin straight (Microporellidan) ; then a sinus is developed on the lower margin (and it is Schizoporellidan) ; next a bifid tooth appears within the sinus (it is now Mucronellidan) ; then the round avicularium is developed in front of the bifid denticle, which last appears to be taken into the wall of the avicularium (and it is now typical Porellidan) ; lastly, a denticle is sometimes, but rarely, developed again within the avicularium and is seen behind it (and the orifice is now typically Smittian). Nor are these all the variations, for others occur in the position of the oral avicularium: this sometimes is so deeply seated that it cannot be seen at all from the front, and is only found by looking down into the throat; a large form of the species having the zocecia measuring 1 millim. long instead of 0°6 to 0-7 millim., which is the usual size, which I have from the St. Lawrence and Greenland, seems always to have the avicularium in this position ; this form may be called var. grenlandica; next and typically it is seen just within the oral margin ; lastly, sometimes it is on the margin, which it interrupts. The ocecia are very little raised and granulated. Over- growth takes place with certain variations :—(a) A thick crust is developed over the zocecia, in which the punctations are even more conspicuous than in the first cell-wall; the form of the zocecia is preserved. (4) The zoarium is covered with a similar punctate crust to the last, but here the hollows between the zocecia are filled up, the surface becomes nearly flat, and on it the zocecia are mapped out by means of narrow raised marginal lines. I have a pretty variety from the St. Lawrence (Whit- eaves). The zoarium is a Hemescharan free form; its surface is nearly flat, the zocecia not being so much raised as usual; the punctations are all over the surface and con- spicuous, except on a granulated fillet, which, raised above the general surface, completely and evenly encircles the mouth. This species may be distinguished from P. conctnna by its punctate front wall, as well as by its form, colour, &e. The latter species always has the general surface of the front wall imperforate and granular, though it has “ origelles ”” (pores) at the base; the form of the zocecia is almost invariably shorter, and consequently wider in proportion ; the colour is usually the Trondhjem Fiord. 127 white, though sometimes, as at Guernsey, it is pinkish or pale brownish yellow. Specimens of P. bella are in my collection from Shetland (Barlee and A. M. N.) ; Aberdeen (the late Robert Dawson) ; Bergen and Hardanger Fiords, Norway (A. MW. N.) ; Green- land (‘ Valorous’ Exped.); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whit- eaves). What is Lepralia Belli, Dawson? As few persons would have the opportunity of consulting the paper in which the species is described, I give here its characters :— “In large patches. Young cells granular, semihyaline, confluent ; mouth immersed, sinuated, with a vibraculum or avicularium inside the middle of the lower lip; ovicells rounded, granulous like the cells. Old cells white, opaque, flat above, and separated by a deep sinuous furrow. Cells having a strong tendency to form rows radiating from the centre of the patch. It is allied to ZL. concinna, Busk, but differs in essential points from his description and figure.” * Now the words “Young cells granular, semihyaline,” apply very accurately to Porella concinna, but not at all to P. bella, Busk. Mr. Hincks, in Brit. Pol.. pl. xlvi. fig. 6, figures from a Canadian specimen—authoritatively named ? —Forella concinna, var. Belli. It represents accurately a common overgrown state of P. concinna, which is very different from the same condition of P. bella. I have before me a mounting, belonging to Mr. Whiteaves, who would certainly know Dawson’s species, which exactly corresponds with Hincks’s figure, and is labelled “Lepralia Bells.” LI think therefore there can be no question that Dawson’s species is a synonym of PP. concinna. Mr. Hincks has hitherto united the forms which I have here deemed distinct, P. coneinna and P. bella; but I think his second opinion was, at any rate, mistaken when in a recent paper T he transferred the L. Belli of Dawson from the form to which he had at first assigned it, and applied it to one which is undoubtedly what I call P. bella. Of course it is quite possible that Dawson may have confused the species and * Described by Principal Dawson in “Contributions to Canadian Natural History by W. 8. M. d’Urban and Robert Bell” (extracted from the ‘ Report of the Canadian Survey ’ for 1858), 18€0, p. 33. Two other new forms are in this paper described by Dawson—Hippothoa expansa, which subsequently, ignorant of this paper, I by a singular coincidence described under the same name; and Lepralia plana, afterwards named by Smitt Myriozoon coarctatum. + Hineks, “Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ili. p. 428, pl. xxi. fig. 4. 128 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on sent P. bella to Mr. Hincks as his P. Belli ; but, if so, it will not accord with Dawson’s own description. 20. Smittia Landsborovii, Jolnst. An example taken at Rédberg with small round avicularium and bifid denticle. It does not bear any ocecia, to prove whether these are punctate or not. Neither Johnston’s nor Busk’s figures show any ovicells; they are both, it would seem, drawn from Landsborough’s specimen, now in the British Museum. Busk (Cat. Mar. Pol., Cheilostomata, pl. cii. fig. 1) figured as S. reticulata a form which seems indistin- guishable from Smittia Landsborovit. The figure which was next supplied to us was by Alder (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., n.s., vol. iv. pl. iv. figs. 1-8) ; here for the first time we have the ocecium as well as the round oral avicularium, together with a larger spatulate avicularium which he found scattered here and there among the cells. The ocecium is figured as punctate. It is punctate in every specimen I have seen from the British Islands ; it is punctate also in S. erystallina, Norman, and in Escharella porifera, Smitt, forma typica, which I regard as another form of my species. &S. crystallina may always be distinguished from §S. Landsborovit, of which it is at least a marked northern form, and [| think specifically distinct. But Escharella porifera, Smitt, forma majuscula and forma minus- cula, differ from all the preceding in having the ocecia imperforate, and, as compared with S. Landsborovii typica, the zocecia are more tumid and the front wall more densely punctate. I propose to call this form Smittia arctica, sp. n. (type HL. porifera, var. majuscula, Smitt). Escharella porifera, var. majuscula, Smitt, Krit. Forteck. Skand. Hafs- Bryoz. pt. iv. 1867, p. 9, pl. xxiv. figs. 36-38, and forma minuscula, fies, 33-35. Forma maiuscula: Kingsbay, Spitsbergen, 172 fath. (Smitt) ; Greenland (‘Valorous,’ 1875); Gulf of St. Law- rence (Principal Dawson). Forma minuscula: Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). All in Mus. Nor. 21. Smittia trispinosa, Johnston. ‘Trondhjem and Rédberg. ro the Trondhjem Fiord, 129 I'am. Celleporellide. = Diazeuvidées, J. Jullien (Cap Horn). Genus CELLEPORELLA, J. E. Gray, 1848. 1848. Cedlleporella, Gray, List Brit. Anim. Brit. Mus., Radiated Ani- mals, p. 128. 1888, Diazeuvia, J. Jullien, Miss. Scien. Cap Horn, Bryozoaires, p. 28. M. Jullien, in the synonymy of the genus, gives “ Celle- porella, Gray (partim)”; but the only species which Gray placed in his genus was C. hyalina, and Jullien’s name is an absolute synonym of the before-described genus. Jullien has drawn attention to the striking features in this genus, not only as shown in the larval state and early deve- lopment, for the elucidation of which we are indebted to the admirable work of J. Barrois, but also to the fact that the erect ocecia, which are developed in great profusion on the heaped-up central portion of the colony, are not on the summit of polypide-bearing cells, but of small cells connected with the reproductive function. Jullien’s work should be consulted with respect to the genus, as I have only referred to the more remarkable characters. Levinsen, though appa- rently unacquainted with Jullien’s work, has more recently added to our knowledge by illustrating the mode of growth of the ocecium-cells (Levinsen, ‘ Hauchs’ Togter Polyzoa,’ 1891, p. 286, pl. iii. figs. 10-15). 22. Celleporella hyalina, Linn. Trondhjem, on shell. Var. catenifera, Norman. This name may be given to a variety from Flor, Norway. It is very prettily reticulated, the cells being separated from each other by a regular chain- like interstitial development, the openings in which are oval, arranged in single file. It is an inter- mediate form between C. hyalina and C. discreta (Busk)*; in the latter the interspaces are wider and the openings not arranged in such regular order. * Jullien (Cap Horn Bryoz. p. 55) has renamed this Diazeuxia reticu- lans, quoting as a synonym “ Lepralia hyalina, var. discreta, G. Busk” ; bat Busk (B. M. Cat. Polyz., Cheilos. p. 85) has given no such varietal name ; he described a species, Lepralia discreta, and his specific name must therefore be retained. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 9 130 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on Jullien has united Hippothoa patagonica, Busk, with C. hyalina. The North-Atlantic species of Hippothoa, H, divaricata, H. flagellum, and H. expansa, all have the ocvecia borne on imperfectly-developed cells, and the latter often has the zocecia in clusters instead of following the usual unicellular arrangement. If Hippothoa is not to be united with Celleporella (Diazeuria, Jullien) it certainly comes very near it. Since Jullien apparently declines even to place them in the same family, it is better to wait for his further views rather than at once merge Celleporella in the earlier genus LHippothoa. Jullien states that there is only one European genus and species of his family Diazeuxidées ; and of Hippothoa divaricata he writes :— Smitt déja avait indi- qué |’Hippothoa divaricata, Lamouroux, comme étant une variété de sa Mollia hyalina, qui n’est autre que la Cellepora hyalina. Mais V Hippothoa divaricata est tellement différente de la Cellepora hyalina, que je me refuse 4 admettre cette maniére de voir.” . I quite agree in not uniting these species; the zocecia of H, divaricata are much more produced, and the ocecia are imperforate, while in C. hyalina they are always punctated ; but Jullien has not yet explained why he does not unite the genera, nor referred in any way to the similarity of the ocecium-cells exhibited in Celleporella (Diazeuxia) and Hip- pothoa. ‘The illustrations which he gives of the ocecium-cells of D. hyalina, var. patagonica, closely accord with those of EHippothoa. 23. Hornera lichenoides, Linn. On the precipices at Rédberg. 24. Hornera violacea, M. Sars. Rédberg, on precipices. 25. Idmonea atlantica, E. Forbes. Rédberg, 70-250 fathoms. 26. Stomatopora dilatans, Johnston. On a stone, deep water, Rédberg. 27. Diastopora obelia, Jolnston. Rodberg. 28. Lichenopora hispida, Fleming. Trondhjem and Roédberg, a a <2 5 pil EATER Mel gm ae the Trondhjem Evord. 131 29. Barentsia gracilis, M. Sars. On a hydroid, Rédberg. 30. Rhabdopleura Normani, Allman. A single specimen on a Serpula, precipices, Rodberg. I sought in vain for this species on the Lophohelia at Rodberg, on which coral I had dredged it in the Hardanger Fiord, where it is also found on the tests of Ascidians. The literature of this remarkable genus is becoming volu- minous. In the latest paper, by Mr. G. H. Fowler*, that author says, “As to the affinities of Rhabdopleura in one direction there can be no doubt. Every positive anatomical feature which it possesses points to a close relationship to Cephalodiscus and Balanoglossus, while it only differs from these forms negatively, namely, in the absence of two impor- tant structures, gill-slits and proboscis-pore.” He then arranges these genera as three groups of the Hemichordata. He adds that “ there is another possible alliance, obscure and confused at present,” to the genus Phoronis. Thus Lihabdopleura is to take its place, according to Mr. Fowler, in the Phylum Vertebrata; on which Lankester’s views are thus summarized in the latest edition of the ‘ Kncy- clopedia Britannica,’ article “ Vertebrata ”’:— Phylum VERTEBRATA. Branch a. CRANIATA (Cuvierian Vertebrata). » 06, CEPHALOCHORDA (Amphioxus). » ¢ Urocuorpa (Tunicata). » 4 UeEmicuorna (Lalanoglossus). Into the last Branch Fowler, in his paper, removes Ihab- dopleura and Cephalodiscus from the Polyzoa, to keep company with Balanoglossus, its only previous occupant. Lankester says, “ Balanoglossus gives the most hopeful hypothetical solution of the pedigree of Vertebrata;” and, as emphasizing the high interest which attaches to these remarkable animals, | would call to mind that previously to Balanoglossus being thus placed in the Phylum Vertebrata, Gegenbaur had instituted an entirely new phylum in the animal kingdom for its reception under the name of Ente- ropneusta. On the other hand, the larva of Balanoglossus (“ Tornaria”’) seems to point to affinity with the Echinoder- * G. Herbert Fowler, ‘The Mcrphology of Rhabdopleura Normani,” Festschr. z. siebenzigsten Geburtstage Rudolf Leuckarts, 1892, p. 293, pl. xxx, 132 A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. mata, while those of Rhabdopleura have as yet evaded the most careful search, and that of Cephalodiscus, from the habitat of the animal, 245 fathoms in the Strait of Magellan, is not likely soon to come under the section-knife of any naturalist, unless one is fortheoming—even more ardent than those two able men, Lankester and Harmer, who at different times have spent their summer holidays on the Hardanger Fiord, seeking, but in vain, for light on the developmental history of Rhab- dopleura—who is willing to devote a year in the journey to and search at Cephalodiscus’s far distant and inhospitable home. [To be continued. ] EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PxrateE VI. All figures illustrate Electra pilosa, Linn. Fig. 1. Var. dentata, Ell. & Sol., an ordinary form of this variety. In the Zocecia fioured the oral aperture has fallen inwards and left a gaping aperture, which does not therefore represent the proper mouth- -opening. Fig. 2. Var. tenuis, Norman. ‘wg. 3. Var. typica, Norman; a condition of this variety incrusting a round stem in which the basal sete are of great length. Fig. 4. A single zocecium from the same specimen as the last, in which two lateral spines, as well as that at the base, are converted into long setose appendages. Fig. 5. Var. typica, Norman. From the central portion of a specimen coating a frond of Fucus serratus: at the lateral margins the long sete are develo ned, and a punctate portion of the base of the cell is visible, w ile in the central part of the zoarium (that is, on the side of the frond of the Fucus which it incrusts) the zocecia (as here figured) are oblong, and consist only of the area and bounding walls, the basal punctate portion being wholly absent ; the lateral spines short, stumpy, and strong, and usually upright ; the basal spine is strong and also erect. Fig.6. Three zoccia from each of three rows running across the broad part of a frond of var. flustriformis from Batalden, showing an unusual parallel arrangement instead of the quincuncial order which usually prey ails. Fig. 7. Var. hippothoifor mis, Norman; Floré, Norway. The cells of the main stem in the part figured are for some reason in an abnormal condition, and constricted at the origin of the pinne. The figure is somewhat diagrammatic, because I have not seen the pinnulee commence so low down as on the first or second zocecium; they may be expected about the fifth, but apparently the only cause for this is want of room; but in the drawi ing for a similar reason, “ want of room,” the illustration of what subsequently takes place at a greater distance from the main stem in reality has been here given nearer the origin of the pinne. N.B,—The figures on the Plate are drawn to different degrees of enlarge- ment, DT EE eee Bibl togra ph ical Notice. 133 Pirate VII. All figures illustrate the varieties of Electra pilosa, Linn. Fig. 1. Var. Reaumuriana, Moll, The tip of a coated stem from the specimen which was procured by sine ve Barlee. The punctate wall will here be seen extended forwards along the sides of the area. Fig. 2. Var. carbastiformis, Norman. Natural size. Fig. 3. Var. flustriformis, Norman. Form a. One of the broad branches of the specimen from Batalden; natural size. Fig. 4. Var. flustriformis, Norman. Form 6. A portion of the specimen from Bukken, Be rgen Ficrd ; natural size. fig. 5. Var. flustriformis, Norman. Forme. A fragment of the specimen from Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay ; natural size. The central portion of this fragment consists of the Electra co ating a seaweed ; the strap-like terminations are the Polyzoon in a free state. Fig. 6. Var. cellariiformis, Norman. A fragment of a specimen from Flor6, Norway ; the ramifications, which w ould naturally be all erect, have been outspread for the purpose of more clear illus- tration. Natural size. Tig. 7. Var. gemellariiformis, Norman. Floré, Norway. Natural size. Fig. 8. Var. eucrateiformis, Norman. Flori, Norway. Natural size. BIBLLOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Les Coquilles des Eaux douces et saumdtres de France. Par ARnovnp Locarp. 8vo. Paris, 1893. T’nis work in scope and method is similar to ‘ Les Coquilles marines des Cotes de France,’ by the same author. In the ‘Annals’ for January 1892 we offered some remarks upon that volume, which, in a great measure, are applicable to the book before us. It consists of 327 pages of text, containing brief descriptions of the families, genera, and the innumerable so-called species, and is illustrated with about three hundred not very good figures. The descriptions of the families and genera average about two lines each, and contain no mention whatever of the soft parts or animals; so that their true value may readily be estimated. The specific (!) descriptions in hundreds of cases are nothing more than mere diagnoses of individual specimens or groups of specimens belonging to ope and the same species from different localities. The rate at which the number of species increases in France is truly miraculous! Let us take two instances. M. Moquin-Tandon in 1855 recognized only five indigenous Anodonte; in 1882 M. Locard enumerated 109 species, but a decade later this number has inereased to 279, One author in 1882 was content with the modest number of 31 species of Limnea, but now 127 are required to satisfy him! Of this genus M. Moquin-Tandon recorded but seven distinct forms, 134 Miscellaneous. These statistics are sufficient to show the character of the work, and we confess that, for our part, we cannot perceive any other ultimate purpose in it than the creation of a supreme contempt in rational persons for such so-called science, and a feeling of hopeless confusion in the minds of students, especially young inquirers. MISCELLANEOUS. On two new Types of Choniostomatide from the Coasts of France: Spheronella microcephala, G. § B., and Salenskia tuberosa, G.g B. By MM. A. Grarp and J. Boynrmr. We have shown in a previous memoir * that the family Chonio- stomatidee, established by Hansen for the single genus Choniostoma, ought to include, besides forms which Kroyer and Max Weber partially discovered some time ago, a new genus discovered by us upon a Mysis already attacked by an Epicarid, and lastly the enigmatical Copepod Spheronella Leuckarti, so well investigated by Salensky. Hitherto no crustacean belonging to this family had been met with on the shores of France. Upon the occasion of our note upon Podascon Dellavallei, an Epicarid parasite ef Ampelisca diadema, Costa, M. Chevreux sent us a certain number of specimens of Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck, A. tenuwicornis, Lilljeborg, and A. spini- mana, Chevreux, collected at Le Croisic, and which he thought were infested by Podascon. A careful examination of these Amphipods, which were all females, convinced us that a single specimen of A. spinimana bore a Podascon belonging to a new species, Podascon Chevreuxi, G. & B. All the other parasites were, not Epicarid Isopods, but Copepods of the family Choniostomatide, belonging to two different genera. The parasite of Ampelisca tenuicornis is a Spheronella distinct from the Mediterranean species studied by Salensky: we shall designate it Spheronella microcephala. The parasite of A. spinipes belongs to a new genus: we shall give it the name of Salenskia twherosa, in honour of the eminent Russian zoologist to whom we owe the first explicit information upon the evolution of the Choniostomatide. These two species of parasites are found surrounded by their numerous sacs of ova in the brood-chambers of the Ampelisea, which are rendered barren in consequence of parasitic sterilization (cas- tration purasitaire). The brood-lamelle are often caused to gape widely, allowing grains of sand and other foreign bodies to enter, which never happens when the Ampelisee are carrying their eggs or are in the normal non-gravid condition. In spite of the most minute investigation of the four infected individuals, we have been unable to find a single male of Sphero- * Giard and Bonnier, “ Note sur l’Aspidecia Normaani et la famille des Choniostomatide,”’ Bulletin scientitique de la France et de la Belgique, t. xx. 1889, pp. 541-372; four figures in the text, and pls. x, & xi. Miscellaneous. 135 nella microcephala. The female differs from Spheronella Leuckarti in the small size of the cephalic portion when compared with the total mass of the body. The buccal apparatus is more simple. We have distinguished but one pair of mandibles, which, it is true, are very stout, and project by their free extremity in the centre of the sucker. ‘The first pair of maxillipedes is better developed than the second, contrary to what is the case in S. Leuckarti. The genital area exhibits a different arrangement. ‘The corneous papillie are very large and represent the evacuatory apertures of two cement- glands. These cement-glands must not be confonnded with the colleterial glands which secrete the substance of the ovisacs, and which open in the immediate vicinity of the female aperture. We have counted as many as nine sacs of ova around a single female. Eavh sac may contain from sixty to eighty eggs with a very bulky germinal vesicle and a very distinct germinal spot. Segmentation is epibolic. The endodermic macrospheres contain large fatty globules, analogous to those which are seen in the eggs of many fishes. We have not met with fully-developed embryos. The genus Salenskia, of which but a single specimen has come into our possession, in consequence of the degradation of the adult female, is allied to Choniostoma and still more to Aspidecia. The body of the female is irregularly pyriform, with a conical buccal region. All trace of masticatory or locomotory appendages has entirely disappeared. We only find at the head an apparatus for attachment in the shape of an amphidisk or sleeve-link. The genital area is more simple than in Sphewronella. There is nothing in the shape of ornament, except a chitinous hair situated on the inner side of each female aperture. In the neighbourhood of these apertures we haye found three dwarf males. ‘hese exhibit a very interesting peculiarity. They have not undergone the regressive metamorphosis which we observe in the case of the males of Spheronella Leuckarti and Aspidecia Normani: they have retained the characteristic shape of the embryos of Spheronella and Choniostoma. Nevertheless the existence of the two enormous spheroidal reservoirs, which are regarded as sperma- thecs in the case of the males of the other Choniostomatide, permits us to believe that they have attained their sexual maturity. In this ease therefore we should be confronted with an instance of progenesis entirely comparable to that which is exhibited by the Cryptoniscid males of certain Epicaride; and the question may be mooted whether, as in the case of certain of these latter, dissogomy might not occur in the male sex of Salenskia, that is to say, whether, after haying performed their function in the larval form, these males, or at least one among them, might not be capable of undergoing the regressive metamorphosis which has been proved to take place in the case of the males of Aspidecia and Spheronella Leuckarti. Perhaps, too, these dwarf males are only complemental males, such as are known in several groups of parasitic Metazoa. The excretory ducts of the spermathece appeared to us to open in the neighbourhood of the mouth, contrary to what occurs in Aspidecia. 136 Miscellaneous. We have only observed a single sac of ova belonging to this species and that was in bad condition, so that we are unable to say anything as to its embryogeny. It is probable, however, that the embryos greatly resemble the progenetic males of which we have just spoken. The co-existence of Podascon Chevreuxi and Podascon Dellavallei with the Choniostomatide mentioned in this note, upon species of the same genus Ampelisca, once more raises the problem, to which we have already drawn attention, of a possible ethological relation between the two groups of parasites, Epicaridz and Choniostomatid. From what we know of the habits of Choniostoma and Aspidecia we are inclined to think that the Epicaride open the way at the present time, or in certain cases perhaps have opened it phylogeneti- cally, to the Choniostomatide. But this is a point that demands fresh investigations conducted as far as possible upon the living animals.—Comptes Rendus, t. exvii. no. 23 (September 25, 1893), pp. 446-440. Who first found Balanoglossus? By the Rey. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. By a curious coincidence two works have reached me to-day. The first of these is a new volume of the ‘ Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel,’ a magnificent monograph by Dr. D. W. Spengel upon the Enteropneusta (Hemichorda, which includes Balanoglossus and allies). The second is ‘ Atlante di Figure sceverate dalle tavole incise e da disegni originali illustranti di Memorie postume di F. Cavolini pubblicate per cura ed a spese di S. D. Chiaje’; I have only been able to procure the plates of this work. From Carus and Engel- mann’s Bibl. Zool. p. 121, find that there should be 344 pages and that the date is 1853. This work is by “ Fil. Cavolini,” the Italian naturalist who wrote at the end of the last century. The plates seem to be of the character of that period, and the last is apparently intended to illustrate a paper on the great eruption of Vesuvius which over- whelmed the houses of the 10,000 inhabitants of the town of Torre del Greco in 1794. If these plates date from the end of the last or from the beginning of the present century, then Cavolini was the first to notice and figure, and, perhaps, describe, the genus Balano- glossus. On pl. xiv. fig. + will be found a very good illustration of a form which seems most closely to resemble B. Kowalevsiii, among those figured by Spengel. Spengel makes no allusion to Cavolini’s work in his Bibliography, and gives Eschscholtz as the earliest dis- coverer of a species of the group (Ptycodera flava, 1825). Esch- scholtz’s figure is a very inferior one to that of Cavolini. Probably there is a copy of Cavolini’s work in the Brit. Mus. or other library. Will some one clear this matter up? The plates, moreover, in Cavolini appear, from their different sizes and the double numbers on them, to have illustrated previously published papers, here brought together ; but I cannot find any such papers referred to in Bibl. Zool. Burnmoor Rectory, Dec. 16, 1893. Ann.& May. Nat. Hist. vo. Vol. XU. cae a Fay ee Bate ib te Wh | 4 \ Ze. c a % ih. Peepgeatg teeters Peter tly \ te dae a -- Y f Mintern -Bros -lith. Aniw.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XM. PUM. avs (ott Mintern Bros. lth. Ani. & ‘ Vay. Nat.Hist..S. 6. Vol AM.PU ML. mm ae Li, YY SIL ae Ny Mintern Bros. hth. Lal . Ann & Mag. Vat. Hist 8. G6 lol. AML. PI IV. Mintern Bros .del et lith LAND-SHELLS OF THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO Anrw.&. Vay. Nat. Hist. §.6. Vol. XIT. PLV. 4 \ | } . \ ; ~~ See \_ fuk ( PS. j \ fet ae he —am\| \ \ . f % » | [ it \ ‘ } ‘A ee | ] HW} LLYD_ yp \ i = ) ae ee | \ | | \) > Ip mp era H. Suter del. Ana. & , Vag. Vat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XI. PL. VI. Mintern Bros. imp. And May. Nat. Hist.8.6 Vol, XM. PL. VIL. Mintern Bros . imp. a THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SIXTH SERIES. ] No. 74. FEBRUARY 1894. XIV.—On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By Tuomas Scort, F.L.8., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and ANDREW Scorv. {Plates VIII. & IX. | A CONSIDERABLE quantity of material (mostly marine), ob- tained by dredging and shore-collecting, has been examined by us during the past few months. The material was from various places in the Moray-Firth district and from the Firth of Forth. The examination of the material has yielded a number of species of rare and interesting Crustacea, and espe- cially of Copepoda, and descriptions, with suitable drawings, of these are being prepared ; those we now propose to record comprise five species of the Harpacticide and two of Ascomy- zontide, with notes on a few other apparently rare forms. Harpacticide. Amymone nigrans*,sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 1-7.) Length °4 millim. (#5 of an inch). The ventral edge of the first body-segment is truncate and sinuate, and the free por- tion of its posterior edge slightly crenate; the ventral edge of the posterior body-segments is produced into four irregular tooth-like processes (fig. 1). The two male postero-ventral processes (a, a) are more acutely angular than those of the male of Amymone spherica, Claus. ‘he anterior antenne (antennules) are seven-jointed; in those of the female the * Nograns, blackish. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 10 138 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some first joint is considerably longer than any of the others, the second to the fifth joints gradually decrease in length, while the penultimate joint is about one third of the length of the preceding one and half the length of the next; the formula shows the proportional lengths of the joints— 1B 2). 8 8 sO. ae | ie Se Sy ae ar In the male antennz the third and fifth joints are much shorter than either of the joints that precede or follow them, and the sixth and seventh, which are subequal, are each fully twice the length of the fifth. Posterior antenne nearly as in Amymone spherica. Mandibles and maxille also somewhat similar to those of that species, but the second joint of the mandible-palp is proportionally considerably longer, while the mandible is armed with longer apical teeth. The anterior foot-jaws are provided with a claw-like terminal spine, and the marginal process at the base of the last joint bears two spiniform terminal sete. The posterior foot-jaws resemble those of Amymone spherica, but the interior edge of the last joint is not so densely fringed with hairs. The outer branches of the second and third pairs of swimming-feet are two-jointed (fig. 4), and of the fourth pair three-jointed; the first joint of the outer branches of the fourth pair is much shorter than either the second or third joints, and a strong spiniform seta springs from the inner edge and near the middle of the last joint; the length of this spiniform seta is at least equal to the whole of the outer branch (fig. 5) ; the first and second joints of the inner branches are nearly of equal length and shorter than the last joint; the only sete on the inner branches of the fourth pair are—one on the inner margin near the distal end of the second joint, and three (two terminal and one subterminal) on the last joint. The basal joint of the fifth ;air in the female is broadly foliaceous, the inner margin is rounded and bears three short plumose sete, while the apex is somewhat oblique and angular and armed with two stout spiniform sete ; the secondary joint is narrow and extends to the apex of the basal joint, and is furnished with three stout hairs on the outer edge and a small terminal hair. The male fifth foot has no secondary joint, it is long and very narrow and slightly curved, and furnished with three marginal and two terminal sete; one of the terminal sete is much longer than the other. Colour irregularly diffused, dark cinereous, nearly black in some parts, as at the posterior end. Hab. Cromarty Firth, near Invergordon, frequent. The new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 139 bottom here, in mid-channel, is composed largely of irregular lumps of hardened mud, formed of the agglutinated tubes of a species of Sabella. Some of this mud was dredged and carefully washed ; the water in which the mud was washed was then passed through a muslin sieve, and when the contents of the sieve were afterwards transferred to a bottle of sea- water numbers of the little Amymone nigrans appeared as blackish specks swimming about, and their peculiar move- ments characteristic of this remarkable genus formed an interesting study. Remarks. Though Amymone nigrans does not agree with any described species known to us, it is yet possible that it may be the form ascribed by Boeck to Amymone spherica, Claus, and which he described as having the outer branches of the swimming-feet two-jointed. It is supposed by some authors that Boeck has somehow mistaken the number of joints in the outer branches, because the outer branches of the second and third as well as of the fourth pair of swimming- feet in Amymone spherica are all three-jointed, and certainly the Scottish specimens of what we believe to be that species have three-jointed outer branches to the second and third pairs; but the discovery of Amymone nigrans will tend to show that Boeck’s description may be right after all, and that the mistake was made in ascribing to Amymone spherica, Claus, a form that was probably quite distinct from that species. But, whatever be the explanation, there can be no doubt that the form we have here described as Amymone nigrans has the outer branches of the second and third pair of feet in both sexes two-jointed, In all the specimens of Amymone spherica examined by us we observe that each stylet is furnished with a broad lancet- shaped seta, the breadth of each seta at the widest part being equal to about two fifteenths of the length. We have not observed these peculiar sete on any other species of Amymone. Ameira exilis *, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 18-20; Pl. IX. figs. 1-3.) Body elongate, slender. Length 1:4 millim. (74 of an inch). Anterior antenne of the female nine-jointed, somewhat longer than the first body-segment and sparingly setiferous, and with the seventh and eighth joints very small; the lengths of the joints are nearly as shown in the formula— fie 1310) Sore 455 19 oo rs £° Gtr = 9: * Friis, slender. 10* 140 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some The male anterior antenne are ten-jointed, and the last six are more or less modified for grasping ; the sixth and seventh joints are very short, but the others are of moderate length. Mandibles elongate, narrow, and with an oblique tooth-apex ; the basal part of the mandible-palp is considerably dilated, while the secondary joint is narrow and furnished with one marginal and four terminal sete. Maxille and foot-jaws nearly as in Ametra longipes. The first pair of swimming- feet are elongate and somewhat like those of Amezra longipes, but the first joint of the inner branches is only about one sixth longer than the combined lengths of the second and third joints; while the outer branches reach to near the middle of the second joint of the inner ones (Pl. IX. fig. 2). In the female the inner branches of the next three pairs reach to about the middle of the second joint, and are scarcely equal to half the length of the elongate outer branches; in the male the inner branches of the third pair reach to the end of the second joint of the outer branches, and each of the three joints is rather longer and narrower than the joint that precedes it, while the last joint, besides being furnished with four long plumose marginal sete, is armed with a terminal spine (PI. LX. fig. 3). The basal joint of the fifth pair in the female is broadly triangular, and its blunt-pointed apex bears five sete, the second one of which, counting from the outside, is very long, being more than double the length of the seta on either side of it; the secondary joint is oblong- ovate, its greatest breadth being equal to about two fifths of the length; there are five sete of variable length, ranged at intervals from the middle of the exterior margin to the apex, in addition to a very long intero-subapical seta; the apex of the basal joint reaches to about the middle of the secondary one (Pl. VIII. fig. 19). The fifth pair in the male are smaller than those of the female, and both joints are propor- tionally shorter and broader, and want the very long sete of the female fifth pair. Caudal stylets shorter than the last abdominal segment and broadly pyriform ; the principal tail- sete are as long as the abdomen. Hab. Obtained by washing some black sandy mud near low-water mark at Seafield, in the vicinity of Leith, Firth of Forth. Remarks. Ameira exilis somewhat resembles Ameitra lon- gipes, Boeck, but is larger and more slender, and the propor- tional lengths of the joints of the female anterior antenne differ considerably in the two species ; they also differ in the proportional lengths of the branches of all the swimming-feet. . new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 141 Stenhelia dispar*,sp.n. (Pl. VIIL. figs. 8-12.) Length *55 millim. ('; of an inch). Rostrum prominent. Anterior antenne eight-jointed ; the first four joints are robust, the next three are small, and the last is comparatively long and narrow, being equal to the combined lengths of two pre- ceding joints. ‘The formula shows the proportional lengths of the joints— 20918 21456:.9..8 018 Bes Ste 696) 7.8! The secondary branch of the posterior antenne is three-jointed, the first being nearly equal to twice the combined lengths of the other two. The mouth-organs are nearly as in Stenhelia ima, Brady. ‘The first four pairs of swimming-feet also somewhat resemble those of that species. The fifth pair are broadly foliaceous, like those of Stenhelia hispida, Brady, but the distance between the various setee with which they are furnished is greater in Stenhelia dispar. Abdomen and caudal stylets nearly as in Stenhelia ima. Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock, Firth of Forth, dredged in 23 fathoms ; bottom sand and gravel. Remarks. Stenhelia dispar appears to be intermediate between Stenhelia ima and Stenhelia hispida; it resembles Stenhelia ima in the form of the first four pairs of swimming- feet and Stenhelia hispida in the form of the fifth pair, but differs from both in the structure of the anterior antenne. Cletodes irrasat, sp.n. (PI. VIIL. figs. 13-17.) Length ‘8 millim. (3'5 of an inch). Body elongate-cylin- drical, all its segments except the first furnished with a trans- verse fringe of small hairs a little in front of the posterior margin. Anterior antennw stout and sparingly setiferous, shorter than the first body-segment, six-jointed ; the second and last joints are longer than any of the others, while the fifth joint is very small, as shown by the formula— 20. 26.20.10.3. 24 12S) Mie 6 Posterior antenne three-jointed, the first and second joints are nearly of equal length and about one and a half times the length of the next ; a very small secondary branch bearing * Dispar, different, 2. e. from any known species. + ZIrrasus, unshaven. 142 Messrs. I’. and A. Scott on some a single apical seta springs from the end of the first joint. Mandibles stout, the biting part armed with short blunt- pointed teeth, except at the lower angle, where there is a moderately long conical tooth. ‘The inner branches of the first pair of swimming-feet are composed of two nearly equal joints, and reach to about the middle of the second joint of the outer branches; they are also furnished with two short spiniform apical sete; the first joint of the outer branches is somewhat longer and the second joint shorter than either of the other two joints. The inner branches of the fourth pair consist of two nearly equal joints bearing a few short sete, the extremity of these branches does not reach to the end ot the first joint of the outer branches; the outer branches are elongate, and the second joint is shorter and the third some- what longer than either of the other two. The basal joint of the fifth pair forms a broad shallow lobe, bearing one short and two long sete, the inner one being spiniform and plumose ; the secondary joint is elongate-narrow, being about four times longer than broad and furnished with four unequal sete at the apex and one near the proximal end of the outer margin. Caudal stylets slender and as long as the last abdominal segment; each stylet bears two small sete on the inner margin, one on the outer margin, and three or four at the apex. Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock. Remarks. Cletodes irrasa belongs to a group the distin- guishing character of which is the more or less nearly obsolete basal joints and the elongate and narrow secondary joints of the fifth pair of thoracic feet, and Cletodes limicola, Brady, may be considered the type of this group. The form of the fifth pair in this group presents a marked difference to the fifth pair in those other species of the same genus that have both the basal and secondary joints well developed, as, for example, in Cletodes linearis, Claus. Thalestris forficuloides, sp. n. (Pl. EX. figs. 4-9.) Length *73 millim. (4 of an inch). Anterior antenne in the female nine-jointed and provided with long slender sete ; the joints gradually decrease in length from the second to the fifth, while the sixth joint is one and a half times longer than the fifth and equal to the combined lengths of the next two; the last joint is as long as the sixth; the proportional lengths are as shown in the formula— Lb, 18). a8). 10...8 Ab Gail 2 8 £68 2 new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 143 The secondary branches of the posterior antenne are composed of two moderately long joints; the first joint is provided with a plumose seta at the distal end and the second with two marginal sete near the base and three at the apex; all the sete are plumose. Posterior foot-jaws stout, the last joint somewhat ovate, its greatest breadth being equal to fully half the length; it is furnished with a comparatively long slender seta near the middle of the inner margin, and the terminal claw reaches to beyond the proximal end of the joint to which it is attached. The first pair of swimming-feet have the inner branches slender and considerably longer than the outer ones; the outer branches are only about two thirds the length of the inner; the inner terminal claw of both branches is very slender and elongate, and, like the others, only slightly curved at the extremity. The second, third, and fourth pairs are somewhat like those of Thalestris forficula, Claus, but the proportional lengths of the joints are slightly different ; in the fourth pair the last joint of the inner branches is only equal to three fourths of the combined lengths of the first and second joints; the inner branches of the third pair in the male are armed with a spiniform and slightly hooked claw-like terminal appendage (fig. 7). The basal joints of the fifth pair are broadly triangular and the apex reaches to near the middle of the secondary joints; the inner and outer margins are fringed with small close-set hairs, the basal joints are also each furnished with five plumose sete of unequal length arranged round the distal end—one at the apex, one on the outer margin, and three on the inner margin ; the apical seta is considerably longer than any of the others; the outer secondary joints are subcylindrical, fringed with small close- set hairs on both margins, and furnished with eight seta— three on the distal half of both the outer and the inner mar- gins, and two at the apex ; the inner apical seta and the one on the inner margin next to it are much longer than any of the others ; there are only two small spiniform apical sete on the basal joint of the fifth pair in the male. Abdomen and caudal stylets nearly as in Thalestris forficula. Hab. Among mud near low-water mark at Seafield, in the vicinity of Leith, Firth of Forth. Remarks. This species somewhat resembles 'halestris forficula, Claus, but differs in the following among other particulars :—The anterior antenne (the antennules) are nine- jointed, and the sixth and last joints are each of them equal to the combined lengths of the seventh and eighth and of greater length than either of the fourth or fifth. ‘The inner branches ot the first pair of swimming-feet are very long and slender, 144 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some while the outer branches are only equal to two thirds the length of the inner ones. It also differs in the proportional lengths of the other thoracic feet, as shown by the description and figures. Ascomyzontide. Dermatomyzon gibberum*, sp.n. (PI. LX. figs. 10-14.) Length *5 millim (35 of an inch). Cephalothorax very tumid, broadly obovate or pear-shaped, the forehead being regularly and boldly rounded ; the first body-segment is more than half the entire length of the cephalothorax and abdomen combined, and its breadth is about one and one sixth times the length ; the abdomen is very short, and, including the caudal stylets, is scarcely equal to one fourth of the length of the cephalothorax. Anterior antenne stout, seventeen- jointed, but the second joint from the base appears to be formed of two (or three) coalescent joints; the proportional lengths of the joints are shown by the formula— £0 (192 1007)'-8. 10-12 167959 16. 12. 12. 0S. 0. 2 oe ee 1 2 a 4°66 78 "orn i hws Bases The mandibles are stylet-shaped, stout, and elongate; the mandible-palp consists of a single oblong joint, the length of which is rather greater than twice the breadth, and three stout, moderately long, and nearly equal sete spring from its truncate apex. ‘The maxille are composed of two parts of nearly equal length; the one part (the primary) is sub- triangular in form and furnished with three apical sete, while the other (the secondary part) is narrow, cylindrical, and pro- vided with four sete at the apex (fig. 13). The basal joint of the anterior foot-jaws is stout, but the end joint is slender and curved and forms a claw-like appendage. The posterior foot-jaws are nearly as in Dermatomyzon nigripes (Brady and Robertson). The swimming-feet are also some- what similar to those of that species: the fifth pair are simple, two-jointed; the first joint is short, and its breadth is about equal to twice the length, it also bears a seta at the upper distal angle ; the second joint is longer and narrower than the first, its breadth being only equal to half the length, and it is furnished with two sete at the apex. The caudal stylets are nearly as long as broad, and equal to the combined lengths of the last two abdominal segments. * Gibberum, hunch-backed. new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 145 Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock, Firth of Forth. Hitherto only one specimen, a female, has been obtained. Remarks. The proportionally large and tumid cephalo- thorax gives this species a curious and striking appearance, that at once distinguished it from any of the other Copepoda observed by us. It possesses all the characters of a Derma- tomyzon, except that the anterior antenne are apparently only seventeen-jointed ; the second joint, however, is pro- bably composed of three coalesced joints, so that the dif- ference in this respect is trifling. It differs also in the abdomen being composed of only three instead of four seg- ments, and so far it agrees more closely with Asterocheres, Boeck, than with Dermatomyzon, Claus. The Forth specimen would thus appear to form an intermediate link between these two genera, but with a closer affinity to the last. Acontiophorus elongatus, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 15-20.) Length 1 millim. (35 of an inch). Cephalothorax and abdomen elongate; the abdomen slender and equal to about two thirds the length of the cephalothorax. Anterior antenne slender, seventeen-jointed ; the fourth, fifth, sixth, and eighth joints are shorter, and the first and last longer than any of the other joints; the formula shows their pro- portional lengths— 24.12.14.6.6.6.9.6.8.14.12.13.18.14.14.14. 24 Beene > G7 89 10 IP 12 18 14 16 16 17 The posterior antenne are three-jointed, and a very small secondary branch springs from near the end of the elongate basal joint; end joint small, and furnished with a long, slightly curved, and slender terminal spine and a small mar- ginal seta. Mandibles extremely long and slender, being about equal in length to the elongate siphon; the siphon, which reaches to near the end of the cephalothorax, consists of two slender filaments of equal length, one of which has a ring-like structure and is armed with a small apical stylet ; the basal part of the siphon is stout and cone-shaped, and encloses for some distance the proximal ends of the filaments (fig. 18). Maxillee two-branched—one branch stout and conical in shape, and furnished with one short and two long sete ; the other branch narrow, not half the length of the first, "and bearing three sete of unequal length. Anterior and ‘posterior foot-jaws somewhat like those of Acontiophorus scutatus, Brady and Robertson; but the last two joints of the posterior foot-jaws are proportionally much longer than 146 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some in that species. The swimming-feet are also somewhat similar to those of Acontiophorus scutatus, but the fourth pair has remarkably broad and stout dagger-shaped spines on the exterior margins of the outer branches, as well as broad sabre-like terminal spines on both outer and inner branches ; the sete on the inner margins of both branches are also densely plumose. ‘The fifth pair of feet consists each of a single broadly elliptical joint, which is furnished with three apical sete (fig. 20). The first or genital segment of the abdomen is equal to twice the length of the next, and three and a half times longer than the third segment. Caudal stylets very short; they are each provided with two mode- rately long plumose terminal sete in addition to a few small hairs. Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock, Firth of Forth, frequent. Remarks. The species now described is an easily recog- nized one, because of its being more slender and having a longer abdomen than any other of the described species. It agrees with Acontiophorus armatus, Brady, in having the anterior antennz seventeen-jointed (though sixteen joints is the number stated in the description of Acontiophorus ar- matus in ‘ British Copepoda,’ the figure shows seventeen joints). The posterior antenne have only one long and slender spine at the apex instead of the “‘ two lancet-shaped ” apical spines that form one of the generic characters; but otherwise the Forth species now described is a true Acontio- phorus. Stenhelia hirsuta, 1. C. Thompson. Stenhelia denticulata, 1. C. Thompson. These two distinct species have been obtained by us durin the past summer in material from the Firth of Forth, deciigaal two or three years ago. ‘They have not been previously recorded for the east of Scotland. Nannopus palustris, Brady. This apparently rare pie th has recently been obtained in material collected by hand-net in 1891, at the mouth of the “ Cocklemill Burn” near Largo, Firth of Forth. Pseudanthessius Sauvaget, Canu. This interesting addition to the British fauna was obtained in dredged material from the “ Fluke Hole” off St. Monans, Firth of Forth. Only two specimens have as yet been obtained, new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 147 Sunaristes pagurt, Hesse. A single specimen (a male) of this rare and curious species was captured in the Cromarty Firth in September last; it occurred in material dredged near Invergordon, and although it was not taken ona hermit-crab, or in the shell occupied by a hermit-crab, several hermit-crabs were observed in the same material in which it was obtained. The Cromarty Firth specimen measures 2°3 millim. (7; of an inch). The ter- minal claws with which the powerful anterior antenne are armed are of a dark horn-colour, and so also are the large spines on the inner branches of the second pair of swimming- feet. Longipedina paguri, W. Miiller, is very likely the same species as that described by Hesse; and in fact our specimen agrees better with Miiller’s figures than with those ot Hesse; but we have adopted Hesse’s name as having priority over that of W. Miiller. AMPHIPODA. Harpinia crenulata, Boeck. A few specimens of this Harpinia have been obtained in the Moray Firth and in the Firth of Forth. The more pro- minent and distinctive characters of the species appear to be the following :—The second-last pair of pereiopods are very long, and, when bent backwards, extend considerably beyond the body of the animal; the posterior expansion of the basal joint of the last pair of pereiopods has the margin irregularly serrate and furnished with several comparatively long hairs; and the last pair of epimeral plates of the metasome have the lower distal angles rounded and furnished posteriorly with a single small tooth or with two or three small teeth ot unequal size. But the long second-last pair of pereiopods seem to be in themselves a very obvious character, and one by which the species may be readily distinguished. Amphilochoides pusillus, G. O. Sars. Several specimens of this Amphipod have been obtained by us in material from the Firth of Forth and from St. Andrews Bay. The Forth specimens were dredged in the vicinity of the Bass Rock in twenty-two to twenty-three fathoms. ‘This species is readily distinguished from Amphi- lochoides odontonyx (Boeck), which has already been recorded for the Forth, by the absence of a basal tooth on the claws, or dactyli, of the first gnathopods, and by the inner margin of the hand of the same gnathopods being distinctly angular ; 148 Messrs. ‘I’. and A. Scott on some the palm of the second gnathopods is finely serrate only on the distal half, while the proximal half is even or nearly so and bears a few minute sete. ‘The postero-lateral angles of the last epimeral plates of the metasome are also simply angular, and not produced posteriorly into a tooth-like pro- jection as in Amphilochoides odontonyx. Metopa robusta, G. O. Sars. A few specimens of this interesting species were dredged this summer in deep water in the Moray Firth ; it was easily distinguished by the structure of the gnathopods, the form of the large fourth pair of coxal plates, and by the very robust posterior pereiopods ; the posterior part of the meros of these pereiopods, and especially of the seventh pair, is greatly developed. The contrast between the feeble and slender first pair of gnathopods and the powerful second pair is very marked in this species. So far as we know, the three Amphipods just referred to do not appear to have been previously recorded as British. ADDITIONAL NOTE. Cletodes monensis, 1. C. Thompson.—In our paper in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History ’ for October last we recorded the occurrence of this Copepod in the Moray Firth, and in doing so we inadvertently called it Laophonte monensis instead ot Cletodes monensis. Stephos minor, 'T. Scott.—This genus and species were described and figured in the ‘Tenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland (1892).’ Dr. W. Giesbrecht, in a paper recently published by him *, refers to this genus and identifies it with the genus Modianus described in his new and great work on the Pelagic Copepoda of the Gulf of Naples. He makes a few remarks on the question of priority, and appears to be in doubt as to whether Stephos or Mobianus was published first. As the result of personal investigation and inquiry we are now able to say that we quite agree with Dr. Giesbrecht as to the identity of the two genera; but the species from the Gulf of Naples is, we think, different from that from the Firth of Forth, additional specimens of which have been recently obtained by us. As * “ Mittheilungen tiber Copepoden,” von Dr. W. Giesbrecht (Abdruck aus den Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel, 11 Band, 1./2. Heft) p. 102. new and rare Crustacea from Scotland, 149 to the question of priority, we find that the ‘ Tenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland,’ in which Stephos is described, was published on September 22nd, 1892, and that Dr. Giesbrecht’s work on the Pelagic Copepoda of the Gulf of Naples, in which Mobdianus is described, and which bears the date 1892, was published on January 26th, 1893. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuaTE VIII. Amymone nigrans, sp. 0. Fig. 1. Male, seen from the side, x 80. 2. Anterior antenna, female, x 190. 3. Mandible and palp, x 380. 4. Foot of third pair, x 170. 5. Foot of fourth pair, x 170. 6. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 255. 7. Foot of fifth pair, male, x 190. Stenhelia dispar, sp. 0. Fig. 8. Female, seen from the side, x 70. 9. Anterior antenna, female, x 380. 10. Foot of first pair, x 190. 11. Foot of fourth pair, x 127. 12. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 253. Cletodes irrasa, sp. n. Fig. 13. Female, seen from above, x 70. 14. Anterior antenna, female, x 253. 15. Foot of first pair, x 506. 16, Foot of fourth pair, x 506. 17. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 380. Ameira exilis, sp. n. Fig. 18. Female, seen from the side, x 36. 19. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 127. 20. Abdomen and caudal stylets, x 40. PuaTE IX. Ameira exilis, sp. 0. Fig. 1. Anterior antenna, female, x 100. 2. Foot of first pair, x 127. 3. Foot of third pair, male, x 84. Thalestris forficuloides, sp. 0. Fig. 4. Female, seen from the side, x 54. 5, Anterior antenna, female, x 190, 6. Foot of first pair, x 190. 7. Foot of third pair, male, X 127. 8. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 127. 9. Abdo- men and caudal stylets, x 53. Dermatomyzon gibberum, sp. 0. Fig. 10. Female, seen from above, x 80. 11. Anterior antenna, x 253 12. Mandible, x 304. 13. Maxilla, x 304. 14. Foot of fifth pair, X 253. Acontiophorus elongatus, sp. 1. Fig. 15; Female, seen from above, X 48. 16, Anterior antenna, x 190. 17. Mandible, x 152. 18. Siphon, x 152. 19, Foot of fourth pair, x 127. 20. Foot of fifth pair, x 255. 150 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on XV.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. {Continued from p. 133.) GEPHYREA. 1. Bonellia viridis, Rolando. 1822, Bonellia viridis, Rolando, Mem. d. Reale Accad. d. Se. di Torino, vol. xxvi. p. 539, pl. xiv. figs. 1-3, pl. xv. figs. 5-7 1840. Bonellia viridis, H. Milne- Edwards, Rég. Anim. édit. Crochard, Zoophytes, pl. xxi. fig. 3 : 1852. Bonellia viridis, Schmarda, Denks. Ak. der Wiss. Wien, vol. iv. p- 117, pls. iv.-vii. 1858. Bonellia viridis, Eneereetiasirenet Ann. Se. Nat. Zool. sér. 4, vol. x. p. 49, pls. i.iv. 1875. Bonellia viridis, Kowalewsky, “Du male planariforme de la Bonellia,” traduit par J. C. Catta*, Rey. Sci. Nat. de Dubreuil, vol. iv. p. 313, pl. vii. 1885, Bonellia viridis, Selenka, Report Gephyrea ‘Challenger,’ p. 9, pl. ii. figs. 7-10, ¢. Five specimens, dredged in 250-300 fath. at Rédberg, the largest being rather more than an inch long exclusive of proboscis. I had previously seen Norwegian specimens in the Christiania Museum, and it has been recorded from the Bergen district, 100 fath., by Koren and Danielssen (‘ Fauna litt. Norv.’ part ii. 1877, p. 151). I think that this Nor- wegian form may prove to be distinct from B. viridis. 2. Phascolosoma squamatum, Kor. & Dan. 1868. Phascolosoma olivaceum, M. Sars, “ Forsatte Bemerk. over det dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets Dybder,’ ’ Vidensk.-Selsk. Férband. 258 (name only). 1877. Phascolosoma squamatum, Koren & Dan. Fauna litt. Norv. pt. iii. p- 180, pl. xiii. fig. 11, pl. xiv. figs. 14, 15. 1883. Phascolosoma squamatum, Selenka, Reisen Archip. Philippinen, Die Sipunculiden, p. 40. 1885. Phascolion squamatum, Selenka, Report ‘ Challenger’ Gephyrea, p. 15, pl. iv. figs. 18, 19. I do not follow Selenka in removing this species to the genus Phascolion, seeing it does not agree with Phascolion in its habit, for it lives free and not in shells, and consequently it has not the attaching papille characteristic of that genus, from which also it differs in the much more coiled intestinal tube. * The original paper was published in Russian in 1870. the Trondhjem Fiord. 151 Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath. [have also taken it in the Sieddnber and Kors Fiords; Koren and Danielssen record it from the latter and from Bergen Fiord. By the ‘ Poreupine’ Exped., 1869, it was taken off the south-west of Ireland and near the //o/tenta-ground—and it is thus a British species—and in the chops of the British Channel. It was again taken by the ‘Triton’ near the “Hol/tenia- ground.” 3. Phascolion strombi, Montagu. Var. tuberculosum, Théel. 1876. Phascolion tuberculosum, Théel, “Géph. inermes de Skand. Spitsberg et Grénland,” K. Svenska Vet-Akad. Hand. vol. iii. p. 15 (separate copy), pl. i. fig. 1, pl. iii. fig. 16. 1877. Phascolosoma strombi, var. verrucosum, Kor. & Dan. Fauna litt. Norv. pt. ili. pp. 141 and 154. 1883. Phascolion strombi, var. verrucosum, Selenka, Reisen Archip. Philipp., Die Sipunculiden, p. 52. Several specimens of this variety at Rédberg ; the type was not found. 4. Onchnesoma Steenstrupti, Kor. & Dan. 1859. Sipunculus pyriformis, Danielssen, Vidensk.-Selsk. Foérhand. Christ. 1859, p. 251 (quoted from Dan. & Kor.; I have not this paper, but suppose the species was not described). 1868. Phascolosoma pusillum, M. Sars, “Forsatte Bemerk. over det dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets Dybder,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Férhand. p. 252 (name only). 1877. Onchnesoma Steenstrupii, Dan. & Kor. Fauna litt. Norv. pt. iii. p- 142, pl. xx. figs. 28-36. 1884. Onchnesoma Steenstrupit, De Man, Biilow, and Selenka, Reisen Arch. Philipp., Sipunculiden, pt. ii. p. 130. 1892. Onchnesoma Steenstrupii, Shipley, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s., vol. xxxiii. p. 233, pl. ix. . Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath. I have also found it at Drébak, in the Christiania Fiord, and in the Bergen and Hardanger Fiords. PANTOPODA. In ‘Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, XX. Pycno- gonoidea, G. O. Sars, 1891, will be found everything that could be desired in the way of description and illustration of all the following species. 1. Pycnogonum crassirostre, G. O. Sars. The three specimens from which this species was described 152 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on by Prof. Sars were found by him mixed with J. Jittorale collected from many Norwegian localities, and he was unable to give a particular habitat. I have found N. crasstrostre in the following localities :—Trondhjem Fiord, in about 70 fath. ; Kors Fiord, which is the entrance to Bergen Fiord, 180 fath. ; and in two places in the Hardanger Fiord, namely off Midso Lighthouse, 50-100 fath., and Stoksund, 80-100 fath. 2. Anoplodactylus petiolatus, Kroyer. 1863. Pallene attenuata, Hodge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. p- 463; Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. y. 1863, p- 281, pl. xv. figs. 1-5. 1864. Phovichilidium petiolatum, Hodge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xiii. p. 4; Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. vi. 1864, . 199 (name only, making his P. attenuata its synonym). 1864. Pallene pygmea, Hodge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xii. pl. xiii. figs. 16, 17; Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. vi. 1864, p- 198, pl. v. figs. 16, 17. 1881. Phoxichilidium longicolle, Dohrn, Faun. und Flor. des Golfes von Neapel, Die Pantopoden, p. 177, pl. xiii. figs. 1-8. 1881. Phowichilidium exiguum, id. ibid. p. 181, pl. xii. figs. 19-22. 1882, Phoxichilidium pygmeum, Hoek, “Nouvelles études sur les Pyen.,” Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. vol. ix. p. 514, pls. xxvi. and xxvii. figs. 22-25. A single typical specimen in Laminarian zone, Trondhjem Fiord. A specimen of P. longicolle, Dohrn, from Naples, identified by Dohrn *, is certainly A. petiolatus. Specimens received at the same time from Naples of P. exiguum, Dohrn, are certainly the same as Pallene pygmea, Hodge, with the type specimen of which, now in the New- castle Museum, I have compared them; and Phowichilidium pygmeum, Hoek, is proved by his drawings to be the same thing. This form I also have from the Spanish coast, kindly sent to me by Sefior Pedro Antiga. The question remains, Is Pallene pygmea, Hodge, the immature state of A. petiolatus? I think so. The specimens are very small— Hodge’s type, length of body 1 millim. ; the Spanish specimen the same; Naples specimens in my collection the same; and Dohrn writes “ Liinge des Kérpers 1 mm.” in his description, though in explanation of plate we have “ natural size 14 mm.” In favourof this small form being a distinct species is the short- ness of the cephalic segment and the fact that Dohrn figures an * Iconclude that this was the case, as the Neapolitan species here mentioned were sent to me from the Zoological Station by Dr. Dohrn’s kind directions very soon after the completion of his Monograph. ome the Trondhjem Fiord. 153 egg-bearing male, and Hoek found three such specimens. On the other hand, it is not uncommon for animals to be sexually mature before they have attained their full development. It seems easy to account for the more frequent occurrence of the smaller than the larger specimens. ‘This species, like Phoxi- chilidium coccineum, undergoes its metamorphosis within the bodies of Hydrozoa; these small specimens (P. pygmea) cannot have long left that shelter, but they have now reached a period of life when they would be exposed to constant danger, and thus comparatively few would live to maturity. The length of the cephalic segment might be expected to increase with growth; except in the difference of this organ the resemblance of the two is most exact. The terminal joints of the legs are identical in their armature ; the propodos, which is narrower in proportion to its length with increasing growth, has the spines quite similar, and, above all, there is the “ thin undivided lamina” occupying the distal portion of the palm, beyond the “ row of small anteriorly curved spines.” This thin, perfectly transparent, undivided lamina is, I believe, unique, and constitutes a peculiar specific character ot Anoplodactylus petiolatus. I have also examined two type specimens in Hodge’s collection labelled “Pallene attenuata, Seaham, 15€2,’’ and “Phoxichilidium petiolatum, Seaham, 1863.” They are both the present species. 3. Nymphon mixtum, Kroyer. Three specimens in shallow water at Rédberg. I have dredged it also in 100 fathoms off Huglen Island in the Hardanger Fiord. 4. Nymphon leptocheles, G. O. Sars. In 150-250 fathoms at Rédberg. I have also taken it with the last in the Hardanger Fiord; at Floré, in 25-50 fath., and at Drébak in Norway ; and it was procured by the ‘ Porcupine’ Exped., 1879, Stat. 47 a, lat. 59° 34’ N., long. 9° 18’ W., in 542 fathoms. 5. Nymphon Strémii, Kroyer. This large species is very frequently met with im the Trondhjem, Bergen, and Hardanger Fiords. It is usually taken in 15-30 fath., but 1 have dredged it once in 100 fath. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 11 : | 154 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on a 6. Nymphon macrum, Wilson. Among Alcyonarians and corals on the precipices at Réd- berg, in 150-250 fath. 7. Chetonymphon spinosissimum, nom. nov.,= Chatonymphon spinosum, G. O. Sars (? Nymphon spinosum, Goodsir). Rédberg and Trondhjem; also in several places in the Hardanger Fiord, in 120-190 fath.; ‘Porcupine’ Exped., 1869, Stat. 64, lat. 61° 21’ N., long. 3° 44’ W., and Stat. 65, near the same spot, in 640 and 345 fath.; Stat. 78, lat. 60° 14’ N., long. 4° 30/ W., 290 fath.; Stat. 88, lat. 59° 26’ N., long. 8° 23’ W., 705 fath. It also occurs on the western side of the Atlantic, since a specimen, kindly sent to me from the U. S. Nat. Mus. as ““Nymphon hirtipes, Bell, 9 ,” is this species; the bottle containing this Nymphon had three other labels relating to the specimen— Albatross, 2488,” “ lat. 44° 35’ 0” N., long. 57° 13’ 30’’ W., 150 fathoms,” and the number ‘10984’ *. The above habitats would seem to show that this is usually a deep-water form. Professor Sars thought it might be N. spinosum, Goodsir, but I am of opinion that it can scarcely be that species. The only Chatonymphon from the British coast that I have seen is N. hirtum, Kroyer, and of this species I have specimens from the Firth of Forth, whence Goodsir procured his NV. spznosum. The following list of habitats of N. hirtum, Kroyer, will show how widely diffused that species is on our coast :— In my own collection :—Shetland; Cullercoats, North- umberland (A. M/. N.) ; Aberdeenshire (/ate Mr. R. Dawson) ; Firth of Forth (Dr. Henderson). And on examination of Mr. Hodge’s collection in the Newcastle Museum I find C. hirtum from several localities off the Durham and North- umberland coasts in depths ranging from 10-100 fath. Undoubtedly Sars, relying on Goodsir’s rough figures, was right in regarding them as more like his NV. spinosum than N. hirtum; but, taking into consideration the circumstances I have mentioned, I do not think we are justified on the evidence of those figures in admitting the species described by Sars into the British fauna, but must regard them as referable to C. hirtum. * This does not affect NV. hirtum or hirtipes, E. B. Wilson, which Sars rightly refers to the true NV. hirtipes, Bell. This is proved by examples in my collection of “NV. hirtum” received from the Jate Mr. Wilson and labelled “Otf Halifax, 35 f. U. S. F. C. 1877, Loc. 118,” which are the true NV. hirtipes, Bell. . the Trondhjem Fiord. 155 CRUSTACEA. I have in an earlier part of this paper made a few remarks on the higher Crustacea of the north of Europe and the Arctic seas, and shown that the proportionate number of Brachyura and Anomura rapidly decreases as we approach the Arctic Ocean. The following is the list of species in the Trondhjem Fiord which have been either recorded by Herr V. Storm, the Curator of the Trondhjem Museum, who has done much dredging, or found by myself :— Cancer pagurus, Linn. Eupagurus pubescens, Ardyer. Carcinus menas, Linn. Bernhardus, Zinn. Portunus depurator, Linn. Galathea strigosa, Linn. Hyas araneus, Linn. squamifera, Fabr. Inachus dorsettensis, Penn. Galathodes tridentatus, Esmark. — coarctatus, Leach. Munida rugosa, Fabr. tenuimana, G. O. Sars. Stenorhynchus rostratus, Linn. Lithodes maia, Zinn. It is not likely that this list can in the future be materially extended, since the only species which have been met with to the north of Trondhjem and not already found there are Galathea nexa, Embleton, and Galathea intermedia, Lilljeborg. I have drawn up the annexed Table, which is intended to show the distribution of all the higher Crustacea known on the coasts of Norway, including Finmark. In the Brachyura and Anomura, a glance will show as the eye passes over the first ten columns how the number of species dies out north- wards, while the well-filled columns after the tenth testify to the large proportion of the Norwegian forms which occur southwards. Passing on to the Macrura we come upon many species which are not known southwards, while correspondingly the Arctic columns are more filled in. The gaps in the southern columns among the Schizopoda and Cumacea are yet more conspicuous, partly because Professor G. O. Sars has paid so much attention to these on the Norwegian coast, partly also because very many of the species are deep-water forms, living below 100 fathoms, which are not likely to be found in the shallower water which occurs round Sweden, Denmark, and Britain. The list of species is, with a few alterations in nomencla- ture and some additions made from the discoveries of the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, copied from that of Sars, given in his ‘ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer,’ 1882. The distribution of species has been filled in from all the leading books and papers on the Crustacean fauna es the seas 11 156 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on referred to; and in every case I have indicated the authority on which the species are marked in the particular columns. N. indicates that the species has been found or identified by myself. It does not apply to any species which, though in my collection, have been received from those whose authority is recognized in this table. ‘There is an exception in the British column, where N. stands for those forms which I have identified whether collected by myself or others. In this way are notified the following Mysidea and Cumacea which have recently been added to our tauna by Mr. ‘Thomas Scott, the energetic naturalist of the Scotch Fishery Board :—Lrythrops Goéstt, E. elegans, Petalomera declivis, Campylaspis rubicunda, and C. costata. ‘Two species in this column have not pre- viously been recorded as British :—Mysidets insignis, G. O. Sars, of which I have found a specimen, from a dredging I took in 112 fathoms off Valentia, lreland, in 1870; and Cam- pylaspis sulcata, G. O. Sars, dredged by me in 1885 off Little Cumbrae, in the Firth of Clyde. Authorities relied on in the Table. Columns 1—6.—Norway (including Finmark). A. Aurivillins (C. W.8.). “ Hafsevertebrater friin nordlicaste Tromsé6 Amt och Vestfinmarken.” Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. ii. 1866. Bk. Boeck (A.). As mentioned by G. O. Sars in paper from which the following list of species is taken. By. Bovallius (C.). ‘* Anmirkninger om Portunidsligtet Thra- nites,” (Efvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Férhand. Stockholm, 1881, p- 9. Da. Danielssen. ‘ Beretning om en Zool. Reise, 1857,’ 1859 ; and Danielssen and Boeck (A.), ‘ Besk. af nogle til Crus- tacea Decapoda henhérende Norske Arter,’ 1872. Dii. Von Diiben. Fide G. O. Sars (see below). S. Sars (G. 0.). Whose very numerous papers have been care- fully consulted. MS. Sars (Michael). ‘Overs. over de i den Norsk-arctiske Region forekommende Krybsdyr,” Videns.-Selsk. Férhand. 1858. ISS. Schneider (I. Sparre). ‘ Unders. af dyrelivet i de arktiske fjorde: II. Crustacea og Pyenog. indsamlede i Kneenangs- fjorden,’ 1851-1855. VS. Storm (V.). ‘Kong. Norske Videns.-Selsk. Skrifter,’ Trondhjem, 1879, p. 109. Column 7.—Greenland. H. Hansen (H.J.). *‘ Oversigt over det vestlige Grénlands Fauna af malakostraka Havskrebsdyr,” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Foren. i Kyobh. 1887. the Trondhjem Fiord. 157 Columns § and 9.—Iceland and Spitsbergen. S. Sars (G.0.). These columns are filled in from the table of distribution in ‘Den Norske Nordhays-Exped. 1876-78, Crustacea, ii.,’ 1886, p. 83. Column 10.—Kara Sea. H. Hansen (H.J.). ‘ Oversigt over de paa Dijmphna-Togtet indsamlede Krebsdyr,’ 1886. S. Sars (G.0O.). From the same source as in columns 8 and 9. Sx. Stuxberg (A.). ‘ Faunan pi och Kring Novaja-Semlja,” ‘Vega’ Exped. Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser, vol. v. 1886. Columu 11.—Sweden. G. Goés. “Crust. decap. podoph. marina Suecie etc. enu- merat A. Goés,” Gifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. 1863. Column 12.—Denmark. M. Meinert (Fr.). “Crustacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda, et Deca- poda Danie,” Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 34 Reekkes, vol. xi. 1877, p. 57, vol. xii. 1880, p. 465; ‘ Det Videnskabelige Udbytte af Kanonbaaden ‘ Hauchs’ Togter, III. Crustacea Malacostraca,’ 1890. Column 13.—British Isles. Kin. Kinahan (J. R.). Nat. Hist. Review, vol. vi. 1858, Proc. Societies, p. 40. B. Bell. ‘Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea. Cf. G. O. Sars, * Overs. af Norges Crustaceer, I.,” Vid, Selsk. Forhand. Christ. 1882, p. 43, pl. i. fig. 4. G. Goodsir (H.). Vide Bell, ‘ Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea,’ p. 326. Column 14.— Mediterranean. C. Carus (V.). ‘Prodromus Faune Mediterranee,’ vol. i. 1885. Column 15.—North-east America. Sm. Smith (8. 1.). “ Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast of North America, north of Cape Cod,” Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. vy. 1879, p. 27. Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 158 eT N TW D- NiININ|O O;iNIWN| D Aig sl a i ; oe ne) ee ties NENG Nall ee? |) oe NiIN/|I ND : reed eral fect aa Oe SN |) = a f) N ee ’ NIN{IWN/ DO] N|NI|W] YD Ni N|W/¢ as; oO; ni Wit : ON |W D ; Ne IN | W 159 N | N | W | < O|IN/IW/ YD ih a elelale|4|e Paes | feelin ligt lia " ® | | 8 8 | @ alm} el? | gs © p @, . ¢ Ese |i See | > OPP L els Gl el OL ‘das1eqs}idg | - “puRlad] | “parmesan | . ~ ‘MIVUIULT JST | Na) 1S = “ABUL S80 AA | $ “| siy oe nq N § |SA u¢ SIN| SA lee ASI 4d|>s oslac ale Eee Bela astlo a y |S ‘AVALON "N 029 PI | 0} ABMION 489A a a ‘fearon Ng | TOE wee eee ewe w eee eee e ee Seapere tenoIBID H Coeceeeroeee sees eseeeeeeesue UU viodse ouroukingy ee ee ee ee ee yovary “wyouVr yy Veorrs (one Cw ees 2 UUAT B80L9GN4 OE ee, ee ‘ quoyy ‘eyoujouny BILBqsy serene Fereerereusseceeveeees oper SUINIOj0A —— ne lke pereecrrecevence somor ‘unsid soloqjOUULT Tay sie gag We quoyy ‘enyeyuopureydes snpocoojoy y Ckane wes Coen ree eenreetoneeneererne ‘mnaog, ‘xOJOA sopUBIyT ='7780) 19 ‘OC “vqiodns sojooudyyeg ee ee ee “AqDy ‘snqus oy Cithcnte win ORO alee h Gta ue Nt ene Re UUT, ‘roynandep —— 6 hee Bi WN Re uaey. SLe Sree aes Bele 8,8 oe Yooay ‘snipisn mile. ¢.0 ek W eke e as 6 asian a aig a 8 yovoaT ‘gnyeno1e snunjglog 0 VL eR oe DV eee reen Min, a ee eee Ae oe . ‘UWT ‘spumul snuloley) Leeann eee isan key RM res yahiocy ‘suapiy woss0 8) Dees ossay ‘nso[NAl "Xx =Ysquazy “eprydoapAy oyjuey Perm RCRA n chs ive Eran uc erie tery ‘Moy seo DuEp Seve sin Oe Ki ae : reeteeeees somuer ‘snandud 10008) ‘VUNAHOVUGE “ ‘VGHOVISNUO ‘nnion fo voovjsnig saybyy ay, fo uoynguysyuy fo 29d], BOOMS SLE ITO HOOT SAT AIM RIE Y Yala eS Salle Th UMULOAT SNYBIIOS "Cy = ‘Sumg' 7 ‘snqyxpnuLpoo snyrydvieyO She ousmn (a e100 608 vlallee)aie © ss nyu Tae py a reletoinhelaretsswisivistetehern oleh’ delele. 6: nye ‘UUT ‘sluBSMA UoStBID Peta ee anin ea rein virs ae NOLseALOU SA OL dehy 3.6 8.06) eholelvlelelnre sie ls elwiphe erexuie 6 Nag ‘siXVSpVA SNUAVULO FY] OH Oia Ce Cha) a Je Chin ONS er ec occ “puoy ‘SI[RIAn snovysy Terres sss oss ‘sTRI0}4IT “HH =“ Zuo “VyeT]E}s VIqay) CeO CHORC ECE BONCe ONO). thcrcnOncl Or" O, One We ‘BIIpUvovz J SIVOOTRA) AZ v) NN 159 DL Zz Se oi | iss 6 Pap A RD -p = "NM [MM Za OD ie — = RNRNZA, ‘VUQUOVIN ‘ : . retsererreseorssssers. gine a ug ‘erBurmie)] —— sal) Soe lea] ian Oa Regal | Ae oom ine Hide ge Treettreeseesses sung ‘9 “(nag) weTepaory SPP tee are hs Oe ee ee tN sn ee eno anes DEC rresssessess ss sonmmusa ‘snyvj{Uepit} sopoyzRypes seeeeesse Gy “erpeuttey at OOF Ore tpisabinanstie +m AME o oo cap eralgETe tap) ee C8 Bolus gee LALw Ole B68 Ue wes P88 sae ip Uy eee uojpajquyy ‘exeu Pte teeeeeerseeseeessrsoens ong tererurenbs Pi He es REL EN IS Fe TE AU PAA eNO LIS BOUT UL) Pesseeeecceroerecceres Murr ‘SIOIODISUO] BULTOOI0g '* upuwony ‘Snoutsniey ‘gq =cUpr7 ‘snyyurovourys —— Rane surisnas eens eiensienir cow ye: (erheay Ban eBUeILy reeeeses wana Iweony ‘q=“dwmoyy, ‘sisuauend —— 9 "** "pULloAy ‘SNYBULLBOTTY l= noe ‘snsornorjeu —— We ee ee eee bape * dung ‘rakoryy ‘p= ‘ahocy ‘sueosoqud —— W “i mds zd nd ate pea a ae 9 Q DIP APL8| » WAN SNOW \84u 6 Fusadaeie ken GmnNaleke yooa'y “Uxnvopltg Wipl ||| ismiswisal sin Tteteeeeeeeecussenes somor Snprequieg sninsedny W 5) 7 ee | a Wl N SW g SA N CLS e015 6.8 2 Pe E018 LS Oe SLOW AN AD LOO Ae 078: UUT *Breul sopoyyy ‘VUONONY 2) Zi 6) 72) > 7 MN © vd é) [RM D TM > wz o) | aie ZA ULE Pe OMe oti One Ty the Trondhjem Fiord. — = on = NNNNNNMN Zi = — r~ Zi MN ug NNN ae ak, woe eee ee eS, MN ee NM own ta ee? pa") : TALOp - _ oe sg $ oO va | $A | N ti Sie a IN I a ll a a ed ll Ue = eee ee Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 160 a N oO “TOPOT [AAG ZAG SOS] “JU | Zi ia, Pee eenesrionee 8 SR a a i aa oe § | H/*alss1lis|siNis vs S| Way be Oc ae = 4 ST OTT NTA Sa | eae ea eee leiT a |e ; Me Be are a | Bey | eect erm | iee SisIiNig Bl ae NG SRT Se lente | Na cet SPS SON NS SSeS ale ale -. aH Ne SST) 64] Ne | Ne |S S Nhe Liss eel aee ae ee N ee oe (ag -. . S NOP STN aT ON | cS) SIFU | RANE TSO STi se Pat pa as) Mere | alec lec jou lea Se) Sa CNR STS loa eg ele a ELS ae 8) lea ING lek ed Rac tes “ISHN | § Fioedla FES < SES TENG INT Sen iece ee ice lice titres Fear sips Mle) ole! al ee sl a! n=) 9 rf : a A eye | Se bese tle | oe fom B =} = ee . Oo ol? (o} e/e/e1e | 5 |aoltSioeg] & 3 BLE | Benoa 2s) 2 F eee eres aecipe > Shere: Oo eileca tO °C slesra| aeenlncet| aay ‘Ronson Jo vaonjsnay saybrpy ayy fo Pre teeeee sees esse sess summary ‘ent a Yio as) ‘nn bundozd pa el rereeeereeseseeeeees sunper (gnrooTmoaTy — “ayy my ‘SLUSOILAOLG SHLBpUB ‘sung 'Q “4 ‘eaua sd sepayooyddasy | "8" supe CQ 4) “staqsoatorydurs —— | a voy ‘woseg suwsoyyse | “s** 98800) BLOTIOSBy yooaTy ‘Suva evttoddtH | | whory “ejorsnd "** yooeT “youBssic) —— asenistsisraisi's wahoty *eprsany ——_ * upuedo ‘suoaplingas earner rere. rw era Weta "* sung ‘snutds DT "Q “f “eorpuejuc013 —— SAEs ED ULONT “ayorjoq no “FL = ‘auquy ‘stvejod de pet aca ‘py W ‘paves suvooyuordg intial: < ‘* yooaT ‘suaosaytu seueyyy eves eee neee 6.8 ae © Oe ossny ‘stnpa BYIN ynuy ‘T ‘gs “usteg pg “eyeurreomezdes BauiqeEg 80g “Pr ‘snd1waAs0u yooay ‘snsoutds snjrqdoyu0g Fon RO pig tortie ele cna he edabesicay lg fag’) ‘xray Reg aes fal citi Ub sage) sddiy J ‘svatoq wosur10010[9G pO Deets gale aaa s.ing 'O “4H ‘snyootsou snpiydeseyqy) @). 6! va aap eye; as Caled, Adela) a) Bees Oeil ol onal ele Pcp ye roe Lhe her woungrgsr(] fO 290], 161 the Trondhjem Fiord. mg ug ug wg 7M , AA i "MM ‘RANRN NNR NM Le Lo Fs Wa NT c TNRNANNMN iDnZ 1G 1nM "MMM 2 AZ, "NIANMN Aer een, 4 "NZNNY, [mM 8 N man “6S 0.0 e D018 Oe 618) 078 0 8) 0 be 6 0 00 “MMMM Palio O23 . SY CQ *H ‘eysnsue SiDg *Q) “4 Sesoqqts “** uvusoay ‘sXydzeprp sisdoptsAyy ** sing ‘oO “9 “ezetaciqqe sdodydury reeereesging 'C ‘) “epootsshqe svg ‘O “4 ‘stttqeyoods —— ypuy ‘Ts “eysnqor mr supe ‘gC “9 ‘esoqo sdorqyAroreg ress omy ‘TS ‘cangeoundy eerrtenre ODE Te sung’ ‘O “OD ‘tanaosskqe Suny "OQ “4 ‘euyye —— ‘0 ‘4 “winesor VUIMOpNesg ah 0 “#® “e1eLI08 —— eee eee SDS ‘O rd) ‘emupeygydororat —— "+ BUDS’ “OD ‘eeauskd “a= = ‘sung *Q ‘4 ‘sueSete ms supe CG wy “sgox sdoaryysagy ‘sung °C *4) “etouey * = ‘iaho.e) SLDS! "OC 2 SyrBetoq ‘La eho “oo[Sou essoourssy J, "sung "OQ “HD ‘suepliy sing ‘CQ “4 ‘sdoyesour hoy eoYore sisAULOELOg Cayepnnoi1 suo] dahoty ‘Stear1oeut * sang’ “TAT Osu visunydoorog "sy 'O') ‘pyeyTepiq midiontin= ‘yung “epronqjed visneqdngy g ft SW | Sito S409 TA ci tala ES OTE Sung ‘Ww ‘eorseaiou sourydyo4 sung yr ‘snoidsy zoysesoydory *VaOd0ZIHOG reeeeeseees Jobmanr ‘oko 804808105 : yooog & ‘uncy ‘snardsy soqyuveunqudg ¢ Hstess ss woyyong ‘sITv1oR][D vLopouloUt W MLL ee Ma Sa Ma BE ALOT ST Tae ye ‘opRalis —— rein i ect aaa a a hry g ft lg ft sag oy ‘usend Q=“guopy ‘eoprordioos vung , ‘vaoVNAY g Le lies © 0,9 tenner ee eenee ee? Bea ‘sdopyd 44 mg Sie rn tan er . a . ra a | ae ere sate reusen® ‘ reese ging ‘O° ‘woBaarou “Ey =*yziumgy “7 ‘“g “esousoy sis£u0ATYC) W 5 oa +e oan SW oe g oe g ee ce Peete oe Net wre ‘ “Aumoy ‘SLIBD[NA sis ULoe Ny wg . W 13) * g Tl SST N g . g Por Che wl Bia aoe on a Bree ee y a oust OT ‘oy x10 wg . rs) oe . oa * oe “. g C14 4 ne ae & SAA eS ea 5 AR ee ae wg oe N S S Il SST oe we e ote. [fu, 4:8) tie, a, 8) 6m, ee GM, Me ee ee see “Quy ‘eyelnoo SISA W oe oan S N Pr ee 9 AeA AM SAO) SOABUAG | W oan . ’ on Vee || ones Nl Serge Nia mule een, wae a . UDULLO NT ‘sngiuds sis{uL0zstqog SEMUT eCPM lee a eon etovegs ayy “eaten oro eereececesn ooeeee SUS 0 y vyo0]s0u —— ave elo sie ee 6 Sede Aa vane eke oe WW ‘B80NXOTf SISATIOLOR TY m9 0 GEA BS 4 we SNC oe a ‘sayrutds snoovso14sB4) sc Ue urarkcas Panes ek and ceusnaumeieietae si ‘CQ, 4) “Bjoo1ssAqe —— RRANNNNM Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on sopy ang | AZZ z Biel see = & N 1 oS Pee lee Tad | acne P= fal Red | Mea | ta rent ect eca 17) Tg feeding jue ye C g ee . o. . } Prerrr ee ta ee] erent The ee ee 890) ‘srpuead stsAULo[g J) ats ee Sg g N Ss S lis o.0.0.0 © e:8 eer eer reese etos * SDS O 7) ‘S1USISUL slapIsayy | , oo Q S \exeun: s Waleleve eteegel« hel eyeje ss ials soy *O ‘y) ‘wInADatTy ve . .. . N g [oeerreeer sree sevens gine ‘ ‘syrowad steXu0ydory N age eae U oe N Sg Seley eyons 6460 Mal oak eepeNeLegele svg *O ‘4 ‘WOLFIALOU BI[OLIIG zlelelelelelelelel=la ele.ae) 2 =u a wD ae Say | c+ A >| & 5 Bla|s|eal| ele | s laolsBoe 3 af Plo |B lo | | Bh | BBP lo Sal & i B Pe dhe | be | Sues | canea || ae ie S = | N ; } = CM epee Gl. ee MOkwleGrlmsunles iro |) 9 leis Gee Goalie ie | ‘homwon fo voowjsnag waybrpy ayy fo worngr.yseq f0 aQv], — 163 the Trondhjem Fiord. ‘poqtiosep ore esoyy e1OYA MOUY JOU Op] ‘yaxvururgq wory Broqolipry ‘vgnoyd-F syfysmc pues ‘Broqelyvy ‘ynhiquy syhyspr spi0oed ("9 ‘7) SNIT[LALINW mg mg | wg ung , 1s 4 AAaaa vA » 4 OZAAZ mie eon it 1 SC CNE JON eN ete mS ONT bee IN ss . ** Wis ora . g eee ee . ee *e ee N N N e1e16 | BE eM | SSSI Se law peat | NJ N /ISSI| § : Nua | sigh eeEN Gone eatehe |) | > Pe (= 0 ee ee “* gel | | hy VR Ve 1, 2 [lS FG) 0 a2 SUC ale te Ne | Re tea alee maleate lar lene liane le SNE TONGS Sec lt ae le Nee NS Le G | HI oe oe ee of S oe . . ELE SST es TON NM EN Cal A See NN ag |e g | Ni Sel-s % . we N of S rye Py) S * ff g S rt t Ps Oe SS ee KS Se Baie EL PSST Se oh Nee Bs AN ai, g ee S Pie + Sho Nie AMIS ee = Ws a ar ap ig Naa On| WD che Ne Nie ho ices Boi ISSA le eee al ee Sloe ele) cick: Sei aeile ea CBI . * UNULLOAT ‘ P SunULLory . sae . ‘esOT]OWR] ‘(q(=‘s.my ‘C4 ‘snyeordiq, . "'* sung ‘OQ “9 ‘snjzBlies et yah Ay ULetO We ALA Gs |) ——— seer eee ree “ONT ‘snprung Dy OAS Geo OJ 0 12 ‘T1Ispoox) reese wahoo TISpreapy —— Teles +) 9D; Sn Buy oe) ——— vanayy ‘susopnutds —— ‘eyesiays "q = ‘sing ‘CQ “9 ‘snsosnt —— C(O nal ele fer 8) prersrel ee ens Mahou, ‘LOFTON CUS Pee Ti i WCW ia is yooog ‘snynuiod wahouyy “x oGIY, SYAISVI, + wahouyy ‘sumatozop sisdoyjecopuyy vy OSS BDC) GO. BINSATT se eee dahouwy “eyeusieme ‘sIUIeU "KT =‘ayng ‘BpnzwouNAy VT[eLOpNGT Vise ee sing ‘QO “4 ‘supyyed —— credsees*s gine ‘@ 49 “SLISOInOs —— . eeters gpg (CO, “) SnATny ss" Huogalyvy ‘seprooiselt reeers sofioey ‘snoiseu MOONE “sung 'Q * ‘word dy stdsvdqeig sung 'OQ “9 “eyeyst1Ia —— "sung ‘GO “9 “eyvordran OFS SUD OO) 2) ST eee —— upuiony “wosor sdordunep Me zy meres supe 'C “4D “eyeosny sung ‘GQ “) “eyerosey sdoadurery reseseess gpg ‘esourdstay gourydy sung ‘QO ‘4 “eyepneorsuoy stdsvpos— reeeeesss gespoos) ‘IISprea po, —— d. tor F A Month on the Trondhjem 164 wg dl TI | a W | ela g a BE | 2 B.| 6 See aN Tale vw TM "Bag BIBY ‘OL [‘panuruos oq oy] : =: g N 9 oa Dh 6a Oe Ae eed AY Ay ar at IM eter nee Oe 8LDY CQ) “4 “eplaioy —— Q N N g PY PY eke Pe eee Os Sid Oise 2 Sop a 8 SAIS 0 70) ‘RSO0N.LIOA pa me 9 N ve || Qa. s 9.0010 8 pOl8 wn 8 Bele seer eseee slg ‘O 9) ‘eyeo[ns g . lal (Rim) (ha ae te Ae Pr ab ot Fare eesmas 8S *C) 75) ‘eyepun eS Q N No] OM [tc hee eee cee ee eet oesesens sip ‘a uD berengop —— 9g Vee eta. acetic aca Si4) © 6m, 0 BARNS 6.8 Ree BSS OOM SADE 0 79) ‘Stuy G81 GS] gl g rrcteerecet seen ats bisogohyyT ‘wpunoiqna sidseyhdued ah S | umuiogy sypise vaumy = ‘sung “GE “Hy “waeusdd vyjourn,) g oe Ey last ||| fap odaceonts um 77 ate’ Wd ‘StAT]oap BADMLO[LIO J g g a ee Iw em ee CM rp hea freer ry.” p4auna py ‘vypoq BUND = “wag una “f ‘eLIMOIoD eUINIOpnesg | g ND Ee cae fe tetinettacns saline oa Bi Sinveun oeemavae GT ‘sneorytndue g oe g ie | Maia; 6) ahsiar a aie’ a) daatrietaad SDS "OD ‘snso[[[A —— g g g ae sianilllsienereteual dnensheieisye AD avon 8.WY ‘QO ‘y ‘snanzoRUt rr ee ae ee AR ras Se OIC SDS ‘OD ‘snueoni suo] st{4ys0ydar] 9 H N a N 5 tia wc sneneVaehenell cheat ehen sate etal F Mahony ‘snumisad st Aqsercy ee ey | cs P= al) sl 2 Bele 1 | Sl aslpBles| oe SEI Ble | Bie ale al Ss S/P) ele | Eee eg! 2 is a1 E | 2 ERG. 23! 2 it | et NOH 6) alee Hagel oe) 4|iaentlntee algae 190 ‘honion fo vaonjsnigy Laybizy ayy fo uoynquysigg fo 2790], On a new Species of Epiphora (Saturniide). 165 XVI.—Description of a new Species of Epiphora (Saturniide) from Uganda. By W. F. Kirpy, F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History). Epiphora Lugardi, sp. u. Exp. 4} inches. Female.—Upperside dark vinous red, with a very large subvitreous ocellus on each wing, surrounded by white and yellow rings, and, lastly, by a narrow black line. Anterior wings with the ocellus truncated on the basal side and slightly conical on the outer side; beyond it, but not touching it, runs a paler reddish line, nearly obsolete above, but slightly marked with whitish below, beyond which the ground-colour of the wing becomes rather lighter. The subapical ocellus is rather large, black, and oval, narrowly edged with white towards the base, and with the adjacent part dusted with blue; above it an irregularly zigzag line runs to the costa, bordered within by a lilac patch and without by a dull orange space dusted with red; there is also a smaller orange space below the ocellus ; beyond this the hind margin is yellowish buff, but from the outer side of the upper orange patch descends a brown submarginal line, forming four deep curves inwards below the eye and also slightly indented on each of the ner- vures ; the spaces between these curves, as well as beyond the eye and within the line below the last curve, are yellowish green. Posterior wings with the large ocellus subrotund, the black outer ring wider, the pale curved line beyond more dusted with whitish and curved outwards on the inner margin. Hind margin buff, edged within by a black line, within which is a yellowish-green space, dentated on the inner side above and intersected by a series of long black nearly confluent spots. Underside much paler, thickly dusted with white, and with a well-marked white line, edged within with blackish, beyond the ocelli, in ‘place of the nearly obsolete line above. The outer part of the wings inclines to dull green, and on the anterior wings between the festoons, and on the posterior wings within the inner greenish-yellow submarginal band, are a series of white sagittate spots on each side of the nervures. Anterior wings with a buff space on the inner margin as far as the white line, bordered above with blackish. Posterior wing with the base of the costa white to the subcostal nervure. Body too much injured to be described; but abdomen 166 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a probably with white bands; legs yellowish, thickly clothed; femora white beneath. Taken by Capt. F. D. Lugard in Uganda. Most nearly allied to H. atbarinus, Butler, from Abyssinia, but the more uniform colour, the absence of a distinct white patch on the base of the inner margin of the anterior wings above, and the almost obsolete pale line beyond the ocelli above, instead of the broad white one of H. atbarinus, will at once serve to distinguish this species. XVII.— Description of a new Species of Hirdapa, Moore, from Dinner Island, New Guinea, in the Collection of the British Museum. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History). Hirdapa rezia. Exp. 6 28, 9 37; inches. Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, shading into blackish towards the costa, and inclining to rufous brown towards the base and margins; from the base a large fawn- coloured blotch spreads over the wing from above the median nearly to the submedian nervure and above and between the two lower median nervules for half their length, the greater part of this outer portion being filled up with whitish. Below the lowest median nervule, and just before its middle, is an oval bluish-grey spot. A row of six violet-blue submarginal spots between the nervure to above the lowest median nervule, the middle ones smallest, the two nearest the costa marked with white. Posterior wings dark brown, shading into rufous brown below the cell to the lower part of the hind and inner margins as far as the anal angle; apex dusted with white; a large buff costal patch spreading over the upper half of the cell, but not reaching its base or extremity. Underside. Anterior wings brown; only the outer part of the fawn-coloured patch well marked ; it is smaller and paler than above, and ends asa whitish blotch above the lowest median nervure. Below the median nervure, and for half the length below the lowest median nervule, the wing is pale buff, the place of the white spot above being marked by a narrow black oval outline ; on the inner margin the wing is whiter on both sides of the submedian nervure as far as the anal new Species of Hirdapa, Moore. 167 angle ; submarginal spots smaller and whiter than above, tbe fifth obsolete. Posterior wings uniform rufous brown. Body dark brown, inclining to blackish in front, with a white spot behind each antenna; four spots at the back of the head; a white spot on each side of the thorax in front, and diverging crests of grey hair on the front of the thorax above ; sides of the head and thorax and base of the wings spotted with white beneath. Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings nearly as in the male, but the fawn-coloured patch much longer than in the male and not marked with white, except at the extremity, where the white suffusion forms a pear-shaped spot, covering the place of the sixth submarginal spot; the submarginal spots are larger and whiter than in the male, and are continued by a seventh, followed below by a short streak, above the submedian nervure; the fawn-coloured patch nearly extends here to the seventh spot; the white oval spot of the male is, of course, wanting. Posterior wings rufous brown, darkest in the centre, dusted with grey along the costa, especially towards the tip, but with no buff space over the upper part of the cell. Underside. Anterior wings rufous brown, the pale patch very large, fawn-coloured in and just below the cell, the rest mostly whitish as far as the inner margin, and along it nearly to the anal angle; of the submarginal spots, the two nearest the costa are represented as white dots, the sixth is large and connected by a neck with the outer part of the pale blotch, and there are two small white dots close together between the lowest median nervule and the submedian nervure. Head, body, and base of wings below spotted with white nearly as in the male, two white streaks at the back of the pectus being particularly conspicuous, much more so than in the male. Hab. Dinner Island (/H. O. Forbes). Allied to Hirdapa usipetes, Hewitson (Huplea usipetes, Ex. Butt. ii., Hupl. t. i. fig. 4), but may be distinguished at once by the submarginal spots. Hewitson’s type of ZL. usipetes is from New Guinea, and appears to be the same species as a series from Aru in the British Museum. All these are males, and the insect which Hewitson describes as the female is evidently Sarobia Grayi, Feld. I hope shortly to have an opportunity of figuring /H. rezia. 168 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of XVIII.— Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Central America. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. Fam. Sphingide. Unzeta, Walk. Unzela pronoe, sp. n. Male.—Primaries brown, very similar to those of U. japizx, but without the distinct brown band that crosses the wing in that species ; asmall dark brown spot on the costal margin, and a larger dark brown patch at the anal angle: secondaries semihyaline pale brown, broadly bordered from the apex to the anal angle with dark brown. Palpi, head, and thorax dark brown; upperside of the abdomen pale brown; under- side of the head, thorax, and abdomen white; antenne and legs brown.—Female almost identical with the male, but with the primaries slightly paler in colour. Expanse, ¢ 2} inches, 2 2;4; inches. Hab. British Honduras, Belize (Mus. Druce); Panama, Chiriqui (T'rétsch). This species is allied to U. japix. CH#ROCAMPA, Duponchel. Cherocampa damocrita, sp. 0. Male.—Primaries dark brown, thickly marked with black streaks near the base and along the costal margin; a pale brown line extends from the base, partly along the inner margin and then crosses the wing to the apex; on both sides of the pale line are several narrow dark brown lines; a golden- brown mark just above the anal angle; the outer margin finely speckled with minute black dots: secondaries black, with a rather wide golden-brown submarginal band extending from the apex to the anal angle. Underside of both wings bright reddish brown, thickly irrorated with black scales. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown ; the sides of the head and thorax fawn-colour; the sides of the abdomen streaked with golden brown.—Female very similar to the male, but larger, and with the black spots on the primaries more distinct. Expanse, ¢ 3 inches, ? 34 inches. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (JZ. Trujillo). This species is allied to C. Mébya. ee, Se i an Heterocera from Central America. 169 Cherocampa potentia, sp. n. Male.—Primaries pale fawn-colour, darkest along the costal margin from the base almost to the apex; the costal margin dark yellow ; a small black dot at the end of the cell; a rather wide dark brown line extends from the base to about the middle of the inner margin and then crosses to the apex; the outer margin of the wing thickly irrorated with black seales; the fringe dark brown: secondaries dark brownish black; the inner margin, apex, and outer margin fawn-colour. Underside of both wings pale yellowish fawn-colour, thickly irrorated with brownish-black scales; the basal half of the primaries black. Head, thorax, and the upperside of the abdomen pale brown; the sides of the head, thorax, and underside of the abdomen pale brownish white; legs pale brown ; antennz above white, dark brown on the underside. Expanse 4 inches. Hab. Mexico (in Mus. Staudinger). This species resembles Cherocampa clotho, Drury, but the brown line crossing the primaries is in a very different posi- tion. I have only seen the specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, which has no exact locality attached to it. PSEUDOSPHINX, Burm. Pseudosphinz crocala, sp. n. Primaries dark brown; a few scales at the base; a wide band crossing the wing, about the middle, from the costal to the inner margin; the apex and outer margin dark grey, irrorated with brown scales; a zigzag black line extends from the apex, curving round to the costal margin; the fringe alternately brown and grey: secondaries dark brown, slightly greyish at the base. Underside brown, palest at the base of both wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish brown; a row of black spots on each side of the abdomen; the underside of the thorax and abdomen white; legs pale brown ; antennz above grey, underside dark brown. Expanse 43 inches. Hab. Honduras (Wittkugel, in Mus. Staudinger). A very distinct species, quite unlike any other known to me. Pseudosphinx morelia, sp. n. Primaries greyish brown, irrorated with darker scales, and crossed from the costal to the inner margin with several zigzag narrow black lines ; the centre portion of the wing, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 12 170 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of from the costal margin almost to the inner margin, deep blackish brown ; a rather wide curved black line at the apex, and a zigzag black line, extending from near the anal tangle along the outer margin; fringe alternately black and grey: secondaries black, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two greyish-white bands; the outer margin brownish grey, irrorated with black scales. Underside of both wings brown: secondaries with the pale bands very indistinct. Head and thorax black; front of the head and sides of the thorax greyish brown. Abdomen yellowish brown; the sides black, with a large yellow spot on each segment, below which is a row of small white spots. | Underside grey- white. Antenne pale greyish brown; legs black on the upperside, brown on the underside. Expanse 54 inches. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). Subfam. Hucuroury 2. Eupyra, Herr.-Schiff. Eupyra dama, sp. n. Primaries greenish-bronze colour, pinkish along the inner margin from the base almost to the anal angle; the cell, three oval spots below and a large spot beyond crossed by the black veins, all hyaline: secondaries hyaline, the inner and outer margins broadly bordered with greenish bronze; the veins and fringes of both wings black. Underside similar to the upperside, but much blacker in colour. Head, thorax, abdomen, antenne, and legs black; the collar spotted with white. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (in Mus. Druce). A very distinct species, not closely allied to any known to me. Scena, Walk. Scena propylea, sp. n. Euchromia styx ?, var.?, Walk. Cat. i. p. 264. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). The type of Zygena stya, Fabr., with which Walker placed this species, is in the Banksian collection in the British Museum; it is very distinct from the specimen Walker described as a variety of it, to which I have now given a name: the specimen in the National Collection is from an unknown locality, but is almost identical with the Mexican Heterocera from Central America. 171 specimen in my collection. The following is Walker's description :—“ Deep black. Head and thorax thickly clothed with bright orange hairs. Thorax with two purple spots in front; scutellum purple. Pectus clothed with black hairs. Fore wing narrow, very long, with a blue spot at the base, and a curved blue mark beyond the middle towards the fore border. Abdomen tapering towards the tip, with a row of blue spots and of white dots along each side; underside with two blue stripes. Hind tarsi white, with black tips. Length of the body 8 lines, of the wings 24 lines.”’ Cosmosoma, Hiibn. Cosmosoma protus, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries hyaline: primaries, the costal margin, base, and inner margin, a short band extending from the apex to the end of the cell all bright orange-yellow; the apex and outer margin black: secondaries broadly bordered with black. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright blue-black, with bright blue spots; tegule bright orange; legs and antenne black; antenne with the tips white. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). : Allied to C, elegans, Druce. Cosmosoma? cucadma, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries black, streaked with greenish blue at the base: primaries with a small streak near the base, and beyond a rather wide band partly crossing the wing nearest the apex, both hyaline: secondaries with a hyaline line down the middle. Head, thorax, and abdomen black ; the abdomen with a greyish line on each side. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Panama, Bugaba 800 to 1500 feet (Champion). One specimen. Cuioropsinus, Butl. Chloropsinus potentia, sp.n. Primaries and secondaries brownish black, with all the veins darker than the wings; thorax and tegule bright orange. Head, antenne, abdomen, and legs brownish black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 12* 172 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of TurinaciA, Butl. Thrinacia pontia, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries semihyaline smoky black ; the veins, head, thorax, antennz, and legs black; the abdomen pale yellow. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). Allied to T. intermedia, Druce. Thrinacia prometina, sp. 0. Primaries and secondaries semihyaline black; the veins and costal margin of the secondaries darkest. Head, antenna, thorax, and legs black; the sides of the head and thorax pale yellow; the abdomen yellow, with a rather wide black band extending from the base to the anus. Expanse 1 inch. , Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (Schumann). Eucereon, Hiibn. Eucereon promathides, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries very pale whitish fawn-colour ; primaries slightly speckled with minute brown scales. An- tenn, head, and thorax pale fawn-colour; abdomen red, with a row of small black dots extending from the base to the anus. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Mexico, Presidio (Forrer). Eucereon pometina, sp. n. Primaries pale fawn-colour; a small spot on the costal margin and a rather indistinct narrow band which crosses the wing from the inner margin beyond the middle to the apex, both darker fawn-colour: secondaries dusky, darkest at the apex and along the outer margin. Head fawn-colour ; thorax, antenne, abdomen, and legs pale brown. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Panama, Bugaba 800 to 1500 feet (Champion). IpaLus, Walk. Idalus alba, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries pure white. Head, thorax, Heterocera from Central America. 173 abdomen, and legs white; antennx white above, black on the underside. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). ZATREPHES., Zatrephes (?) pronapides, sp. n. Primaries pale fawn-colour, thickly spotted with cream- coloured dots at the base and on the costal margin near the apex: secondaries pale yellow, the apex and a short streak near the anal angle fawn-colour. Head and collar cream- colour; thorax fawn-colour; abdomen pale yellow ; antenne brown ; legs yellow and brown. Expanse 1,%; inch. Hab. Panama, Bugaba (Champion). One specimen. Hauisipora, Hiibn. Hlalisidota jalapa, sp. n. Primaries brownish fawn-colour, with a pinkish tinge at the apex and along the outer margin: secondaries semi- hyaline yellow. Head, collar, and abdomen yellow; thorax and tegula brown; antenne black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (IM. Trujillo). PuacGorTera, Herr.-Schiff. Phegoptera daraba, sp. n. Primaries hyaline, the costal, outer, and inner margins edged with yellowish fawn-colour; three very indistinct brown bands cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin; the fringe brownish yellow: secondaries hyaline yellowish fawn-colour on the outer margin near the apex; the inner margin and anal angle shaded with bright reddish pink. Antenne brown ; head and thorax yellowish fawn-colour ; abdomen bright red; anus yellow; a small black spot on the tegule. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce), Jalapa (JL. Trujillo). Phegoptera rhoda, sp. n. Primaries hyaline, costal, outer, and inner margins shaded with pale brown; a submarginal row of indistinct brown 174 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of spots extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe pale brown: secondaries hyaline, slightly shaded with pink at the anal angle. Antenne, head, and thorax pale greyish brown; abdomen dull red; anus yellowish. Expanse 2} inches. Hab. Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez). Opnarus, Walk. Opharus dolens, sp. 0. Primaries and secondaries semihyaline dull blackish brown. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; abdomen with a row of small white spots on each side. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). ARACHNIS, Hiibn. Arachnis pompeta, sp. n. Male,— Allied and similar to A. aulea, but generally darker, the white marking on the primaries much smaller: secondaries nearly black, with the red marking very narrow. The head and thorax black; sides of the head yellow ; abdomen black, red at the base, with some yellow spots on the last two or three segments.—Female very similar to the male, but considerably larger, and with the secondaries almost entirely black. Expanse, ¢ 13 inch, 9 23 inches. Hab. Mexico, near Duratigo city (Becker). Subfam. Prrrcorryz. Perricopis, Hiibn. Pericopis Gaumert, sp. n. Male.—Primaries semihyaline white, the costal margin, a spot in the cell, one at the end of the cell, the apex, and part of the outer margin all dark brown; the inner margin broadly banded from the base almost to the anal angle with dark brown: secondaries pure white, the marginal line and the ends of the veins dark brown. Underside of both wings white, the primaries almost without the brown marking. Head and thorax dark brown; a large yellow spot on each side of the head, and a small red spot at the base of the wings. Abdomen bright red, with a black line down the middle which does not reach the anal segments; the anus_ Heterocera from Central America. 175 black ; underside of the abdomen bright yellow. Antenne and legs dark brown.—Female. Primaries dark brown : secondaries pinkish red, broadly bordered with brown from the apex to the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen similar to the male. Expanse, ¢ 2? inches, 9 34 inches. Hab. Mexico, North Yucatan, Temax (Gaumer). Pericopis pretides, sp. n. Male.—Primaries dark brown, similar to Pericopis tibesis, Druce, but with the marking smaller, and with a row of marginal white spots extending from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries hyaline white ; the apex, outer and inner margins broadly bordered with dark brown; a marginal row of small white spots extends from the apex to the anal angle. Head, antenn, thorax, and abdomen dark brown; the sides of the abdomen bright red; underside of the abdomen yel- lowish white, banded with dark brown. Expanse 24 inches. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). Pericopis cydon, sp. n. Male.—Primaries dark black-brown, with paler markings beyond the cell: secondaries Lyaline, the inner margin clothed with blackish hairs; the apex and outer margin broadly bordered with black, edged on the inner side tor about halfway from the anal angle by a wide orange-yellow band ; two blue spots close to the anal angle, and a marginal row of white dots; veins all black. Head, antenne, thorax, and base of the abdomen black; the sides of the abdomen red; underside yellow.—Female. Primaries dark brown: secondaries orange-yellow, the apex and outer margin black ; a row of marginal white spots extends from the apex to the anal angle. Expanse, ¢ 3 inches, ? 3} inches. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (JJ. Lrwjillo). Fam. Lithosiide. Brycea, Walk. Brycea cynara, sp. n. Primaries black, with a wide band extending from the base to beyond the cell and a submarginal band from the apex almost to the anal angle, both dark chrome-yellow : second- 176 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of aries black, chrome-yellow at the base; the fringe black. Underside the same as above. Head, antenne, thorax, ab- domen, and legs black ; collar and tegule chrome-yellow. Expanse 1; inch. Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). Allied to B, disjuncta, Walk. Ruscrno, Walk. Ruscino cypris, sp. 0. Primaries black, crossed from the costal to the inner margin with two orange-yellow bands—the first wide, nearest the base, the second submarginal, slightly curved: secondaries black, with the base orange-yellow; the fringe black. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; collar and tegule orange-yellow. Expanse 1;'5 inch. Hab. Mexico, Lake Chapala, Jalisco (Richardson). Ruscino praxis, sp. n. Primaries black, crossed about the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a narrow pale yellow line, and a marginal line extends from the apex almost to the anal angle: secondaries black, with the basal part of the wing pale yellow; the fringes of both the wings black. Underside similar to the upperside. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). Ruscino cynossema, sp. n. Primaries similar to those of R. latifasctatus, Butler, but with the black bands much straighter and the apex blacker : secondaries with the base black, the yellow colour forming a wide band across the wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow ; antenne and legs black. Eixpanse 1 inch. Hab. Mexico, Rincon in Guerrero 2800 feet, Acaguizotla in Guerrero 3500 feet (H. [7. Smith). This species differs from all the others known to me in having the base of the secondaries black. Ruscino prusias, sp. 0. Primaries deep chrome-yellow, the base, a wide straight band beyond the middle, and the outer margin black : second- aries chrome-yellow, broadly bordered with black from the Heterocera from Central America. 177 apex totheanalangle. Underside the same as above. Head, thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow ; antenna, palpi, and legs black. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Mexico, Jalisco (Schumann). Ba&NASA, Walk. Benasa polyphron, sp. n. Primaries pale brown, with a white streak on the inner margin extending from the base almost to the anal angle, and a small white streak near the apex: secondaries carmine, the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle broadly bordered with black. Head, thorax, abdomen, antenne, and legs black; anal tuft carmine. Expanse ? inch. Hab. Mexico, Morelia (F. D. Godman). Lirnosta, Fabr. Lithosia (?) cytherea, sp. n. Primaries pale greyish brown ; the costal and inner margins edged with yellow ; secondaries yellowish grey. Head, collar, and tegule yellow; thorax and abdomen greyish brown ; antenne black. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). EuDULE, Hiibn. Eudule daxata, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries orange-yellow. Primaries: the costal margin edged with black at the base ; the apex and part of the outer margin edged with black; a curved black line nearly crosses the wing beyond the middle, extending from the costal almost to the inner margin, from which a rather wide line extends to the outer margin ; two black streaks near the base of the wing. Underside the same as the upperside ; head, antenne, and Jegs black ; abdomen and thorax orange- yellow. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero 8000 feet (A. H. Smith). Allied to #. tripunctata, Druce. 178 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eudule rhotana, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries semihyaline yellowish white ; the costal, outer, and inner margins of both wings pale yellow ; the veins black. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow ; palpi and antenne black; legs brown. Expanse 1} inch. Hab, Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero 7000 feet (Hl. H. Smith). Allied to 2. lineata, Druce. Fam. Saturniide. ArTracus, Linn. Attacus (?) cydippe, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries dark brown, thickly irro- rated with reddish-brown scales. Primaries crossed from the apex to the inner margin by a dark brown line, on the inner side of which is an indistinct waved brown line ; the apex and outer margin irorated with grey scales, and a submar- ginal waved greyish line extends from the apex to the anal angle; an elongated hyaline spot at the end of the cell; the fringe dark reddish brown: secondaries crossed above the middle by a very indistinct dark brown line; an elongated hyaline spot at the end of the cell; two zigzag submarginal dark brown lines extend from the apex to the anal angle; the outer margin broadly irrorated with grey scales; the fringe dark reddish brown. Underside considerably more grey than above, and with the submarginal line much more distinct. Head, thorax, and tegule dark brown; abdomen pale brown; the base of the thorax and abdomen thickly clothed with reddish-brown hairs; antenne brown; legs reddish brown. Eixpanse 34 inches. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). Copaxa, Walk. Copaxa denda, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries citron-yellow. _ Pri- maries: the costal margin greyish to beyond the middle; a reddish-brown waved line crosses the wing near the base from the costal to the inner margin; a small hyaline spot at the end of the cell edged with dark grey; a blackish-brown line extends from the apex to about the middle of the inner margin; on the inner side of the line the wing is shaded with reddish yellow ; the fringe yellow. Secondaries crossed nares Heterocera from Central America. 179 above the middle by a blackish-brown line, and below the hyaline spot at the end of the cell by a waved reddish-brown line; the outer margin shaded with grey; the fringe dark yellow. Underside pale brown; both wings crossed by two indistinet brown ha Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, front of the thorax greyish robe n; aatinks pale brown; legs inkish brown.—Female similar to the male, but conside srably Secker 3 in colour, and with all the markings ‘much blacker. Expanse, ¢ 43, inches, ¢ 44 inches. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). Allied to C. expandens, Walker, but very distinct. AUTOMERIS, Hiibn. Automeris randa, sp. n. Male.—Primaries light greyish fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two yellow lines, the first waved nearest the base, the second beyond the middle slightly curved near the apex; a dark spot at the end of the cell, with four little black dots round the outer margin paler than the other part of the wing: secondaries pinkish yellow; a large fawn-coloured ocellus broadly bordered with deep black, with a central white spot slightly below the middle and nearest the apex; a submarginal broken black line, edged with yellow, extends from near the apex almost to the anal angle ; below the black line is a wide, reddish-fawn-coloured band ; the outer margin broadly edged with fawn-colour ; the fringe pale fawn-colour. Underside: both wings yellowish fawn- colour ; primaries with a large round black spot at the end of the cell, with a white dot in the centre; secondaries with a white spot at the end of cell. Head and thorax dark reddish brown; abdomen pale yellow ; antenne yellowish brown.— Female very similar to the male, but larger, rather darker in colour, and with all the markings more distinct. Expanse, ¢ 4 inches, ? 4? inches. flab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). Automeris Daudiana, sp. n. Male.—Primaries pale greyish brown, dark brown at the base, four small spots at the end of the cell, and a narrow curved line extending from the costal margin to the inner margin dark brown; the veins yellow; the fringe greyish brown: secondaries ’ bright yellow; the costal “and. outer margin broadly bordered with greyish brown; the inner margins thickly clothed from the base almost to the anal angle 180 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of with reddish hairs; a large black ocellus with a bluish-white centre at the end of the cell, and two rather wide, black, submarginal lines extend from near the apex to the inner margin; the fringe pinkish brown. Underside pinkish brown ; the costal margin and the veins yellow; primaries with a large black spot at the end of the cell. Antenne, front of head, and palpi reddish brown ; head and thorax dark brown; abdomen bright red. Expanse 24 inches. Hab. Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez). Fam. Lasiocampide. Evurricua, Hiibn. Eutricha Conradti, sp. n. Male.—Primaries reddish brown, crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin by several indistinct bands of paler brown; three small black spots near the anal angle; the fringe brown: secondaries uniformly dark reddish brown; the fringe slightly paler in colour. Head, antenna, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown ; legs dark brown. Expanse 34 inches. Hab. Guatemala, Coban in Vera Paz (Conradt). Eutricha crossea, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries reddish fawn-colour ; pri- maries erossed from the costal to the inner margin by a submarginal row of small dark brown spots. Head, thorax, antenne, abdomen, and legs reddish brown; the anal tuft yellowish. Expanse 24 inches. Hab. Mexico, Bolaiios Jalisco (Richardson). Eutricha denda, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries very dark brown: pri- maries with a small grey spot at the end of the cell and crossed from the costal to the inner margin by five narrow, zigzag, pale greyish-brown lines, the first two close to the base, the third and fourth much beyond the middle, the fifth submarginal with black points near the anal angle ; a reddish- brown band extends from near the apex to the inner margin above the anal angle; the fringe dark brown: secondaries crossed about the middle with two faint reddish-brown lines ; the fringe greyish. Underside dark brown; both wings Ses Heterocera from Central America. 181 thickly irrorated with grey scales and crossed from the costal to the inner margins by two waved greyish lines; the inner margin of the secondaries clothed with reddish-brown hairs. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown. Expanse 3} inches. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). TotypPe, Hiibn. Tolype levana, sp. n. Primaries and secondaries greyish white: primaries crossed from the costal to the inner margin by a considerable number of waved black lines; a black spot at the end of the cell ; a marginal row of black spots extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe alternately black and grey: secondaries dusky at the base and beyond the middle. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish black ; abdomen banded with grey. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trwillo); Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez). Tolype deboma, sp. n. Primaries pale grey, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by five white lines, the first two near the base curved inwards, the third and fourth beyond the cell waved, the fifth waved submarginal, between the fourth and fifth line the wing is clouded with black at the apex and along the outer side of the fourth line; the veins and fringe white: second- aries white, clouded with black at the anal angle; fringe white. Head, front of thorax, and tegule white; the thorax black; abdomen white; anal tuft yellowish; antenne and legs white. Expanse 2,3, inches. Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). Hyprias, Herr.-Schiiff. Hydrias praxithea, sp. n. Primaries dark blackish grey, paler at the apex and on the costal margin; a pale grey line crosses the wing near the base, and a submarginal waved white line extends from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries greyish white, broadly bordered with dark grey along the costal margin to the apex ; the inner margin and basal half of the wing dark greyish brown ; a submarginal dark grey waved line extends from the 182 Mr. G. Lewis on apex to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings dark grey. Head, thorax, and legs dark grey; a rather wide black line down the middle of the thorax, extending to the base; abdo- men black, thickly clothed with dark reddish-brown and dark grey hairs. Underside of the thorax and abdomen yellow. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). Hydrias deceana. Primaries and secondaries brown: primaries crossed from the costal to the inner margin by four fine waved black lines, the first near the base, the others beyond the middle; a large blackish spot at the end of the cell; the fringes of both wings dark brown. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce), Jalapa (M. Trujillo). Some specimens are paler in colour than others. XIX.—On the Elateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. [Continued from p. 48.]} Melanoxanthus similis, sp. n. Niger, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens; thorace nigro; elytris macula obliqua humerali fasciaque postica flavo-testaceis ; antennis (basi excepta) infuscatis ; pedibus flavis. L. 4 mill. Elongate, somewhat parallel, with tawny pubescence; the head densely and a little coarsely punctured, black; the thorax more coarsely punctured than that of JZ pictipennis and the punctures are more densely set on the disk, wholly black, carina well marked; the elytra black, with a basal longitudinal vitta, which covers the humeral angle and on the fifth interstice continues down to the middle of the dorsum, and before the middle occupies part of the fourth and third interstices, behind the middle there is a broad lobe-shaped band which leaves the sutural interstice and outer edge black, the striae are more coarsely punctured than in M. pictipennis, and the interstices smoother, narrower, and more convex; legs and antennez coloured as in the last species. the Elateride of Japan. 183 Hab. Fukushima, Nikko, and Osaka. Fairly common in flowers of Viburnum. Melanoxanthus zebra, Wiedm. Melanoxanthus zebra, Wiedm. Zool. Mag. 1817, p. 107. Candéze records this species from Japan (Mon. ii. p. 516). It is a common Javan species, and I think it requires con- firmation before admitting it to the Japanese Catalogue. Schénfeldt apparently is also of this opinion, as he has refused to give it a place in his Catalogue. As I think it is undesirable to place insects such as the three following in the same genus as the small Cryptohypni, I have utilized the genus proposed by Eschscholtz for Crypto- hypnus hyperboreus, De}. (planatus, Eschs.), to receive them. In two of the Japanese species the expanded basal joint of the antenne is very remarkable, in the third (ZZ. fluviatilis) the basal joint agrees more with C. hyperboreus. Hypolithus saxatilis, sp. n. Depressus, niger, subnitidus, nigro-pubescens; antennis articulo primo yalde expanso; thorace in medio carinato ; pedibus infus- catis vel ferrugineis. L. 73-10 mill. Depressed, black, with rather short black pubescence; the head, frontal carina well marked behind the antenne, punc- tured not closely in the middle, but thickly and roughly near the eyes, forehead impressed; the thorax densely and rugosely punctate, with a longitudinal smooth line in the middle, hind angles slightly turned outwards, short but acute ; the scutellum very feebly punctulate; the elytra striate, strie rather deep, interstices flat, rather closely punctured, little rugose; the antenna, basal joint flattened out and expanded, nearly semicircular on the anterior edge, posterior edge nearly straight, second, third, and fourth joints equal in length, reddish or pitchy brown; the legs dusky. Resembles somewhat //. hyperboreus, Gyll., but is more depressed, and the basal joint of the antenne flatter and more ac I believe C. Sanborni, Horn, resembles 1. saxa- tilis. Hab. Kiga, Hakone, Chiuzenji. 184 Mr. G. Lewis on Hypolithus expansicornis, sp. n. H. saxatili simillimus, sed antennis articulis latioribus et pedibus flavis. L. 7 mill. This species has the basal joint of the antenna expanded like that of H. saratilis, but the other joints are broader and much less constricted at their bases. The thorax is relatively longer, sides more parallel, hind angles straight, and the antenne and legs pale yellow. Hab. Junsai. One example found under a stone by the lake. Hypolithus fluviatilis, sp. n. Subdepressus, niger, griseo-pubescens; capite punctato; thorace angulis haud acute productis ; pedibus infuscatis. L. 7 mill. Rather depressed, black, with griseous pubescence; the head, frontal carina less conspicuous than that of HZ. saxatilis, punctures not closely set in the middle nor very differently near the eyes; the thorax densely and rugosely punctate, with a median smooth line, hind angles slightly turning outwards, not acute; the elytra striate, interstices rather convex, punctulate and a little rugose; the antennae, first joint robust but not expanded like those of the last two species, reddish brown, articulations constricted at base; the legs intuscate. Resembles closely H. hyperboreus, Gyll. Hab. Kashiwagi. One example. Cryptohypnus rivalis, sp. n. Brunneus, nitidus; capite thoraceque supra #neo-nigris; elytris brunneis, striatis; antennis brunneis; pedibus testaceis. L. 4; mill. Brown, shining; head and. thorax (above only) blackish, with an neous tint; the head uneven, rather irregularly punctured; the thorax convex, punctures fine and sparse on the disk, larger and more dense behind the anterior angle, posterior angles somewhat robust, reddish brown; the elytra striate, striae near the outer margin punctate, interstices with a few very fine punctures ; the antenne brown, dusky at the apices of the articulations ; the legs testaceous. Very much like C. révularius, Gyll.; hind angles of the thorax more robust; elytra relatively shorter, antenne the Elateride of Jap in, 185 stouter and more abbreviated, thighs and tibiew thicker. Also similar to C. stlaceipes, Germ. Hab. Iwakisan. I took two examples at the side of a small brook near the summit of this mountain (alt. 4921 feet), Sept. 1st, 1880. Cryptohypnus optatus, sp. n. Mneo-niger, nitidus, cinereo-pubescens; elytris macula humerali lutea ; antennarum articulis duobus pedibusque flavis. L, 34 mill. Black, with brassy tinge, pubescence ashy; the head lon- ged impressed in the middle, rather densely punctu- ate, little strigose, carina feebly angulate behind the antenna, arched anteriorly; the thorax punctulate like the head, median line smooth, convex, not much widened laterally, hind angles slightly turning outwards ; the elytra, humeral angle pale, maculation extending to half the fifth interstice, striate, the fourth stria hamate at base and touches the scutellum, interstices finely but thickly punctulate; the antenne, basal joint bulbous and with the second pale, remaining joints infuscate ; the legs clear yellow. Hab, Otsu, by the lake Biwa. Cryptohypnus interstinctus, sp. n. Parum elongatus, niger, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; elytris macula humerali elongata, rufo-brunnea ; antennis basi testaceis ; pedi- bus flavis, femoribus obscuris. L, 23 mill. Rather long, black, shining, with fulvous pubescence; the head clearly and evenly punctulate, carina arched anteriorly ; the thorax convex, punctulate like the head, somewhat long, feebly widening out about the middle, hind angles a little acute and narrowly pale; the elytra finely striate, second and third striz most visible, punctulate, interstices very finely punctulate, on the humeral angle on the sixth interstices is an elongate reddish-brown spot, and before the apex on the fifth interstices there is a discoloured disk, clearly visible in my unique example; the antenne, three joints at base testa- ceous, the others infuscate; the legs pale, with the thighs dusky. Hab, Wada-toge (alt. 5578 feet). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 13 186 Mr. G. Lewis on Cryptohypnus tutus, sp. n. /Eneo-niger, nitidus, cinereo-pubescens; thorace in medio lato, perconvexo ; antennis nigris ; pedibus testaceis. L. 33 mill. Brassy black, shining, with ashy pubescence; the head rather flat, rugosely punctulate, carina well marked, semi- circular; the thorax punctured like the head, with a median smooth line behind the neck, which becomes evanescent towards the disk, disk very convex, sides conspicuously widened in the middle, hind angles very feebly turned out- wards, moderately acute; the elytra with a brassy greenish tinge, striate, interstices finely and densely punctulate ; the antenne, basal joint bulbous, piceous, other articulations black ; the legs clear yellow. Should be placed next to C. curatus, Cand. Hab. Fukushima. Cryptohypnus modestus, sp. n. Niger, opacus, pubescens; capite thoraceque densissime punctulatis ; elytris macula humerali rufo-brunnea, stria interna basi incur- vata; antennis nigris (basi excepta); pedibus flavis, femoribus obseuris. L. 33 mill. Black, rather opaque, with short pubescence; the head very densely and somewhat rugosely punctulate, carina a little bent behind the antenne; the thorax convex, widest in the middle, hind angles scarcely turned outwards, not acute, basal carina curved and well-marked, median smooth line feeble, very densely punctulate; the elytra striate, strie feebly punctate, interstices flat, densely punctulate, humeral angle broadly reddish brown from the outer edge to the fourth stria, before the apex there is an indication of a second spot, the sutural stria is hamate at the base of the elytra, and in a marked manner turns outwards close to the scutellum ; the antenne, basal joint bulbous, obscurely red, second red, others black; the legs pale, thighs dusky. Hab. Kumamoto. One example. Cryptohypnus humeralis, Cand. Cryptohypnus humeralis, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 13. I found a variety of this species in which the humeral spot is absent. Hab. Nagasaki. Found at most of the places in my itinerary given for Feb. 13 to April 21, 1881. the Elateride of Japan. 187 Cryptohypnus telluris, Lew. Cryptohypnus tellus, Lew. Ent. Month, Mag. 1879, p. 156. Longiusculus, sneo-niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; capite tho- raceque subtiliter punctatis ; elytris striatis, interstitiis convexis, crebre punctatis; antennis nigris (basi excepta); femoribus infuscatis, tibiis tarsisque flavis. L. 34 mill. The thorax is widest before the middle, convex, the hind angles turned outwards and somewhat acute; the thighs are usually infuscate and the tibie pale, but sometimes the latter are dusky ; the antenne, basal joint sometimes dusky, some- times pale, second and third pale, the others black. Hab. Konose, Nikko, Hagi, Oyama, Yokohama, Miyano- shita, Sapporo, and Hakodate. Common in various flowers. Cryptohypnus difficilis, sp. n. Infuscatus, subnitidus, dense griseo-pubescens; thorace angulis posticis obscure brunneis; elytra striis tenuissime impressis, macula humerali inconspicua; antennis nigris (basi excepta); tibiis tarsisque pallidis. L, 33 mill. Infuseate, little shining, with dense griseous pubescence ; the head, carina semicircular, not much raised, feebly im- pressed between the eyes, not densely punctulate ; the thorax convex, punctured laterally like the head, punctuation of the disk fine and obscure, hind angles obscurely red, carina not well raised nor much curved; the elytra obscurely brown at the humeral angles, striw very fine, evanescent in certain lights, interstices very finely punctulate ; the antenna, basal joint bulbous, partly black, second red, others blackish ; the thighs dusky, legs pale. To be placed near C. telluris, Lew., and C. lutezpes, Cand. Hab. Hakodate. One example. ‘Cryptohypnus atomarius, sp. n. Brevis, opacus, niger, albo-pubescens; antennis nigris; pedibus dilutioribus. L. 13-1? mill. Short, very opaque, black, with whitish pubescence ; the head somewhat broad, densely opaque, with close sculpture, frontal carina slightly projecting before the eyes, eyes coarsely granulate; the thorax densely sculptured, median smooth ise 188 Mr. G. Lewis on line visible behind the disk, hind angles nearly rectangular ; the elytra finely but very evenly striate; the antenne black, first joint enlarged, others much smaller; the legs pale, or pale with infuscate tibiz and thighs. This little species, the smallest of this series, is to be placed next to C. albipilis, Cand. Hab. Torii-toge (alt. 4016 feet). Three examples. Cryptohypnus carinicollis, sp. n. Parum latus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; thorace angulis posticis divaricatis, carina marginem anticum attingente ; elytris obsolete striatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris, L, 3}-3? mill. Black, shining, with greyish pubescence; the head finely punctulate, frontal carina angulate anteriorly ; the thorax rather more finely punctured than the head, angles scarcely acute, but turning outwards, lateral carina strong and com- plete; the scutellum rather wide, acuminate behind; the elytra, in certain lights only are striz visible, interstices very finely punctulate ; the antenne and legs are black, the former being much more robust than in any of the minute species of this series. This species and C. ellipticus, Cand., are the only two known from Japan in which the thoracic carina is continued from the base to the anterior edge. In C. carinicollis it is much more elevated than in C. ed/ipticus and the antennz are more robust. ‘There is a specimen from Nikko with the frontal carina semicircular; it is possibly a closely allied species. Hab. ‘Torii-toge, Miyanoshita, and Subashiri. Not common. Cryptohypnus minutissimus, Germ. Cryptohypnus minutissimus, Germ. ; Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 14. This species has been determined by Dr. Candéze ; it does not appear in Heyden’s Catalogue of Siberian species, and it is the only European species said to be found in Japan, Hab. Nagasaki, Seba, Hosokute, and Nikko. Cryptohypnus cinefactus, sp. n. Parum elongatus, cinereo-niger, opacus, densissime punctulatus ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. L. 2} mill. Elongate, very opaque, ashy black, very densely and the Elateride of Japan. 189 minutely sculptured on the upper surface; the head under the microscope ocellately punctured, frontal carina projecting in front of the eyes, eyes somewhat coarsely granulate; the thorax, median line obsolete, basal carina short, not much raised, curved, hind angles short and blunt; the scutellum relatively large ; the antenne wholly black, first joint rather large and short, the others fine and small and equalling each other in size ; the tarsi are not quite so black as the tibia. In size and opacity somewhat like C. agilis, but the frontal carina projecting before the eyes is a salient specific character and one, as regards this series, peculiar to it. Hab. Nikko. Cryptohypnus agilis, sp. n. Angustatus, niger, opacus, griseo-pubescens; supra densissime punctulatus ; antennis pedibusque elongatis. L. 23 mill. Narrow, black, opaque, with very short grey pubescence ; upper surface very densely punctulate; the head with a median longitudinal impression well-marked, carina semi- circular; the thorax, median smooth line clearly visible behind the neck (but in one specimen wholly absent), widest in the middle, more parallel in male than in female, basal carina fine, rather long and curved, hind angles short and blunt ; the elytra, stria very even and well-marked; the antenne wholly black, basal joint rather large, the others long and rather slender ; the legs black, tarsi long and dusky brown. This species is not like any in the present series except C. cinefactus, which is not so narrow and is more opaque. Hab. Yokohama. ‘Taken at Bukenji in a dry arable field. Found running actively in the sunshine in early spring accompanied by a variety of Blechrus maurus, Sturm. Section I. Scutellar fovea absent. Cardiophorus pinguis, sp. 0. Robustus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; supra minute et parum dense punctulatus ; scutello haud foveolato; antennis pedibusque nigris. L. 72 mill. Robust, black, shining, pubescence griseous; the head evenly and very finely punctured, anteriorly depressed, carina semicircular in the middle; the thorax punctured like the head, hind angles short, nearly straight and obtuse; the 190 Mr. G. Lewis on scutellum somewhat acuminate behind, without an anterior fovea ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices evenly and finely punctured ; the antenne and legs black, claws pale. Two examples have an eneous tint on the elytra. Belongs to the same section as C. sequens, Cand., but the large size and the absence of the scutellar fovea will distin- guish it at once. Hab. Hakodate. Six examples in my collection and one in the British Museum. Cardiophorus niponicus, sp. n. Elongatus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; scutello postice parum producto, subacuminato ; antennis pedibusque nigris. L. 83 mill. Elongate, black, shining, pubescence grey; the head rather small, finely and rather closely punctulate, frontal carina semicircular ; the thorax gradually narrows from the anterior angles to the middle, punctuation extremely fine, hind angles obtuse, scarcely turning outwards; the scutellum impressed, not foveolate in front, posterior tip a little pro- longed and pointed; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices convex and obscurely punctulate; the antenne black, third joint much longer than the second; the legs black, with the knees, ends of tarsal joints, and claws palish, last thickened at base, not dentate. The shape of the scutellum and the relatively long third joint of the antenne are characters not seen in any other species of this series. Hab. Nishimura. One example. Section II. Scutellar fovea more or less conspicuous. Cardiophorus opacus, sp. n. Niger, opacus, griseo-pubescens ; fronte carina utrinque angulata ; elytris interstitiis dense rugosis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. L. 6 mill. Elongate, black, very opaque, with short grey pubescence ; the head closely punctured, punctures not very fine, frontal carina angulate before the eyes; the thorax punctured like the head, widest behind the middle, hind angles blunt, not turning outwards; the scutellum somewhat acuminate behind, anterior fovea very distinct; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices very markedly rugose, giving an appearance of complete opacity ; the antenne and legs black, claws pale, not dentate. the Elateride of Japan. 191 This very distinct species is narrower than C. sequens, Cand.; the scutellum more cordate and the interstices of the elytra densely rugose. Hab. Subashin. One individual only. Cardiophorus ferrugineus, sp. n. Cardiophorus sobrinus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 17. Ferrugineus, nitidus, albo-pubescens; capite grosse punctato ; thorace parum dense punctulato haud canaliculato; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. L. 7 mill. Ferruginous, shining, with whitish pubescence; the head rather roughly, coarsely, and densely punctured except on a very small space between the eyes, frontal carina arched anteriorly and distinctly angulate before the eyes; the thorax very finely but very evenly punctulate throughout, not cana- liculate in the middle, rather parallel at the sides, hind angles obtuse and nearly straight; the scutellum, anterior fovea scarcely visible; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices con- vex; the antenne and legs ferruginous, claws not strongly dentate. Agrees in colour with C. sobrinus, Cand., but the frontal carina is formed differently, head coarsely punctured, thorax without a canaliculation, and the claws much less strongly dentate. In C. sobrinus the scutellar fovea is large and deep. This species, with C. pauper, nothus, rameus, and adjutor, belongs to Candéze’s Section II. with dentate claws. Hab. Kagoshima. MELANOTOPSIS, gen. nov. This genus is founded to receive several species it does not seem desirable to leave in Melanotus. Both genera are alike in general characters, but the keel of the prosternum in Melanotopsis is continued horizontally behind the coxze (wood- cut, fig. 2, 4, coxal cavity), not obliquely, nor vertically as it is in some species of Jelanotus, and the posterior prosternal process is received into a cavity in the mesosternum cut out in the form of a V (fig. 1), not gradually shelving like that in Melanotus. I consider JJelanotus cete, Cand., the type of the new genus, and it is from this species the drawings are made. WM. restrictus and MW. regalis, Cand., must also be transferred to it. 192 Mr. G. Lewis on Melanotopsis cete. Melanotus cete, Cand. Mon. El. iii. 1860, p. 332. Melanotus amussitatus, Cand, Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 19. A comparison of specimens in the Janson collection enables me to give the above synonymy. Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Yokohama. Common. Melanotus longipennis, sp. n. M. legato simillimus, sed differt thorace relative lato; elytris magis elongatis ; prosterno grosse et profunde punctato. L. 18-21 mill. This insect closely resembles W. legatus, Cand., in colour, pubescence, articulation of the antenne, and in the falciform anterior tibie; but the thorax is wider, especially before the middle, punctuation more dense, the scutellum broader, the elytra more elongate, and, above all these differences, the pro- sternum has very large and deep punctures, some of the punctures being ocellate. Hab. Kobé and Kioto. Three examples, and there is another in the Janson collection which is larger than any of mine. Melanotus spernendus, Cand. Melanotus spernendus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1873, p. 21. I place this species next to M. legatus, Cand., although the facies of the species is very dissimilar ; the anterior tibie are falciform and the declination of the prosternal process and somewhat widening out of the keel between the coxe are characters which bring them together. Hab, Nagasaki, Hitoyoshi, and Yuyama. Twelve ex- amples. the Elateride of Japan. 193 Melanotus annosus, Cand. There is little to distinguish this species from M. correctus, Cand., except the longer third joint of the antenne and lesser declination of the prosternal posterior process. In MZ. annosus, however, the antenne are usually red, and in J. correctus they are usually fuscous. Hab. Both species are from Nagasaki. Melanotus ocellato-punctatus, sp. n. Niger, subopacus, griseo-pubescens; antennis pedibusque obscure rufo-brunneis ; capite thoraceque confertissime ocellato-punctatis, hoe angulis subdivaricatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis rugosis et punctulatis. L. 13 mill. This insect has the facies of the European Melanotus rujipes, Hbst., but it is darker, and the thorax thickly covered with deep ocellate punctures ; the antenne have the second joint short and bulbous and the third nearly as large again. Hab. Junsai. One example only. Melanotus senilis, Cand. Melanotus senilis, Cand. Mém. Ac. Belg. 1864, p. 47. The type of this species is in the Musée de Helsingfors, but there are five examples in my collection which, I think, correspond to the description of it. The thorax is “ creber- rime et fortiter punctato,” and the type measures 13 mill. My specimens measure 113-124 mill., and some of the thoracic punctures are distinctly ocellate; the second joint of the antenne (of which Candéze says nothing) is short and bulbous, the third nearly as long again and obconical. Hab, Kobé. Melanotus invectitius, Cand. Melanotus invectitius g, Cand. Mém. Ac. Belg. 1864, p. 47. Melanotus Fortnumi, Cand. Ann. Soc. Belg. 1878, p. 167 ? The description of J/. cnvectitius was drawn from a single male in the collection of M. Miklin, and Candéze compares both it and M. Fortnumi to M. niger, F. I think both his descriptions refer to the sexes of one species. In M. cnvec- titius the second and third joints are said to be “ subeequali- bus,” and in J/. Hortnumi “ equalibus.” This is a sexual distinction which I notice in a species I found very commonly and which I think I have rightly assigned to Md. invectitius, Cand. Hab. Miyanoshita, Kiga, Hakone, and Kobé. 194 Mr. G. Lewis on Melanotus caudex, Lew. Melanotus caudex, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 156. Very similar to M. erythropygus, Cand., in facies, but the declination of the posterior prosternal process is almost vertical behind the coxe, and in this respect agrees with JZ. seniculus, Cand. The second and third joints of the antenne are small, bulbous, and equal in length, tarsi somewhat short and robust, and the median smooth line on the thorax is more plainly seen in the female than in the male. Hab. Kumamoto and Wakayama. ‘Ten examples. Melanotus seniculus, Cand. The elytra are usually pale in this insect and the declina- tion of the posterior prosternal process is nearly perpendicular. Hab, Nagasaki and Yokohama. Limonius niponensis, sp. 0. Obscure eeneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; fronte ocellato-punctata haud emarginata; thorace convexo, punctato; antennis pedi- busque nigris. L. 12 mill. Obscurely eneous, shining, pubescence grey; the head slightly depressed between the antennz, carina anteriorly straight, densely punctured, punctures deep and somewhat ocellate ; the thorax clearly, closely, and deeply punctured, punctures microscopically ocellate, disk convex, angles short and blunt; the scutellum densely punctulate, pubescent ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices flat, rather wide, and sparsely punctulate; the antenne black, second and third joints rather long and equal; the legs black, knees and claws pale, tibize stouter than those of LZ. montivagus. Motschulsky (Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 166) records the capture of Limonius cylindricus, Payk., in Japan, I think he refers to this species, as it closely resembles it, and I have rejected L. cylindricus from the list. Hab. Junsai. Limonius montivagus, sp. 0. Obscure eeneus, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens; fronte carina conspicue elevata; thorace dense punctato; tibiis tarsisque flavis. L. 9 mill. Obscurely geneous, shining, with yellowish tawny pubes- cence; the head convex, densely punctate, frontal carina bent the Elateridee of Japan. 195 and well raised; the thorax closely and clearly punctured, convex, gradually but slightly widening to base, hind angles short and blunt; the scutellum closely punctulate, pubes- cent ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices rugose and some- what closely punctulate ; the antenne black, second and third joints equal and shorter than those of L. niponensis; the legs slender, thighs infuscate, tibize and tarsi pale. In some respects this species resembles the last. Hab. Nikko. Limonius MAT GiNipennis, Sp. ll. /Eneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; scutello postice minutissime tuberculato ; elytris margine anguste rufescentibus. L. 8-9 mill. neous, shining, with grey pubescence ; the head densely punctured, depressed between the antenne, carina not promi- nent ; the thorax convex, widest at the base, evenly punc- tured, punctures not large, not very closely set ; the scutellum punctulate, with a minute (but remarkable) smooth boss on the posterior edge; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices punctulate (in one example the punctuation of the interspaces obscures the striae), outer margin red, under the humeral angle the red margin is very narrow, but it widens gradually out from thence to the apex ; the antenne black, the third joint visibly longer than the second; the legs also black, knees and claws reddish. Hab, Nikko district. One example came from bark under snow on Niohozan in June. Limonius brunneus, sp. n. Rufo-brunneus, nitidus, sat longe brunneo-pubescens; thorace eequaliter, haud dense, punctato ; elytris punctato-striatis, inter- stitiis tenuiter et sparse punctulatis; antennis, epipleuris pedi- busque rufis. L. 10 mill. Reddish brown, shining; the head, frontal carina feebly arched, with two depressions behind it, surface closely but not densely punctate; the thorax somewhat elongate and rather parallel laterally, with a feeble median canaliculation, punctures very clear and less closely set than those of the head; the scutellum somewhat densely punctured, with a minute smooth carina; the elytra punctate-striate, striz some- what fine, interstices rather convex, punctuation very fine and scattered ; the epipleura, abdomen, hind angles of the 196 Mr. G. Lewis on thorax, legs, and antenne are paler than the general colour of the body, second joint of the antenne scarcely so long as the third. The punctuation of the thorax is similar in both sexes. Hab. Nikko. Two examples (male and female) in August 1881. Limonius marginicollis, sp. n. Ferrugineus, sneo-tinctus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; capite dense punctato; thorace margine antice anguste rufo; antennis basi pedibusque rufis. 6 73-8 mill. Reddish brown, shining, with a brassy tinge, thorax and head darker, pubescence grey ; the head in the female very densely punctate,in the male the punctures are less close, frontal carina feebly emarginate ; the thorax rather closely punctured, punctures deep and round, sides parallel in male, anterior angles rounded off anteriorly in female, hind angles short and blunt and with a narrow margin behind the neck red; the scutellum closely punctured; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices convex and rugosely punctulate; the antennae, three basal joints red, others dusky, second and third joints equal; the epipleurz and legs reddish brown. I have a dark variety in which the basal joints of the antenne are marked with black. Hab. Oyayama, Nikko, Miyanoshita, and Kashiwagi. Limonius imitans, sp. 0. Enescens, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace sat dense punctulato ; scutello carinato; elytris late testaceo-vittatis. L. 73 mill. Greenish bronze, shining; the head densely punctulate and uneven between the eyes, frontal carina feebly emar- ginate ; the thorax somewhat long, rather parallel laterally, rather finely and closely, not densely, punctured ; the scutel- lum markedly carinate ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices punctulate and feebly rugose, interstices of the fifth, sixth, and seventh striz testaceous, this colour also extends nar- rowly along the base; the antenne black and moderately dilated after the third joint, third joint scarcely longer than the second; the legs black, tibiee and claws pale. L, vittatus, Cand., in colour closely resembles this species, but the first cannot be mistaken for the female of the second, as the antenne of C. vittatus are the most dilated. In JZ, vit- the Elateride of Japan. 197 tatus the punctuation of the thorax is very dense, which might suggest its being the female. In coloration both species have a very close resemblance to a species found in Hongkong (see Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p- 22). Hab. Miyanoshita. Three individuals, all males. Limonius rujfipennis, sp. n. Niger, parum nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; capite thoraceque sub- eneis ; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, rufis; antennis pedi- busque nigris. L. 7 mill. Black, rather shining, with grey pubescence; the head densely and somewhat rugosely punctate, frontal carina well- marked ; the thorax rather long, parallel on sides, punctuation finer and less close than that of the head; the scutellum unctulate; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, punctures ee and deep, especially those of the fourth, fifth, and sixth striz ; the antenne densely black, second and third joints short and equal ; the legs black, knees and claws pale. Hab. Hitoyoshi. Three examples on Ogumayama, alt. 2000 feet. Limontus atricolor, Lew. Limonius atricolor, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. Ater, opacus, griseo-pubescens ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis rngoso-punctatis. L. 8} mill. Black, opaque, with grey pubescence ; the head uneven, densely and rather coarsely punctured, carina well-marked ; the thorax convex on the disk, a little swollen at the anterior angles, punctures closely set, finer than those of the head, posterior angles obtuse ; the scutellum very finely but closely punctured, carinate ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices punctulate and rather rugose; the antenne and legs black, second and third joints of the former short and equal, claws ale. The example noticed in 1879 was quite black ; more recent specimens have an zneous and sometimes bluish tint. Hab. Wakayama in Kii and Miyanoshita. Limonius ignicollis, sp. n. Purpureo-niger, opacus yix pubescens; capite thoraceque aureo- 198 Mr. G. Lewis on rufis, nitidissimis; elytris opacis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis dense punctatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. iL. 62 mill. Purple-black, head and thorax golden red, with crimson tint, very shining; the head clearly, deeply, not very closely punctured, frontal carina feebly emarginate, impressed between the eyes; the thorax convex, punctate like the head, faintly canaliculate; the scutellum strongly punctate, distinctly carinate ; the elytra purple-black, punctate-striate, interstices densely rugose and punctured, opaque; the antenne densely black, second and third joints very small and equal, 4 to 7 triangular, rather widely dilated on the inner edge; the legs pilose, black. Evidently somewhat similar to L. aurifer, Lec. Hab. Nikko. One specimen from the forest near the chief temple in June 1880. Limonius approximans, sp. n. Obscure eeneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; antennis nigris; thorace angulis posticis pedibusque rufis. L. 64 mill. Somewhat brassy, shining, with grey pubescence; the head clearly, not closely punctured, frontal carina feebly emarginate; the thorax convex, evenly, not densely punc- tured, hind angles narrowly red; the scutellum carinate and obscurely punctured; the elytra deeply punctate-striate, interstices rather flat, rugose, and little closely punctured ; the antenne densely black, second and third joints small and equal, 4 to 10 rather wide, much less dilated than those of J. ¢gnicoliis and not much more so on the inner than on the outer edge ; the legs clear red. Hab. Nikko. Two examples only. Athous umbratilis, sp. n. Brunneus, subnitidus, cinereo-pubescens ; elytris bifasciatis cum marginibus anguste castaneis ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis. L. 17-214 mill. Brown, with ashy pubescence; the head with a median impression behind the antennew, not very closely punctured (punctures coarser in female) ; the thorax darkest in the median area, reddish brown at the sides, laterally rather closely punctured (punctures in female larger and ocellate), in median region punctures much less close and in male rather fine; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices sparsely the Elateride of Japan. 199 costal suture and outside margin narrowly castaneous, ifasciate, the fascia before the apex somewhat triangular in outline ; the antenne and legs ferruginous. In general appearance corresponds with A. rufus, De Geer, and A. rhombeus, Ol. Hab. Junsai, Chiuzenji (Niohozan, bred from pup), and Oyayama. Athous subcyaneus, Motsch. Athous subcyaneus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, p. 166. This fine species has the scutellum conspicuously elevated and shaped like the two sides of a prism, and the antenne are very markedly serrate in both sexes. Motschulsky did not notice the curious scutellum, and, I think, Harold (Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. 1878, p. 73) and also Frivaldszky (Term. fiizetek. xv. p. 124) have mistaken A. virens, Cand., for it. Hab. Chiuzenji, Oyama, Oyayama, and Junsai. In August at Junsai it was flying abundantly at a low elevation at noon in the shady recesses of the forest, but in south and central Japan it is confined to mountainous places of high elevation. Athous secessus, Cand. Athous secessus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1875, p. 25. The scutelluin in this species is feebly carinate, the legs usually black ; but in a long series I find two examples with red legs. Hab, Kioto, Osaka, Nara, and Nikko. Athous sinuatus, sp. n. Niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace ante angulos posticos con- spicue sinuato ; elytris striis tenuiter impressis, interstitiis planis ; antennis nigris, pedibus rufis. L. 10-123 mill. Black, shining, with griseous pubescence; the head not closely but rather coarsely punctured; the thorax very finely and sparsely punctured, strongly sinuous before the posterior angles; the scutellum feebly carinate; the elytra punctate- striate, strize very lightly impressed, especially those next to the suture, interstices punctured like the head; the antennz black, basal joints pitchy red; the legs pale red or rarely infuscate. There is a variety with the elytra pitchy brown. Hab. Wada-toge, Fukushima, Yumoto, Nishimura, and Nowata. 200 Mr. G. Lewis on Athous virens, Cand. Athous virens, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 24. In about eighty examples eleven have the elytra wholly brown (var. brunnetpennis). . Hab. Wada-toge (in great profusion), Chiuzenji, Maiyasan, and Shimonosuwa. Athous sanguinicollis, Privaldszky. Athous sanguinicollis, Frivaldszky, Term. fiizetek. xy., 1892, p. 124. The above is very similar to Athous desertor, but it is larger and the thorax is wholly red. It is also very near to A, virens, Cand. Hab. Kast Japan (Frivaldszky), Oyama (Pryer). Athous desertor. Psephus desertor, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 7. Hab. Kobé. Found near the temple of Maiyasan. Athous comes, sp. n. 3. Rufo-brunneus, subopacus, griseo-pubescens ; elytris marginibus rufo-ferrugineis ; antennis gracilibus, rufo-brunneis. Letom Reddish brown, rather opaque, with grey pubescence ; the head rather coarsely punctured, anterior margin rather broadly raised, with a triangular depression behind it; the thorax straight at the sides, scarcely narrowed anteriorly, rather closely punctured, hind angle very feebly turned outwards, tips rounded off; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices markedly rugose, obscurely punctured, sutural and two out- side interstices and apices broadly ferruginous, interstices 2 to 7 dark brown for two thirds their length ; the antenne long and slender, not serrate ; the legs pale reddish brown. This insect is similar to A. swturalis, Cand. (¢), but it is more opaque, the thorax less narrowed anteriorly, and the antenne are longer and more slender. Hab. Sapporo. ‘Three specimens, all males. Athous suturalis, Cand. Athous suturalis, Cand, Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 23. This species belongs to the same group as A. difformis, Lac. Candéze placed it near A. ferrugineus, Eschs., but Candéze had only the female and mistook it for the male. The female has the thorax conspicuously sinuous along the anterior edge, the sinuosities behind the eyes being deeper the Elaterids of Japan. 201 than the one behind the middle of the neck, and the punctua- tion is round and deep, while in the male the punctures are fine. In the male also there is a triangular impression behind the frontal carina. Hab. Kobé, Fukushima, and Fukui. Not uncommon. Athous porrecticollis, sp. n. Rufo-brunnens, subnitidus ; thorace utrinque parallelo, dense punc- tato; elytris ferrugineis vel testaceis, interstitiis ragosis ; an- tennis brunneis, pedibus pallide rufo-brunneis. L. 2 10, g 9 mill. Reddish brown, rather shining, pubescence grey ; the head, frontal margin rather broadly raised, hollowed out somewhat triangularly behind the margin, densely punctate, particularly in female ; the thorax punctured like the head (corresponding in the sexes), narrowest anteriorly, sides straight in male, slightly bent in female, basal carina short and close to the external edge, hind angles rounded off at the tips; the elytra testaceous or reddish brown, punctate-striate, interstices distinctly rugose, feebly punctured, rather convex; the antenne rather short and serrate, not much longer in the male than in the female, in colour like the head ; the legs pale. Resembles A. ferruginosus, Kschs. Hab. Junsai. Hight examples. Athous singularis, sp. n. 6. Fusco-brunneus, parum nitidus, cinereo-pubescens ; thorace a basi transversim abrupte excavato, angulis posticis elongatissimis extrorsum incurvatis ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis. L. 93 mill. Dusky brown, rather shining, with rather long ashy-grey pubescence; the head rather wide, impressed anteriorly, frontal carina not emarginate, punctate, punctures rather small and not closely set; the thorax widest in the middle, hind angles long and markedly turned outwards, similar to those figured for Hudactylus carnifex (Cand. Mon. ii. pl. iii. fig. 16) ; posteriorly about one fourth of the thorax is trans- versely and abruptly excavated at the base ; the elytra widest at the base, gradually narrowing to the apex, with fasciz like those of A. undatus, De Geer, punctate-striate, interstices rugose, sutural interstices rather pale; the antenne and legs ferruginous. The female is unknown to me. Hab. Junsai. Three examples. [To be continued. | Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 14 202 Mr. O. Thomas on a XX.—Description of a new Species of Reed-Rat (Aulacodus) from East Africa, with Remarks on the Milk-dentition of the Genus. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. AMONG the mammals obtained by Dr. J. W. Gregory on his recent expedition to East Africa are five specimens belonging to the genus Aulacodus. Of these, four—a skin with its skull, a separate skull, and two young specimens in spirit— all obtained at Neatana, on the T'ana River, belong evidently to A. swinderenianus *, 'Temm., the common species, which is spread over the whole of the Ethiopian Region, from Senegal to the Cape. The fifth specimen, however—a skull alone—shows such differences from the others that I cannot but consider it to represent a distinct species. It belonged to a specimen obtained by Dr. Gregory in the Kikuyu Country, near Mount Kenia; but the skin was most unfor- tunately stolen, so that the only part which remains is the skull. I propose to term the species Aulacodus gregorianus, Sp. n. Size much smaller than in A. swinderenianus, the differ- ence especially well-marked in the molar teeth; frontal region broad and flat, not convex or inflated, but, on the contrary, with distinct concavities just internal to the rudi- mentary postorbital processes. Opening between the olfactory and cerebral fosse much broader above than below, the con- verse being the case in the other species; this difference appears to be due to the absence or reduction of the frontal sinuses. Anterior palatine foramina penetrating less than usual into the maxille, the most posterior point of the pre- maxille, on the palatal surface, being exactly level with their posterior margin. Upper premolar (?:*) with a small third external root mid- way between the two main external roots, a character not present in any of the fourteen skulls of A. swinderentanus in the Museum. Upper incisors with the innermost of the four spaces between the grooves rather broader and the outer much narrower than in the ordinary species; in fact, in A. swinderenianus the part of the tooth outside the outermost groove is nearly equal to the whole remaining portion, while in A. gregorianus the same part is but little broader than the next section, between the outer and middle grooves. * This name has generally been misspelt either as swinderianus (the original) or swindernanus ; but as Temminck distinctly states that it is named in honour of Prof. van Swinderen, the proper form is clearly as above. new Species of Reed-Rat. 203 Dimensions of the typical skull (¢) :— Basal length * 72°7 millim.; basilar length * 65; greatest breadth 54°3; nasals, length 28, breadth 15°8; interorbital breadth 30; intertemporal breadth 29; height of skull from palate to middle of frontals 26°5, ditto from basion to top of occipital crest 26; palate, length from “ henselion” 34°'8 ; diastema 18°2; length of palatine foramina 9°4. Teeth.— Diameter of 1 , longitudinal 4°3, transverse 5:5; length of upper molar series (crowns) 16; breadth of crown of 24 4°8, of ™1 5:5; Fy, longitudinal diameter 4, transverse ditto 5°3 ; length of lower molar series 19; length of jj 5:4. Hab. Luiji Reru River, Konu, Kikuyu Country, British East Africa. Alt. 5700 feet. Coll. Dr. J. W. Gregory, June 10, 1893. The above differential characters will no doubt be supple- mented by others when, as I hope will soon be the case, perfect specimens of this interesting animal are obtained. It may be just noted that Heuglin’s A. semipalmatus, of which I have seen the typical skull in Stuttgart, has a basal length of 835 millim. and an upper molar series of 18-2 millim., exactly as in average A. swinderenianus. I am indebted to Dr. Gregory for the following note on the specimen of which the skull is here described :— “While in a ‘shauri’ with the chiefs of the Konu district of Kikuyu, beside the Tana tributary Luiji Reru, which forms the northern boundary of the cultivated districts, a native came up with the Awlacodus, which he had just caught in the swamp in which the stream rose. I purchased it for two strings of beads, an empty meat-tin, and two used brass cartridges. ‘lhe man declared that they were not common, and that the specimen was full-sized. I prepared the skin, but this was subsequently stolen and sold for food by my tent- boy. “The following notes were made at the time :—It was a male; general appearance like that of the larger specimen caught at Ngatana. It appears to differ from that in the shortness and softness of the hair; the skin is lighter in colour on the lower part of the sides of the body; it is some- what mottled, like that of a tabby cat. I also noted that the head appeared longer and the tail shorter than in the Ngatana * By a convenient practice, now becoming general, the term basal length is restricted to that from the basion to the front of the premaxille (gnathion), while the basilar length is that introduced by Hensel, to the back of the alveoli of the incisors. For brevity’s sake this latter point might be called the “‘henselion,” as it is already so universally connected with the name of the great German craniologist. 14* 204 Mr. O. Thomas on Mus Burtoni. specimen ; but as I had skinned this latter more than six months before, the recollection is probably of little value. The measurements have unfortunately been lost with the skin, to which they were tied. “1 know nothing of its habits; but the natives say it occurs only in the reed- and sedge-covered swamps, which are here very numerous, owing to the windings of the stream.” The Milk-dentition of Aulacodus. In connexion with the working out of the above, an examination of the teeth of Aulacodus at different ages has been made, and this has been rewarded by the discovery, in a foetal specimen about 110 millim. in length, with a basal length of 34 millim., of minute and quite rudimentary milk- teeth fixed in the gum just above each of the premolars. This discovery confirms the usually accepted homology of the last-named teeth and also bears out the original sugges- tion of Schlosser * that the milk-teeth are shed in extreme youth, a suggestion which he afterwards unfortunately withdrew in favour of the theory that there is an ordinary tooth-change, the milk and permanent teeth being very like each other, except that the lower milk-teeth are more com- plicated than their successors. This error is evidently due to his having been deceived by the great difference between worn and unworn permanent teeth. This latter view is, of course, now finally disproved. The contrast between Hystriz, with its long persistent mp4, and Aulacodus, with its rudimentary and early shed one, is very striking. Hensel + has recorded his failure to find any trace of rudi- mentary milk-teeth in Phyllomys and Dactylomys, and, to the best of my belief, they have not hitherto been observed in any members of the subfamily Echinomyine. XXI.—WNote on Mus Burtoni, Thos. By OLDFirLD THOMAS. In the ‘Annals’ for 1892 ¢ I described a West-African mouse under the above name; but Prof. T. Tullberg, of Upsala, who has himself given a most excellent account § of * ¢ Paleontographica,’ xxxi. p. 151 (1885). See also Forsyth Major, Atti Soe. Ital. xv. p. 5 (1872). + Abh, Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 53. t (6) x. p. 182. § “ Ueber einige Muriden aus Kamerun,” Ges, Wiss. Upsala, 1893. On South-American Tubificide. 205 the anatomy of the species under the heading of Mus maurus, Gray, has kindly aon my attention to the fact that Mr. Ramsay had already described an Australian “ Mus Burtoni” *, so that the name of the African one must be changed. I would therefore suggest for the latter the name of Jus Tullbergi, in recognition of Prof. Tullberg’s valuable paper on the Muride of the Cameroons, where this species appears to be so common. XXII.—Preliminary Notice of South-American Tubificide collected by Dr. Michaelsen, including the Description of a Branchiate Form. By FRANK E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S. THE Oligocheta of which I give a preliminary account in the following pages were collected by Dr. Michaelsen in South America. ‘The material was, of course, excellently preserved, and I am able therefore to give, I trust, an accurate account of the principal structural features of the new forms. The bulk of the aquatic species which he collected prove to belong to the family Tubificide, and they are all new species, four of them representing a new and evidently highly charac- teristic South-American genus. So far as I am aware there is nothing known about the aquatic worms of this part of the world, save a few notes on an Avolosoma and Naids by Frenzelf in a paper devoted to the Protozoa met with in the Argen- tine, and the description by myself { of two aquatic members of the genus Acanthodrilus from the Falkland Islands and of anew genus, Kerria, also referable to the Acanthodrilide, from the upper reaches of the Pilcomayo River, and, lastly, the description of ‘‘Mandane staynalis” by Kinberg, from the same continent, and of one or two forms by Schmarda. The collection contains a few Naids, not sexually mature, and one or two Enchytreids. I have not yet subjected these to acareful examination. ‘he Tubificide comprise five species, of which four, as already stated, belong to a new genus, for which 1 proposed the name Hesperodrilus in a note published in a recent number of ‘ Nature’§. The fifth species I call * Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) ii. p. 5538 (1887). + “Untersuchungen iiber die mikroskopische Fauna Argentiniens,” Arch. f. mikr. Anat. xxxviii. p. 1. { ‘Contributiens to the Anatomy of Earthworms &c.,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. xxx. p. 42]; and ‘On some new Species of Karthworms from various parts of the World,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 678 Kc. § Jan. 25th. 206 Mr. IF. E. Beddard on Bothrioneuron americanum, sp. n. This worm was collected in great abundance, and is described in a note by Dr. Michaclsen as having the general appearance of Tubifex. It was collected in the neighbour- hood of Buenos Ayres. The genus Bothrioneuron itself, to which I refer the present species, has been lately described by Stole *. It differs from all other Tubificide, except Monopylephorus of Levinsen t and Vermiculus of Goodrich f, in having an unpaired male orifice. In his description of Monopylephorus Levinsen has not referred to the spermathecal pores. As these are absent in Bothrioneuron it may be that the two genera are identical ; but it is impossible to be certain about the matter. ‘These three genera, moreover, agree with each other (and with Limnodrilus and Clitellio) in having only uncinate sete ; the capilliform setee of other Tubificids are entirely absent. The principal reason which leads me to place my new species in the genus Bothrioneuron is the absence of spermathece, the absence of capilliform sete, the presence of an integu- mental blood-plexus, and the existence of what Vejdovsky § has termed a “ paratrium,” a diverticulum of the spermiducal gland, to which, in Dothrioneuron Veydovskyanum, the prostate is attached. In my species, however, the male pores are double, but the paratrium apparently resembles that of Bothrioneuron Vejdovskyanum. ‘The atrium or, as I prefer to call it, spermiducal gland is wrapped in a thick glandular covering, as in the Lumbriculide and the Moniligastride. Such a ‘coating appears to be absent from Bothrioneuron Vejdovskyanum. In short, there is no doubt whatever as to the specific distinctness of this w orm}; the only doubt is as to whetber I am right in referring it to the genus Bothrioneuron at all. I found no trace of the peculiar spermatophores described by Stole, or, indeed, of any spermatophores at all. HESPERODRILUS, gen. nov. Four species of Tubiticids from Valdivia, Port Stanley, and Uschuaia represent a perfectly new genus of Tubiticide ; I cannot refer them to any known genus. ‘The most salient characters of this genus are :— (1) The presence of capilliform sete only in the dorsal bundles. * “ Monografie Ceskych Tubiticidu,” Abh, k. Bohm. Ges, 1888. + “Sy stematisk-gec grafisk Oversigt over de nordiske Annulata Xe.,” Vid. Med. 1882, p. 223. t “Note on a new Oligochete,” Zool. Anz. no. 408 (1892). § “Sur une Tubifex a’ Algérie,” Mém. Soc. Zool, Fr. 1891. South- American Tubificide. 207 (2) The presence of two sete only in each ventral bundle, of which one is uncinate, the other simple. (3) The opening of the spermathece in segment xiii. behind the male pores, (4) The fact that the sperm-duct opens independently of the spermiducal gland into the penis. This combination of characters occurs in no other Tubiticid. In fact more than one of the characters is peculiar to the present genus. ‘The curious arrangement of the ventral setz 18 apap and so is the position of the spermathece. t is the rule among the Tubificide for the sperm-duct to open into the extremity of the spermiducal gland, which has ordinarily the appearance of being a continuation of it. To this rule there has hitherto been only a single exception recorded. ‘This exception is the remarkable genus Bran- chiura *, in which the sperm-duct opens into the lowest part of the spermiducal gland just before the latter becomes con- tinuous with the penis. In Hesperodrilus the same state of affairs is met with, but the gland is not enveloped, as it is in Branchiura, by a thick outer coating of glandular cells; there is only the lining of cells, which are, however, extremely glandular ; the distinct prostate found in so many Tubificide, but wanting in Branchiura, Clitellio, and L[lyodrilus, is also wanting in Lesperodrilus. As to the peculiar condition of the sete of the ventral bundles, it might perhaps be thought that there is some error ; it is so frequently the case that one of the teeth of the bifid seta is worn. In the present instance there can, I think, be no doubt about the matter; the two kinds of sete occurred with far too great a regularity to admit of any such explanation as that suggested. The following is a brief description of the main characters of the four species belonging to this new genus :— 1. Hesperodrilus branchiatus, sp. n. I refer first to this species on account of its interest in being another branchiate species. ‘This is now the second ‘lubiticid in which organs clearly of a branchial nature exist. The other species is Branchiura Sowerbii, which I discovered two years ago in the “Victoria regia” tank at the Botanical Society’s Gardens in the Regent’s Park. At first I naturally supposed that I had before me an example of that worm, the habitat of which is very possibly South America; but in the * “A new Branchiate Oligochete, Branchiura Sowerbii,” Quart Journ. Mier, Sci. 1892, p. 1. 208 Mr. F. E. Beddard on present species the branchiew, though apparently similar in structure to those of Branchiura, have a different arrange- ment. In Branchiura they are dorsal and ventral, attached to the median line of the body on those aspects. In Hespero- drilus branchiatus they are lateral in position, being attached a little below the lateral sete. ‘These were, moreover, in the single specimen examined by me fewer in number; I counted only thirteen pairs. In the interior of each branchial process was a capillary loop; their length is about the diameter of the body ; no doubt during life they extend on each side for a considerable distance beyond the body. It is an interesting fact that in both the present species and in Branchiura the branchize should be limited to the tail-end of the body ; but a consideration of the habits of the Tubificidae seems to explain this. It is well known that the common Tubifex ot our streams and rivers buries its head in the mud, while the tail waves freely about in the water; this appears also to be the way with other Tubificids. Now in Limnodrilus the hinder segments of the body are apt to have integumental capillaries, which render the aeration of the blood easier in those segments ; there is thus the first step in the formation of a special breathing organ. In Bothrioneuron (see above) the hinder end of the body is furnished with an exceedingly rich integumental blood-plexus, which is a further step in the same direction. Finally, we have in Branchiura Sowerbit and in Hesperodrilus branchiatus the appearance of definite branchial organs. On the other hand, in Cheetobranchus Sempert, Bourne’s gilled Naid, which presumably wanders through the water and is not largely sessile, the branchie are at the head end and diminish towards the tail; the same is the case with Alma nilotica, whose nature, however, cannot yet be regarded as certain; it may be, as has been suggested by Kisig, a Capitellid. The branchie of Dero and ot Aulo- phorus vagans, if this genus be allowed as distinct from Dero, are at the hinder end of the body. In other features of its organization this /esperodrilus conforms to the type of structure already described as charac- teristic of the genus Hesperodrilus, though there are naturally other points of difference. 2. Hesperodrilus niger, sp. n. ‘The most salient external character of this species is its deep black coloration. It is a largish worm, quite an inch in length, and of a considerable thickness. I regarded it at first as probably a Lumbriculus. It proved, however, in dissection to be undoubtedly a member of this genus. South-American Tubificide. 209 Its chief distinguishing character is the dark pigmentation of the dorsal surface of the body; the pigment proved on an examination of sections to be chiefly located in the peritoneum lining the dorsal side of the ccelom, thence extending for a little way into the muscular layers of the body-wall and in the opposite direction along the septa. The internal cha- racters, apart from differences of small importance, are those of the following species. 3. Hesperodrilus albus, sp. n. ‘This is a small and slender species of a white colour (when preserved) ; its general appearance is quite that of a Tubifex. In addition to the peculiar characters of the ventral sete which | referred to as characteristic of the genus, this species shows another peculiarity in those organs which I believe to be unique in the Tubificide. The dorsal sete do not com- mence upon the first setigerous segment, but upon the second ; there is thus the commencement of what Prof. Lan- kester has termed ‘“ cephalization,” so highly characteristic of many Naids. Vaillant, in his recently published account of the Oligocheeta, has united the Tubificids and the Naids into one family; this species is a further proof of the justice of this course. Not only does LHesperodrilus show in this particular some resemblance to the Naids, but it also shows an approach to the Lumbriculide. It will be remembered that in Phreatothriz and in Stylodrilus Vejdovskii the first pair of nephridia extend through a considerable number of segments, though the funnel and the external pore are, as is the rule, upon consecutive segments ; in [esperodrilus albus we find exactly the same state of affairs. ‘The first pair of nephridia are in the sixth segment ; thence they extend back as far as the tenth, but the external aperture is upon the sixth. The proof of this was not entirely derived from a careful putting together of a series of consecutive sections, which might possibly lead to error; in one section the course of the tube through three segments was quite plainly visible. Another mark of distinction between the ‘Tubiticidee and the Lumbriculide is thus broken down. I am disposed to unite ‘Tubificidee, Naidomorpha, and Lumbriculide into one large tamily. The spermathece of this species are extraordinarily long ; the genus as a whole is characterized by the possession of long spermathece, but the present species and the next one have unusually long sacs, which extend through five segments. Each sac is dilated at the blind end into an oval sac, in which 210 On South-American Tubiticide. lie the spermatozoa ; I could find no trace of spermatophores. The duct of the spermatheca leading from this sac is long and narrow ; rather more than halfway down there is a slight swelling and a kind of trap formed by a sudden change in the height of the lining epithelium; the structure is very suggestive of the spermatheca of MJarionia sphagnetorum recently described by Michaelsen *, 4. Hesperodrilus pellucidus, sp. n. This species is very like the last, differing, however, in a few small points. Its colour when preserved is brownish, instead of an opaque white. ‘The dorsal capilliform sete are not so long and the spermiducal gland is a little different in form. In other respects it agrees entirely with LZespero- drilus albus. I conclude with a definition of the genus and the species :— HESPERODRILUS, gen. nov. Dorsal sete capilliform only ; ventral sete two toeach bundle, one uncinate, the other simple. Male pores on segment xii., spermathecal pores on xiii. Spermiducal gland opening into protrusible penis, together with sperm-duct; no distinct “prostate.” Spermathecee long. No spermatophores (?). 1) Hesperodrilus branchiatus, sp. n. ye Dorsal sete short and slender. Posterior thirteen segments with paired branchial processes. (2) Hesperodrilus niger, sp. n. Body strongly pigmented dorsally. Dorsal sete short and slender. (3) Hesperodrilus albus, sp. n. Dorsal sete do not commence until segment ill. Spermi- ducal gland communicates with penis by a narrow tube. (4) Hesperodrilus pellucidus, sp. n. Dorsal sete do net commence until segment iii, slender. Spermiducal gland only separated by a short constriction from penis. * Arch. f. mikr, Anat. xxxi. pl. xxiii. fig. 2 ¢. Geological Society. 211 XXUI.—Diagnosis of a new Species of the Genus Lepidolemur. By Dr. C. L. Forsyra Mayor. Lepidolemur leucopus, Sp. n. Upperparts chiefly chinchilla-grey, with an indistinet median brownish stripe, stretching from the region of the neck to the root of the tail, in the proximity of which it becomes paler. Head above brown-grey, with a darker median stripe; cheeks and chin whitish. The ears encircled by a broad ring of whitish hair. Neck, shoulder, and upper parts of forearm pale rufous. Breast and belly greyish white; inner faces of fore and hind limbs and heels pure white. Tail greyish with rusty tinge, shorter than body 250: 290 millim.). Ears large, higher than broad, membranous. Length of the upper molar and premolar series 17°5 millim. Length of the lower molar and premolar series (m. 3-p. 2) 16 millim. Hab. Fort Dauphin (8.E. Madagascar). Type in the British Museum. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, November 8, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— * Notes on the Occurrence of Mammoth-remains in the Yukon District of Canada and in Alaska,’ By George M. Dawson, C.M.G., LL.D., F.B.S8., F.G.8. In this paper various recorded occurrences of Mammoth-remains are noted and discussed. ‘The remains are abundant in, if not strictly confined to, the limits of a great unglaciated area in the North-western part of the North American continent ; whilst within the area which was covered by the great ice-mass which the Author has described as the Cordilleran glacier, remains of the Mammoth are either entirely wanting or are very scarce. At the time of the existence of the Mammoth the North American and Asiatic land was continuous; for an elevation of the land sufficient to enable the Mammoth to reach those islands of the Bering Sea where these bones have been found would result in the obliteration of Bering Straits. The bones occur, along the northern coast of Alaska, in a layer of clay resting on the somewhat impure ‘ ground-ice formation’ which gives indications of stratification; and above the clay is a peaty layer. The Author considers this ‘ground-ice’ was formed as a deposit when more continental conditions prevailed, by snow-fall on 212 Miscellaneous. a region without the slopes necessary to produce moving glaciers. The Mammoth may be supposed to have passed between Asia and America at this time. At a later date, when Bering Straits were opened and the perennial accumulation of snow ceased on the low- lands, the clay was probably carried down from the highlands and deposited during the overflow of rivers. Over this land the Mammoth roamed, and wherever local areas of decay of ice arose bogs would be produced which served as veritable sink-traps. The Author considers it probable that the accumulation of ‘ ground-ice’ was coincident with the second (and latest) epoch of maximum glaciation, which was followed by an important subsidence in British Columbia. December 6, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘On a Variety of Ammonites (Stephanoceras) subarmatus, Young, from the Upper Lias of Whitby.’ By Horace W. Monckton, Esq., POEES:, E-G:S: The Author describes an ammonite found by himself in 1874 near Sandsend, 3 miles north-west of Whitby. He thinks it was not actually in situ, but lying with a number of nodules on the floor of an old alum-pit, although he has no doubt that it is from the Alum Shale of the Upper Lias. A peculiar arrangement of the costee as they cross the siphonal area distinguishes the specimen from other Whitby ammonites known to the Author. It bears a strong resemblance to a shell figured as A, subarmatus by D’Orbigny, ‘Terr. Jurass.,’ pl. 1xxvii., but is unlike the figures of that species given by other authors. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Jaws of Hirudinea. By Jac. M. Croocxewit. Haycrart’s discovery of a substance in the head of Hirudo medi- cinalis, which is able to prevent the coagulation of the blood, has had the effect of directing attention afresh to the jaws and to the so-called salivary glands of leeches. I now venture to make a provisional communication of certain details of the results which I have obtained with reference to these organs in studying Hirudo medicinalis and Aulastomum qulo. It is well known that in the head of Hirudo there is found a very large number of unicellular glands, the excretory ducts of which, in the shape of long, narrow, undulating tubes, partly run between the epithelial cells of the pharynx, and partly open on the free edges of the jaws. In Aulastomum the number of the glands is much smaller, and in this animal they open, if not exclusively, at any rate almost all upon the edges of the jaws. The secretion contains a Miscellaneous. 213 great multitude of small granules, which take a deep stain from hematoxylin, in consequence of which glands and excretory ducts are easily recognizable in preparations which are treated in this manner. In Hirudo as well as in Aulastomum the orifices of the glands which open upon the jaws are found between the teeth. The teeth have somewhat the shape of a a, the apex of which is directed towards the surface. They may be readily isolated by means of liquor potassew. In Aulastomum they are larger, and, as is well known, much fewer in number than in Hirudo. The teeth at the lower end of the arch of the jaw are not so well developed as those in the middle. Nevertheless the two somewhat stout processes, which are directed away from the pharynx, are wanting, so that the teeth are here represented by small conical structures. The teeth are entirely enclosed by the cuticle. The clearest idea of these structures is afforded by serial seetions through the jaws. The leech is killed by being thrown into alcohol. The jaws are then dissected out, placed in alcohol containing picric acid, for the purpose of decalcifying the teeth and, after suitable preparation, embedded in paraftin. In the case of Hirudo it is then not difficult to divide the jaw into series of sections perpendicular to the plane of the jaw and perpendicular to its base. This may also be success- fully carried out in the case of Aulastomum, although here, on account of the small size of the object, it is not so easy to hit upon the direction desired for the section when the jaw is enclosed in paraffin. The terminal sections of the series do not show the details clearly. The section here passes obliquely through teeth and cuticle. At the level of the apex of the jaw, however, the transverse sections exhibit the condition of the teeth and cuticle distinctly. The cuticle, which clothes the epithelium of the jaw, increases greatly in thickness on the anterior and posterior surface of the jaw, so soon as it reaches the free margin, and runs out in a sharp edge towards the pharyngeal cavity. Between the cuticle of the anterior and that of the posterior surface a cleft-shaped space is left, and in this space the excretory ducts of the glands open. Lach time that a tooth is encountered, however, we find that this space is closed. The decalcified teeth stain well with hematoxylin, while the cuticle remains free from this colouring-matter. Consequently in the sections every part of a tooth may be clearly distinguished from the cuticle. The tips of the teeth do not project beyond the free edge of the cuticle. If an entire jaw, which is best not stained, be made transparent by means of oil of cloves, and then mounted in Canada balsam with the free edge uppermost and a suitably supported covyer-slip placed over it, the sharp edges of the cuticle of the anterior and posterior surfaces of the jaw can be observed quite distinctly as two fine lines. The slit which is left between them is found to be open and closed by a tooth in regular alternation. The teeth are consequently to be regarded as an apparatus for the 214 Miscellaneous. support of the cutting cuticle, So soon as a wound is made by the jaw, it is impregnated by the secretion which streams out between the teeth, whereby in the vessels which are bitten into not only the coagulation of the blood, but also the conglutination of the vascular membranes (Blutplittchen) is prevented—at least in the case of Hirudo medicinalis. I have not succeeded in demonstrating au anti-coagulating effect in the ease of the extract from heads of Aulastomum hardened in alcohol. I have been able to convince myself that Au/astomum «is able to inflict a skin-wound upon frogs and to suck blood ; subse- quent bleeding from the wound, however, I have not found. So far as I have seen, Aulastamum wounds the skin of only such frogs as are badly nourished and do not defend themselves vigorously, and then only on the toes of the posterior extremities. In the case of dead frogs, Aulastomum also fixes itself and sucks in the oral cavity, the pharynx, and deep in the throat. I hope shortly to be able to publish a more detailed account of my results.— Zoologischer Anzeiger,xvi. Jahrg., no. 433, November 13, 1893, pp. 427-429. Utrecht, October 1893. Schneider's Pore and the Esophageal Glands of Nematodes. By Prof. Orro Hamann, of Gottingen. Since the investigations of Schneider the cesophagus and its glands in parasitic Nematodes have not been subjected to a renewed and more minute examination, and the subject was left with the brief allusion to a capilliform canal, which this investigator had observed in the esophagus of Ascaris megalocephala. In his * Mono- graphie der Nematoden’ (pp. 191 & 192) in dealing with this species Schneider alludes to a canal, which is stated to open on the dorsal side of the internal cesophageal wall and which could be traced for a short distance. Whether this canal extends deeper into the sub- stance of the cesophagus is a question which he leaves undecided. Up to the present I have discevered the pore with its canal in a large number of Adriatic Ascaridxe and Strongylide, and in Lecano- cephalus. I propose to give a short description of it as found in the latter form. Schneider’s pore is situated a short distance below the lips on the dorsal side of the internal wall of the esophagus. and constitutes a communication between the esophageal lumen and an organ which lies in the csophageal wall. The pore leads into a capilliform, membranous, hyaline canal, which at first runs at right angles, and then bends round and passes backwards parallel to the longitudinal axis of the cesophagus. The canal is surrounded by a granular substance, which offers a marked contrast to the basal substance of the esophagus. It never lies free, but even at its hinder end, where it has become more and more slender, the canal is enclosed in this substance. It can be followed throughout the entire length of the cesophagus almost as far as the sphincter appa- EE OO a ee ae a >. Miscellaneous. 215 ratus, which is present in all Nematodes and divides the wsophagus from the mesenteron. At the end of this organ stellate cells are found, which probably have an excretory function. In Ascaridw and Lecanocephalus a cecum is described, which is said to project backwards at the point where the cesophagus passes into the mesenteron, while a diverticulum of the intestine extends forwards. As is shown by transverse sections, the structure in question is not a cecum, but a solid organ, which represents a pro- jection of the esophageal wall on the ventral side. A cavity open- ing into the lumen of the cesophagus is not found in its centre. With reference to the complicated structure of this organ, I will here only make the following observations. This gland, for such it undoubtedly is, is composed of cells, which are traversed by a eapilliform intracellular tubule. In transverse sections the gland exhibits a biscuit-shaped figure, and is divided into two halves by a central septum. In each half lie the perforated cells already mentioned, so that consequently two delicate tubules are present. Now it is possible to follow these canals and observe how they enter the csophageal wall, from which, as [ remarked, the gland is a projection, and open each by a pore into the lumen of the ceso- phagus a little distance above the point where the gland fuses with the cesophageal wall. The excretory organ of the lateral lines, as I have already described it in Lecanocephalus in a previous communi- cation, is essentially constructed in precisely the same manner as this cesophageal gland, since it is composed of a number of perforated cells. In both cases the canal is intracellular in position. If we take the position of the cesophageal gland into consider- ation, and reflect that it is situated near the commencement of the mesenteron, and is suspended in the ccelome, we shall find no difficulty in assuming that this organ absorbs excretory products from the ccelomie fluid. In the parasitic Nematodes, moreover, organs are found lying in the ceelome, which are in connexion with the lateral lines. Lecano- cephalus possesses several peculiar organs measuring 4 mm. in diameter, which are distinguished by their digitate ramifications and enclose in their centre a disproportionately large nucleus. The digitate processes bear small pyriform structures, which attract attention on account of their strongly refractile granular substance and give rise to the conjecture that they may be homologous with the ciliate organs. A ciliation, however, I have so far never succeeded in discovering. These organs, which are in connexion with the lateral ridges by one end, are undoubtedly identical with the ‘“‘fasciculate bodies” (‘ buschelformigen Kérpern’’) alluded to by Leuckart, Schneider, and others, in the case of Ascaris megalo- cephala, and situate in the neighbourhood of the excretory pore. The detailed description of these organs, as well as of those pre- viously referred to, will be given in a monograph of the genus Lecanocephalus and allied forms which will shortly appear.— Zoologischer Anzeiger, xvi. Jahrg., no. 433, November 13, 1893, pp. 482-434. 216 Miscellaneous. Who first found Balanoglossus? By the Rey. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &c. I find that with respect to Cavolini’s figure I have lighted on a “mare’s nest.” Professor Jeffrey Bell has consulted that author’s posthumous work, and tells me that “on p. 296 there is a descrip- tion of Tav. ii. (marked in Atlas ii. and xiv.) thus: ‘ fig. 1, Fissofora bijuga .... gliovari spiralid ; fig. 4, ovario spirali ;’” and that “ at p. 342 the species is stated to be the Agamolpsis (sic) Cavolinii of Delle Chiaje” *. What Cavolini calls the ‘ ovario spirali ”—which I took to be a figure, natural size, of a Balanoglossus—is, in fact (using Heckel’s terms), the greatly magnified pedicle, cnidoband, and terminal filament of a tentillum of a Siphonophoridan. I have con- sulted all the chief works on the Siphonophore, but cannot meet with a figure which represents the anterior portion of a tentillum with such a collar and proboscis-like outline as is drawn by Cavolini; the figure most like on the whole, perhaps, is the illustration of the tentillum of Forskalia tholoules, Heckel (Report ‘ Challenger’ Siphonophore, 1888, pl. x. fig. 23), or that of Stephanomia amphi- tridis, Huxley (‘Oceanic Hydrozoa, 1859, pl. viii. fig. 8), where what he calls the “involucrum” must, I conclude, correspond with the collar-like portion of Cavolini’s figure. In mistakingly supposing that Cavolini’s figure was life-size and represented a Balanoglossus, the chief difficulty in the way of identification was the greatly produced and coiled termination ; but it occurred to me that in life this part might be capable of greater elongation than had been represented in figures, and that, moreover, the old author might, in this respect, have drawn somewhat on his imagination. It is worth any one’s while who is interested in Balanoglossus to look at this figure of Cavolini, and see the curious resemblance as regards the general form of this microscopic organ of a Siphonophoridan and the facies of a Balanoglossus. Burnmoor Rectory, Jan. 6, 1894. * On pl. clxxxi. of Chiaje, Anim. invert. Sicil. cit., are figures taken from Cavolini’s figs., though not exact reproductions, fig. 4 (tig. 6 Chiaje) especially being much reduced in size, and thus not so much simulating Balanoglossus. 1 do not see any reference to these figures in the text. On the plate, fig. 3 (fig. 1, Cavolini) is called Physsophoru byjuga ; tigs. 4-6 are not referred to. I may add that there is no reference in Heckel’s Bibliography or List of known Siphonophore (Report ‘ Challenger” Siphono leas either to Cavolini or Chiaje’s Sicilian work, nor is the name referred to in Carus, Fawn. Prod. Medit. Anae.& . Veg. Nat. Hist... 6. Vol. XI, PU. VI. indrew Scott del. ad nat. Mintern Bros .lith 1-7. Amymone nigrains , spt. 8-2. Stenhelia dispar .sp.w. TBAT. Cletodes trrasa.sp.m. 18-20. Amewa exiles. sp.te- Anie.&. Vang. Nak. Hist. § 6. Vol. XM. PL. IX. Andrew Scott aad 9 Nintern Bros.. lith. 1-3. Ametra eawlis, spn. 4-9. Thelestris forficuloides. sp.av. 10-14. Dermatonvxen guhberum sp, 15-20. Acontiophorus elongatus, spr THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SIXTH SERIES. ] No. 75. MARCH 1894. XXIV.—On a Bifid Earthworm (Lumbricus terrestris). By Henry C. Wriiamson, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. [Plate X.] THe Lumbricus described below belongs to Mr. Thomson Blackford, and was handed to me by Professor M‘Intosh, to whom it had been courteously sent by Dr. Fulton, Superin- tendent of Scientific Investigations of the Fishery Board for Scotland. The specimen is an earthworm in which the posterior half of the body is double. Hach of the posterior portions has an anus. The recorded cases of bifurcation in the species of Lumbricus are few in number; and while that abnormality has been noticed not unfrequently in Polycheeta, still compa- ratively few have been described. Professor E. A. Andrews, of Baltimore, U.S.A., published a list of the references made by different authors to bifurcation in Annelids in ‘ Nature,’ vol. xlvii. no. 1214, Feb. 2nd, 1893. Mr. Robertson, of Oxford, gave the following description of a double earthworm in the ‘ Quarterly Microscopical Journal,’ vol. vii. 1867 :— “The rings of the body presented the usual appearance from the first to the eighty-fifth, where the body divided into two symmetrical halves, each of which presented the usual appearance of the terminal part of an ordinary worm [ Pl. X. figs. 8and9]. Lach of these lateral appendages commenced Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 15 218. = =Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. by distinct and separate rings applied to the eighty-fifth [in this respect it differs from the earthworm which is the subject of this article], and not by its bifurcation into two parts. A small triangular membranous space was thus left on the dorsal and ventral surfaces, between the junction of the three rings. It was found that the large vessels, the diges- tive tract, and nerve-cord divided at the eighty-fifth ring, and were symmetrically arranged in each of the lateral ap- pendages. The generative organs were fully developed and quite normal.” Two abnormal earthworms are recorded by Professor F. Jeffrey Bell in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885, vol. xvi. pp. 475-477. ‘In the first specimen the left hind branch was shorter than the right. Though the left branch looked like a bud it was not really so, since as time wore on the difference in size increased, and the left then was not only much the smaller, but also much the less active. There were at first no signs of a clitellum, but after two months there were apparent indications of a clitellum. A short time after that date it lost its tails, and soon after was found dead. “1. It makes it quite certain that, like lizards with their tails, earthworms may reproduce bilaterally what is ordinarily only produced terminally. But this is only another way of saying that earthworms are subject to a well-known and widely diffused law. “2. The fact that the clitellum only became apparent a few days before the loss of the hinder end is positive; but the events may or may not have any relation to one another. If they have, they only show that when the earthworm is reproducing parts of its body it is, pro tanto, comparable to a form reproducing itself asexually, a phenomenon which, so high in the scale of organization, is, we know, not compatible or contemporaneous with sexual reproduction. “The second specimen belonged to the species Lumbricus fetidus, and was dead when examined.” In ‘The American Naturalist,’ vol. xxvi. no. 309, 1892, a paper on “ Bifurcated Annelids,” by Professor Andrews, appeared. Prof. Andrews gives five instances of this abnor- mality in the species Lumbricus terrestris. ‘lwo of these are the specimens described by Robertson and Bell, the remaining three having been recorded by Dr. Horst, Asa Fitch, and Dwight Marsh. Prof. Andrews in this article says :— “ Horst, in experimenting upon regeneration of lost parts in earthworms, found one, 100 millim. long, with two tails, each 25 millim. long and quite normally formed. This was alive when observed. Asa Fitch records finding in his garden in Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 219 New York State a live specimen about 3 inches long with the posterior end divided for nearly one fourth of its length. The appendages were equal, but each only about two thirds the normal thickness of the body anterior to them. Each appendage possessed a functional anus. ‘The left appendage appears as a continuation of the body, three somites serving to form a gradual transition from the thicker trunk to the thinner appendage. The right appendage springs from the gaping suture between the trunk and the first of the three transitional left somites; where the origin of the right branch occurs there is a slight constriction not represented at all upon the left branch. The method of bifurcation seems thus similar to that recorded by Robertson. “Dwight Marsh records a two-tailed earthworm found in Wisconsin. When alive both tails appear of equal import- ance, but in alcohol one division is markedly constricted where it joins the body and appears as a mere lateral branch. Each appendage has a branch of the intestine and of the nerve-trunk, as well as functional anus. In alcohol the specimen is only 34 millim. long, the tails each 12 millim.” Andrews further says that he only knows “ of about twenty recorded cases of Annelids with bifid ends. .The period at which these monstrosities arise is not well known, whether they were formed in the embryo or were formed in the maturer period of the individual’s existence. Yet there is little support for the former supposition, while for the latter we have in two cases good evidence and in many others con- siderable presumption towards this conclusion. Granting for the present that these monstrosities have arisen in late life after the removal of parts of the main axis, or after injuries, we may next inquire how far the two new ends are of equal value, whether the two new parts are equal in origin (as in Robertson’s specimen), or whether the one is to be regarded as a subordinate part or lateral outgrowth from the main trunk.” Dr. Cori * describes a bifid Lumbriculus variegatus which, in the mode of bifurcation, agrees to some extent with the Lumbricus here described. In the Lumbriculus, however, each of the three nerve-cords of the trunk—the left, median, and right—gives rise to two nerves which become the corre- sponding nerves in the two appendages. The Lumbricus described in this article had the posterior portion of the body doubled. The two appendages had * Sonderabdruck aus ‘ Lotus,’ 1894, Neue Folge, Bd. xiv. p. 1-6, fig. 3. 15* 220 = Mr. H.C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. each an anus, and to all appearances were exactly similar. The trunk and appendages were of nearly equal diameter (Pl. X. fig. 1). Bell does not say whether the specimen described by him had two ani or not. The right-hand ap- pendage was perhaps a shade less in diameter than the left. In this respect this specimen differs from that described by Fitch, in which the posterior appendages were of the same thickness, but of less diameter than the anterior portion. It differs also from that described by Robertson (fig. 8), which appears from his drawing in that respect to agree with Fitch’s specimen. When the worm was placed with the dorsum upwards (fig. 1) it was found that the anterior part marked AD, stretching from the prostomium to the fifty-fourth segment, where the bifurcation commenced, was 1,/, inch long, the left appendage, DB, 142 inch long, and the right appendage, D’C, 1;% inch long. In the portion AD there were 54 annuli, in DB 122 annuli, and in D’C 109 annuli. The specimen when examined was in spirit and to some extent contracted. The dorsal line was visible in the anterior portion, in which it could be traced up as far as the nineteenth segment. It ran in a perfectly continuous line down the trunk and the lett appendage to the anus (fig. 1). No trace of it could be made out in the right appendage. ‘This is the first important difference between the two appendages, and leads one to suppose that the trunk and the left appendage form the complete worm, and that the right appendage, in which there is no trace of the dorsal line, is the extra portion. Fitch was led to the same conclusion in his specimen. On examining the junction of the three parts it was seen that the right appendage D’C arose from the right lateral portion of the fifty-fourth segment (fig. 2). The origin of this appendage differs from that of the corresponding one in Robertson’s specimen (fig. 8), neither does it occur by the bifureation of the fifty-fourth segment. At its junction with the fifty-fourth segment the right appendage is constricted. A similar constriction was noticed in the right appendage of Fitch’s specimen and also in one of the appendages of the earthworm recorded by Marsh. On dissection it was found that’ the dorsal blood-vessel was bifureated, as also were the gut (fig. 3), the supra-neural vessel (tig. 5), and the nerve- cord (fig. 4). The typical double nerve-cord was present in the anterior and both posterior portions. ‘There was no appreciable difference in diameter between the two posterior portions of the dorsal blood-vessel ; the intestine in the right appendage was, however, a little less in diameter than that Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 221 in the left. The typhlosole was present in both appendages, as well as in the trunk. The gut was empty at the junction, which was the only spot at which it was opened. The double nerve-cord in the right was of less diameter than that in the left appendage. No difference was noticed in the thickness of the two posterior portions of the supra- neural vessel. The constriction that was noticed externally on the right appendage at its junction with the body of the worm was not distinctly made out on the intestine of the same at its junction with the main alimentary tract formed by that of the trunk and left appendage. Two rows of nephridia were made out on each of the appendages, no difference being found between any of them. The structure of the blood-vessels and gut gave no indica- tion as to which appendage might have been secondarily formed. As regards the nervous system, there is a normal double cord in the trunk (fig. 4). The left cord (a) is continuous with that of the left appendage (e), and in a similar manner the right cord (4) forms the outer cord of the right appendage (f). The inner cords of each appendage (d and e) are con- fluent at the bifurcation and have no connexion with the cords of the trunk. The vesicule seminales, the only portions of the reproduc- tive organs present, were poorly developed. Three only of these were found, where normally there should be four pairs ; one (vs,, fig. 6), which was very small, on the left side of the tenth segment, and one on each side (vs, and vss, fig. 6) of the twelfth segment. Of the latter the left-hand one (vs,) was much the larger. ‘The fact that on the right side of the body the vesicula seminales were practically un- developed gives ground for the supposition that the right appendage is the result ot asexual reproduction, There is an entire absence of any clitellum; in this respect the specimen resembles that described by Bell. Robertson found in the worm described by him that the reproductive organs were well developed and normal. It would thus appear probable that asexual’ reproduction does not account for all cases of bifurcation in earthworms. The method of bifurcation in this earthworm differs from that in the specimens recorded by Robertson and Fitch. As already mentioned, in Robertson’s specimen each of the lateral appendages commenced by distinct and separate rings applied to the eighty-fifth segment. In the worm described by Fitch the right appendage arose from the gaping suture between the trunk and the first of the three transitional left 222 Mr. H.C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. somites which are interposed between the trunk and its thin connexion. This specimen (Fitch’s) differs from the one described here in that in the latter the left appendage is of the same diameter as the trunk, and the right appendage arises from the fifty-fourth segment, not from the suture between two segments. Fitch considered that in his specimen the left appendage was the continuation of the trunk, and this appears to be the case in the Lumbricus here described. The right appendage arises from the right side of the fifty-fourth segment (tig. 2). Segment 54 differs very much from the other segments both in shape and size. It is triangular in shape, the base being represented by the right side, where the right appendage joins the segment (fig. 2). The somite is of normal length on the left side, but on the right it has grown antero-posteriorly and is very much longer. The increase in length on the right side has caused the left appendage to be pushed to the left, so that the anterior and leit posterior portions are not in the same straight line as they probably ought to be. At what time in the life of the worm the extra tail was developed it is very difficult to tell. If it originated in the embryo we should expect that the two tails would be similar in every respect. They are not, however, identically equal. The mode of connexion between the trunk and the right appendage differs from that of the trunk and the left appendage. ‘The right-hand appendage, moreover, is con- stricted at its junction with the anterior portion, while the left is not so. ‘The dorsal line is not present in the right appendage. It is difficult to imagine how such an abnor- mality could have originated in the embryo. In such a case a division of each ot the mesoblasts, neuroblasts, nephridio- blasts, &c. must have been effected. It might appear possible that the two appendages had been formed by a median vertical longitudinal fission of the original worm. ‘The division may be supposed to have extended from the anus forward to about the middle of the body dividing the gut, vessels, &c. equally and passing between the two nerve-cords. But the completeness of every organ in each appendage does not countenance that supposition; but, assuming that such a fission had taken place, it might probably have been going on at the time of the death of the earthworm. In this case there would have been at the fork a mass of embryonic cells, by their division giving rise to the left wall of the gut in the right appendage and the right wall of the gut in the left appendage, and similarly with the blood-vessels, nerves, and body-walls. The outer gut-walls of the two appendages Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 223 would in that case be the right and left walls of the original intestine. ‘T'wo new rows of nephridia would be produced, one on the inner side of each appendage. The secondarily formed organs would probably differ slightly in structure from the corresponding original organs. No difference was noticed between the nephridia of one row and the nephridia of any of the other three rows in the appendages. Again, it would naturally be expected that the appendages would be symmetrically joined to the anterior trunk. This, however, is not the case. Lastly, the dorsal line, which is absent in the right appendage, would probably have been present in both appendages had this been a case of median fission. If the fission were supposed to have taken place a little to one side of the median line greater difficulties would be encountered. ‘This is, then, apparently a case of budding, not of bifurcation. The right-hand appendage is a bud of segment 54, probably formed subsequently to the complete development of the original worm. The original worm is represented by ADB (fig. 1), and the right-hand appendage D/C (fig. 1) is an outgrowth from the right side of the somite and away from the middle line. The growth in diameter of the bud has caused the increase in size of the right side of the somite. The third view is that the bifurcation may be the result of lateral budding. In many annelids longitudinal budding is common, and in the Syllide lateral budding also regularly takes place. These buds give rise to new individuals. It is impossible to tell whether the bud under consideration might have given rise to a new individual, or whether, like the bud described by Bell, it might have been absorbed if the Lum- bricus had lived. Bell does not mention whether or not the bud was provided with an anus. If it had no anus, the two buds are not comparable. Claparéde was of opinion that the budding in a Serpula examined by him might have been caused by a lesion, and M‘Intosh, in reference to Syllis ramosa, considered that budding may take place at any point in consequence of lesion at that point. If it is taken for granted that at one time this earthworm existed in a normal condition, viz. that the anterior trunk and the left appendage made up the normal Lumbricus, and that the right appendage was developed some time after, the origin of the right-hand appendage might be explained thus :—Assuming that seg- ment 54 had in some manner been cut or pierced (the wound extending into the interior of the intestine), some of the earth passing through the intestine during the process of alimentation may have been diverted through this opening 224 =Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. by the resistance offered by the earth in the posterior portion of the intestine, that is, the portion of the intestine lying between the opening and the anus. The cells sur- rounding the wound would become active, and a healing process would be set up. It is probable that the earth would tend to find its way through this opening in preference to passing through the rest of the intestine, and so the wound would not readily be closed. From the continued activity of the cells in the attempt to heal the wound, a process would gradually be formed. The main mass of the earth would probably continue to pass through this opening until the pro- cess became almost as long as the portion of the body between the point of lesion and the original anus, that is, until an equal resistance was offered at the fork to the passage of the earth along both branches of the intestine. The quantity of earth would then be equally divided between the two ap- pendages, half of it passing along each. From the fact that the right-hand appendage is the shorter of the two, it might be supposed that a greater proportion of the earth would still pass along it, owing to its offering less resistance ; but the greater length of the left appendage is compensated by the fact that its inclination to the trunk is less than the inclination of the new appendage to the same. The new appendage having now much less work to do than previously, the active cells at its posterior end would be enabled to narrow the opening and form an anus. None of the explanations offered above are really satis- factory. It is probable that this earthworm existed as a normal Lumbricus, before the right-hand appendage was deve- loped. The cause of the budding must be left undecided. There is doubtless some connexion between the fact that the reproductive organs are so undeveloped and the presence of the lateral bud. Whether the reproductive organs were from the first undeveloped, and the bud represents an attempt at asexual reproduction, or the reproductive organs atrophied in later hfe owing to the budding process, can only be a matter for conjecture. An interesting question suggests itself. How did this worm manage to move through the earth ? It was alive when dug up. It would have no difficulty in moving about on the surtace, but it certainly could not have readily burrowed in the ground. It therefore probably lived on the surface or amongst soft soil and decaying vegetable- matter close to the surface. My best thanks are due to Professor M‘Intosh, Dr. Fulton of Kidinburgh, and Mr. A. T. Masterman, B.A. Cantab., University of St. Andrews, for valuable assistance and advice. On Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 225 EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Fig. 1. Bifid earthworm, natural size, in spirit. Fig. 2. Enlarged drawing of segments 54 &c., showing the bifurcation. Fig. 3 shows the. bifid condition of the dorsal vessel and gut. Fig. 4. Drawing showing the relation of the nerve-cords in the two appendages and anterior trunk to each other. Fig. 5. Bika supraneural vessel lying above the nerve-cords. Fig. 6. Drawing showing position of the vesicula seminales. Fig. 7 shows bifid nature of dorsal vessel, gut, supraneural vessel, and nerve-cord. The gut has been drawn to one side to expose the nerve-cord. Figs. 8 & 9. Copies of Robertson’s drawings of earthworm described by him. Explanation of letters used. a. Left nerve-cord in anterior at. Anterior trunk. trunk. dv. Dorsal vessel. b. Right nerve-cord in anterior g. Gut. trunk. h. Heart. ce. Left nerve-cord in left ap- la. Left appendage. pendage. ne, Nerve-cord. d, Right nerve-cord in left ap- ra. Right appendage. pendage. s. Septum. e. Left nerve-cord in right ap- sn. Supraneural vessel. pendage. vs. Vesicula seminalis. f. Right nerve-cord in right ap- pendage. XXV.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, Lt.N., commanding.—Series 1I., No. 1. On the Results of Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 (continued). By A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superin- tendent of the Indian Museum. (Continued from vol. xi. p. 172.] Or the species to be described in the sequel some have already been figured in the “ Illustrations ot the Zoology of H.M. I.M.S. ‘ Investigator,’ Crustaceans,” part i., published in 1892, and some in part il. of the same publication, which I hope will be issued early this year. All the new species not yet figured will, I hope, appear in part iii. of the ‘ Illus- trations,’ which is now in preparation and may be expected early next year (1895). 226 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on — Family Nematocarcinide. Nematocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards. 58. Nematocarcinus gracilis, Spence Bate. Nematocarcinus gracilis, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 815, pl. cxxxil. fig. 8. Several specimens from Station 120, 240 to 276 fathoms. 59. Nematocarcinus paucideniatus, Spence Bate. Nematocarcinus paucidentatus, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p- 816, pl. exxxii. fig, 9. Two ovigerous females from Station 115, 188 to 220 fathoms. ‘The colour in life was pink, the eggs being light blue. 60. Nematocarcinus tenuirostris, Spence Bate. Nematocarcinus tenuirostris, Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 817, pl. xxxii. fig. 10. A large male from Station 112, 561 fathoms. Colour in life bright orange-pink. ASTACIDEA. Family Homaride. Nepurops, Leach. 61. Nephrops andamanicus, Wood-Mason. Nephrops andamanicus, Wood-Mason, Illustrations of the Zoology of H.M, LMS. ‘Investigator,’ Crustacea, pl. iv. The integument, though thin, is strong and firm, and dorsally is everywhere on the body finely granular and slightly pubescent. The carapace measured to the tip of the rostrum is about half an eye-length short of half the total length, the rostrum measured from the orbital plate constituting about one third of this measurement. The rostrum is broad and concave above and ends in a compressed spine, at the base of which on the under surface is a similar spine, and on each lateral margin another large spine ; behind the last the lateral margins of the rostrum extend backwards almost to the cervical groove, each as a ridge formed of three great trenchant procumbent Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 227 spines decreasing in size from before backwards ; in the con- cavity between these ridges is a faint median ridge running up to the terminal spine of the rostrum. Behind the cervical groove the cardiac region is traversed by a broad ridge sur- mounted by a double row of spinelets, which diminish in size from before backwards, the whole being an evident con- tinuation of the rostrum. The under surface of the true rostrum behind the single inferior spine is furnished with a fringe of long sete, which is continued round the orbital margin on each side. Laterally on the level of the antenne the frontal region is occupied by a great trenchant wing-like spine, the point of which surpasses the base of the antennary scale and reaches almost to the anterior limit of the eyes; between this spine and the postrostral ridge on each side are three small spinules disposed in a triangle. On the hepatic region, which is very distinctly delimited, are two spines, a large one ventrally and a small one dorsally. The cardiac and branchial regions are very distinctly demarcated from the gastric and hepatic, the two first forming a section of a much larger cylinder than the two second. ‘The cardiac region is traversed by the already described continuation of the rostrum, and is bounded on each side by a granular or finely spinate ridge. The branchial regions are traversed fore and aft by two similar ridges, one almost parallel with that last described, the other following the curve of the thickened and grooved branchio- stegal margin. All these ridges end anteriorly in minute spines. The abdominal somites appear to correspond at all points with those of Nephrops Thomsoni, Spence Bate, their terga being sculptured in the same way, and the sixth somite and telson being quite similar in spinature. The eyes are reniform and of huge size, their major diameter being nearly half the length of the rostrum; the peduncles are very short. The peduncles of the antennules are shorter than the rostrum ; the first joint viewed from above is spoon-shaped, the bow! forming the floor of the orbit, and the distal end has an inconspicuous spine below ; the second and third joints are subcylindrical and are of nearly equal length, not much more than one third of the first; distally all three joints are thickly ringed with long cilia; the inner flagellum is more slender and considerably longer than the outer, the length of the former being three times that of the peduncle; in the male the outer flagellum has a row of fine sete in its distal half below. 228 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on The stout peduncle of the antenne reaches almost to the point of the rostrum; the antennal scale is broadly petal- shaped and is closely fringed with long setz on its inner and front margins ; its outer margin does not end in a spine; the second joint has the outer margin sharp, ending in front in a spine, while the third, fourth, and fifth joints have the inner margin sharp and fringed with sete; the flagellum is nearly one half longer than the entire animal. The mouth-parts present nothing remarkable. The chelipeds are equal and uniform in the female and in small males, and even in large males the preponderance of one side (the right in two specimens) is but slight; their entire length is very nearly half the total length of the animal: the basipodite is fused with the ischiopodite, which is smooth, with a faintly granular ridge on the obtuse inner margin: the meropodite is more than twice the length of the ischiopodite and is triangular in transverse section ; the inner surface is smooth, the outer surfaces are slightly granular ; the upper and lower borders are sharp and sharply spinate and end in front each in a great spine; the outer border is rounded and is produced in front into a long blunt spine : the carpus is more than half the length of the meropodite and is prismatic in shape, with the angles more sharply granular than the surfaces ; three of its angular borders—the two inner and the outer—end in large spines, the last having a second large spine at its proximal end: the entire propodite is at least twice the greatest length of the meropodite, the “ finger’? constituting about half of the total length of this joint; the “palm” of the propodite has the usual prismatic form, with the angles salient and strongly spinate and the surfaces between the angles smooth or faintly crenulate, but never pubescent ; its “ finger ”’ portion has a sharply granular surface and bears internally a row of teeth, of which one near the proximal end is conspicuously large, standing between two thick rows of sete: the dactylopodite is equal and similar to the finger of the propodite, except that (1) its surface distally is rather less granular, (2) instead of one large tooth near the base there are several, and (3) the sete do not flank the teeth except quite at the proximal end of the joint, but form a long brush all along the under surface of the dactylus. Of the remaining thoracic legs, all of which are slender and cylindrical, the longest is the fourth pair, which are not quite two thirds the length of the first pair, and the shortest are the fifth, while the second and third are chelate. The branchial formula is— Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 229 Arthro- Pleuro- Somite. Podobranchiz. branchiz. branchie. ow 1 (rudimentary) 0 0 ib. i 2 0 +e ] 2 0 +. Opa ] 2 | >. 60 ae 1 2 ] >. a ] 2 ] PS os O O ] 5 (6) 10 4 The first pair of abdominal appendages in the male is modified precisely in the same way as it is in Nephrops Thomsont, Spence Bate; the second and succeeding pairs are also as in N. Thomsoni. Colours in life: dorsum yellowish pink; venter pink in the female, white in the male; chelipeds banded pink and yellow in the female, pink and white in the male. The eggs in an advanced stage of development are dark blue. Several males of all sizes and ovigerous females from Station 115, 188 to 220 fathoms. This species has been so beautifully figured under the direction of the late Professor Wood-Mason that it is unneces- sary to give a table of dimensions. The species is undoubtedly very closely related to N. Thom- soni, Spence Bate, of which it may prove to be only a variety. One striking character, as compared with N. norwegicus, L., and N. japonicus, Can., is the very distinct delimitation of the head from the thorax, distinct though it is in those species. The Ova and Embryos of Nephrops andamanicus. The ova of these specimens measure about 3 millim. in their greater diameter, and are of a dark blue colour. They have been so long immersed in strong spirit, and are consequently so brittle, that, no matter how treated, they do not lend themselves to a satisfactory examination. All the eges that I have examined contain embryos in an advanced stage of development, but have still abundant food-yolk. The embryos have a globular cephalothorax and a long and distinctly segmented abdomen which ends in a great fan- shaped “tail.” All the appendages are present, including those of the abdomen, the latter having the same form as they have in the adult, and those which form the swimmeret 230 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on being very distinct beneath the lobes of the above-mentioned “tail.” The abdominal somites are quite unarmed. It would appear from these observations that the young of Nephrops andamanicus is hatched in a form not essentially different from that of the adult, and not considerably divergent from that of the larva of Nephrops normegicus figured by Professor Sars. Nepuropsis, Wood- Mason. 62. Nephropsis Stewarti, Wood-Mason. Nephropsis Stewarti, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B. 1873, vol. xlii. pt. ii. p. 39, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii. 1873, p. 59; A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. 5° sér. t. xix, 7, pl. xx. figs. 1-3. Several fine specimens from Station 115, 188 to 220 fathoms, including an ovigerous female, the eggs of which still consist almost entirely of food-yolk. The eggs of this species are very much smaller and more numerous than those of Nephrops Carpentert, W.-M., briefly described in P. A. S. B. 1885, p. 72. 63. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1881-82, vol. xi. p- 684; Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. 1891, p. 198, fig. 4. I refer to this species a young male from Station 114, 922 fathoms, which differs from the specimens taken in the Laccadive Sea only in having the third and fourth abdominal pleure, as well as the second, armed in front with a spine. Family Eryontide. WILLEMOESIA, Grote. 64, Willemoesia forceps, A. Milne-Edwards. nen Forceps, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. viii. p. 64. Specimens from Stations 117 and 118, 1748 and 1803 fathoms. The late Professor Wood-Mason had noted that “in the male the olfactory branch of the antennules is much thicker than it is in the female.” In the Introduction to this paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1891, p. 16) this species was stated to be luminous, in mistake for a species of Pentacheles (P. phosphorus). Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 231 PENTACHELES, Spence Bate. The Indian species of this genus have for the most part the typical peculiarities of shape, spinature, setosity, &c., and I have not therefore mentioned these in the specific descrip- tions. The species, seven in number, fall into two groups, the one characterized, like P. obscura, Spence Bate, by having the carapace uniformly spiny or granular or carious and thickly furry, and the abdominal terga and pleure often granular or spicular; the other, like P. devis, Spence Bate, having the carapace, except for certain definitely placed large spines, almost or quite smooth, and the abdominal terga and pleurz also quite smooth as to the surface. In ail of our species in which both males and females have been examined the olfactory flagellum of the antennules is stouter and much longer in the male. The telson of all these Species appears quite plainly to be made up by the con- crescence of a somite and its appendages. ‘This 1s apparent on either aspect, but is more plainly manifest on the dorsal aspect, where the anterior fourth or so is seen to represent a tergum carinated like all the other terga, the rest of the telson being formed by the fully extended and adducted appendages. Sixth somite and telson of Pentacheles Hevtiz. A tapering groove which traverses the telson in the middle line appears to represent the line of conerescence of the ap- pendages of opposite sides; and on either side of this two longitudinal slightly convergent crests appear to represent the lines along which in each appendage the exopodite has fused with the endopodite. Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 32 2 PORE Sd ( Sammaxqxo 0 BUIOT OTT} JO sone ated ‘snonordsuoour aaneyd mba of l 3 Ded J ae aie: ones pue -vSte} — PRUTTOpqe es eee cg me [euUo}UB oY} sv oFmy sv som AMoJ 4svoT ye oreos Auvpnuuyuy ‘somids quequmooad Surantoy roaea quq ‘paposo syseto oT} YILA BS.107 oy} JO wuld oy} f yjoouts ayimb sespo oy} YIM pur ‘aenuess AYUey -SIp ssoq Io atow pur APLSI[s oovz -INs oY} YA atnoid pue vdi0y 4 ay} JO VoNLNUBAD £ UILOF eusn oy, Jo aoudeaeg ‘gj 6)' ‘yqQw "gq °° **** snonotds “109 atneyd =pue vstoy [BUrMOpge jo uoYRNURIs | tpeyorq-dmny oovdetwg ‘pv | ‘ugvayy ‘q **''***' epeos [BuUeZUE OY} JO OZIS OY BOTA ynoqR oreos Auepuuuayay ‘soutds qyuequimoord QOIT] Ul SULYRUTTA[ND ATSNpUL [IPG 9} 0} pUooas oY} WOAZ VFO} OY} JO wus ey} ‘eqeutds Aydreys pue ATesO]O sedpo oy} TILA pus ceynuecs AJosopo = puw = ATpoyarunt = downs 7) 04} YIM axneyd pur vsi0e, por ‘a ) ‘njuounn~ag ‘7 **['ayelosqo ysouryTe ‘saynurup apvos Aawpnuuezay |} ‘paywuLIBd vase} ATE 4s ayy ATUO fyjooms ojinb surdavur ey} pup poyid Ajouy 10 Yoours sovsans oy} qt wanotd pus v3107 [Burmopyy ‘Z [-oSrvy Aioa opvos Arepna -uojuy | ‘poyeuLimo ssey 10 010m -TOS[O} OY} SUIpNpoUt vF1e, oy} [TB {AB[NUBLS SsaT IO B10 OdBZINS oT} WI aamod pave vote} [wurmMopay ‘TL ‘sopoyorjuag fo sawady unipuy ay) fo sisdouky | ormyeryydo [‘ayRos [vUNO{UB OY} UBYy LoD.1e] qonur Ayensn ‘arquiwa anos Aiv[nudeyy *yoyou MOT[BYS B SULIOF Your jo doneyue ayy ‘saowar OM} OJUL papLArp ‘daap jt ‘10 ‘morpeys soyojou oy) ‘aor -IVU Lepioq 1o1Ie4sod ayy SUOTPBLIOS (I 0} OZ WIT SLapiog [vloqyey oy ‘ sourtds ase, peovd Ajoyrmyop jensn ayy jo ge hace -eput ‘ieynueis Aydaeys 10 eyvuids ‘eon ueIp -OUl oY} Surpnyout ‘sovypins a14U9 04} YI oovdeaey *T 233 Indian Deep-sea Dredging. "DIDI TS tC oe es Owes TMS IOT, YRMoJ oy} JO oS5pa yuo oy} sSuey -19A0 qutod st yey} ezIs snouttoue yons jo ourds quequmooid ve ut spue Yorya “TIF oy Jo uy} ydaoxe GOUTsIpUL UWszO vs10} TeUTTMOpye ey} JO wus oy} Ssoutds jo sared oMj ATUO YYIA eA00Is § RoTAIeO oq} puryeq Buses uerpout ‘aed [eysor yensn oy} ydeoxe sourds jo ploaap uLoreur peyuoIy { 9yeTNOYUEp Ajjurey AroA ATUO IO YJoows pue QOUNSIPUL SBOP [RIOZV[GNs [esIOg °Z ‘TBUSN sv SpIBA TVG ‘snuoydsoyd ‘q ************sourds e1ojoq woz ATenpers ozis ut queqmunooid ut pua Apo Ba10y esvaloul ecey} soutds ut o}vUTMN [BUUOpge Moy 4ysiy oy JO wuUrIvS fay} ueqa puv Qourjstp ore vS104 oy, ‘deep soyajou ormpemjyydg ‘¢ | yeurmopqe oy} (ye Jo eu oy} ‘soutds jo sued oarq} YIM eAooIs ‘sisuaupupuD ‘qT **** seutds yueq [BOlAI09 949 PUIYed vue UvIpeut -waooid Ul pus vS10} [eUTMOpqu ‘yojou ormyenzydo yore jo apis aAY ISI 94} JO BULIvo 94] f MOT yove uo ourds B yg ULSIeUr [eyUOTT | “[B48 toyguI seyojou ormyeyzydO ‘» | fgnoySnoryy oyeurds ATpoyreu pus | i JOULjSIP Sesplt [VloyeTqns [esiog ‘TJ [ apeos [euuezUR 9y} Ueyy to.c1e] ATpiey = faoeyans = Tapun ey} UO, PoMOTA Woy ‘gjvus AreynuueyTWw ‘a4 ey] -norjuep sespa ey} WRIA amneld ey} ‘aorjims oT} 03 sv peyid AYYsys a0 qjooms eametd pur v5.10} jeurmopqy ‘deep AqTyensn seyojou orumpeyyydo ery, ‘pRoiq JepIog IOLIe}80 oY} fSUOI}ElIes QZ uLyy TOMO TIA SLOpIOG [B1O}VT oq} ‘soutds osiey poovyd Ajeytayep jensn ey} «Oz qdaoxe ‘yjoous AyAvett 10 ayimb “eniiro urrpeut oy} suipnpoutr ‘aovjms a1} -ud OY} WIA sovderey "TT 16 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 234 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 65. Pentacheles gibba*, sp. n. Pentacheles, sp. remarkable for its hunch-backed thorax, Wood-Mason, Admin, Rep. Marine Survey of India for 1890-91, p. 19. The carapace, which is inflated, elevated, and humped in front, is everywhere thin, spiny granular or carious, and thickly setose, and its greatest breadth, which is just behind the cervical groove, is not much more than half its greatest (lateral) length ; the median carina ends in a double rostral spine and has its crest irregularly serrated or eroded through- out, in addition to which there is a row of 4 large spines, of which the second may be double, between the rostral spine and the cervical groove, and 10 or 11 spines or double spines between the cervical groove and the posterior smooth, narrowly-moulded edge of the carapace ; the frontal margin is finely eroded; the spines of the lateral margins are con- cealed in sete of great length, they number about 25 on each side, of which 5 are found in front of the hepatic groove, 3 between the hepatic and cervical grooves, and about 17 behind the cervical groove; the usual dorsal sublateral (branchiostegal) crests are quite wanting, but ventrally the branchial regions are traversed fore and aft by the usual finely serrated ridges. The abdominal terga have the surface rough and spiny and the sete on the posterior margin remarkably long and close-set ; all, including the telson in its front part, are carinated, the edge of the carina in all being irregularly and obtusely denticulated; a broad shallow groove traverses the terga obliquely outwards and backwards on each side of the carina. The pleure have the surface spiny and the setose margin smoothly moulded. The edge of the telson is finely spinate. The orbital notches are broad and shallow, with the inner edge eroded ; the optic peduncles have each a small scrobicu- late spine at the frontal level. The basal joint of the antennules has a single spine at its antero-external angle, and its scale is 4 or 5 times larger than the antennal scale, both scales ending obtusely. All 5 pairs of thoracic legs are chelate (in the female). The great chelipeds have the usual form and just exceed the body in length; the compressed meropodite has both edges distantly and very finely serrated, the upper edge bearing a single terminal spine ; the prismatic carpopodite has a similar * This species is figured in “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii, (pl. viil.), to be issued early this year. Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 235 terminal spine on the lower edge; the propodite has the lower edge of the “palm” serrated, the upper edge having a terminal spine; the dactylopodite, like the opposed “ finger” of the propodite, has the usual fine fringe of sete ; the chele of the fifth pair of legs are not quite perfect, owing to the shortness of the pollex. The first pair of abdominal appendages (in the female) are almost rudimentary. Colour in the fresh state bright pink. Two females from Station 114, 922 fathoms. The largest specimen measures 56 millim. in the mid- dorsal line from the front edge of the carapace to the tip of the telson. The characteristic features of this species are—(1) the hump-backed carapace, and (2) the thin scabrous integument. 66. Pentacheles Carpenter?, sp. n. Carapace thin, granular, and spicular beneath a very close fine fur; its greatest breadth, which is in the posterior third, is two thirds its greatest length; the median carina is crested by a double row of very fine granulation, and bears— (1) a double rostral spine, (2) three spines (of which the first two form a pair) in the middle of the gastric region, and (3) behind the cervical groove a very irregular series of 6 or 7 spines, some of which may be double; the frontal margin is most conspicuously excised between the orbital notches, and is finely granular but without any large spines except the rostral spine; the posterior margin is narrow and smooth ; the spinature of the lateral margins is irregular and is con- Baated by very long set, the spines number 4 to 6 in front of the hepatic groove, 3 between this and the cervical groove, and over 20 behind the cervical groove; two conspicuous spines, one behind the other, stand on a faint ridge that delimits the gastric region on each side ; the dorsal sublateral (branchiostegal) crests are sinuous, but hardly visible even on a denuded carapace. The abdominal terga and pleure are faintly and distantly pustulate ; all the terga except the sixth are strongly carinated, the high crests of the carine being strongly emarginate or bicuspid, but never forming spines; a few tiny denticles at the posterior edge of the sixth tergum are all that represents a carina ; the crest of the anterior part of the telson forms an upstanding spine. The setose margin of the pleura is smoothly moulded. The orbital notches are broad in front, triangular, and very iEG™ 236 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on shallow, with the inner edge finely granular; the ophthalmic peduncles have each a small scrobiculate spine at the frontal level. The basal joint of the antennules, which is very large, has a single spine at the antero-external angle, its scale is about four times larger than the antennal scale, both ending in spines. All five pairs of legs are perfectly chelate (in the female). The great chelipeds are not quite equal in length to the body, and in armature are similar to those of P. gibba, the meropodite being finely and distantly serrrated on both edges and the propodite having the lower edge of the palm serrated. The first pair of abdominal appendages are relatively very small, in the female. A female from the Bay of Bengal, Carpenter’s Ridge, 1370 to 1540 fathoms; it measures 87 millim. from rostrum to tip of telson in the mid-dorsal line. The characteristic feature of this species is the remarkable concavity of the frontal margin between the ophthalmic notches and the consequent shallowness of the latter. 67. Pentacheles Beaumontii*, sp. n. Carapace finely but distinctly granular; its greatest breadth, just behind the middle, is three fourths the greatest length ; the median carina is surmounted by a double row of fine granulation and bears—(1) a double rostral spine, and (2) four spines (of which the middle two form a pair) in the front part of the gastric region, these being the only large spines present; the frontal margin has both the inner and the outer angle of the orbital notches produced into large spines, but is otherwise, except for the rostral spines, quite smooth; the smooth posterior margin (which, as usual, is formed by the last thoracic tergum) is peculiar in being nearly straight ; the lateral margins are peculiar in having the spines of almost equal size throughout, these numbering on each side 23 or 24, namely 7 or 8+3 in front of the cervical groove and 13 behind it; the dorsal sublateral (branchiostegal) ridges are sinuous, very faint, especially in front, and faintly denticulate, while of the two usual ridges that traverse the branchial regions on the ventral aspect the most dorsad on each side is apparent only in front of the cervical groove. The abdominal terga have the surface smooth or pitted ; * This species is figured in “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii. (pl. viii.), to be issued early this year. Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 237 the first five are carinated, the carine of the first three cul- minating in procumbent spines, that of the fourth not being produced and that of the fifth forming a simple cusp; the sixth tergum has no vestige of a carina, but the telson in its front part has a retrorse spine; a shallow groove traverses the terga obliquely backwards on each side of the carina from the second to the fifth. The abdominal pleure have the surface smooth and the setose margin smoothly moulded ; all but the sixth have a not very prominent midrib. The ophthalmic notches are shallow, with smooth edges, and their peduncles bear each a strong spine at the frontal level. The basal joint of the antennules has a single spine at the antero-external angle; the antennulary scale is peculiar in being very much shorter than the antennal scale; the former is truncated on a level with the rest of the joint, the latter has the usual form and ends in a spine. All five pairs of thoracic legs are chelate. The great chelipeds much exceed the body in length; the meropodite, besides the usual terminal claw, has both its edges serrated, the lower edge very conspicuously so, four or five of its serrations in the proximal half forming large spines; the carpopodite has two terminal spines, one above, the other below ; the propodite in its palmar portion has both edges strongly serrated, the serrations of the upper edge forming distinct spines. (In the male) the “ pollex” of the fifth pair of legs is much shorter than the dactylus. The first pair of abdominal appendages in the male has the usual spoon-shape. A single male from off Colombo, 675 fathoms, measures 79 millim. from rostrum to tip of telson in the median line. The characteristic features of this species are:—(1) the great breadth of the carapace posteriorly, (2) the diminutive size of the antennulary scale, (3) the deficient spinature of the median carina of the carapace, (4) the great length of the chelipeds. 68. Pentacheles Hextit, sp. n. Carapace uniformly and thickly setose and covered every- where with spines and spiny granules; its greatest breadth, which is in its posterior third, is less than two thirds of its greatest length; the median carina ends in a single rostral spine, between which and the cervical groove is a close series of spinules, five or six of which are large, while between the cervical groove and the spiny posterior border of the carapace is a double row of close-set sharp serrations; the frontal margin is serrated throughout, and there is also a spine at 238 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on the inner angle of each orbital notch ; the lateral margins are spinate and very thickly setose, the spines numbering about 31, namely 8+5 in front of the cervical groove and about 18 behind it; the border of the cervical groove is strongly spinate and the gastric region is delimited on each side by a row of four large spines; the dorsal sublateral crests are quite straight and parallel with the lateral margins, each crest having about eighteen strong serrations, and the usual ventral branchial ridges are sharply serrated. The abdominal terga, like the pleure, have the surface more or less covered with bead-like granules or globules and setose, the edges of most of the terga being spinate and of the pleure coarsely toothed ; all the terga, including the telson in its anterior part, are carinated, the carina of the first being indistinct, those of the second to the fifth inclusive cul- minating in large procumbent spines, that of the sixth being longitudinally grooved or double, with the edges beaded, and that of the telson being obtusely dentate; the pleure are traversed each by a salient beaded midrib. The orbital notches are very deep and are quite peculiar in that the edges, which are rough throughout and_ strongly spinate in all but the front half of their inner edge, meet across the ophthalmic peduncle so as to completely divide each notch into two parts, namely into a shallow notch in front, behind which the posterior portion of the ophthalmic peduncle is completely isolated; the ophthalmic peduncles have each a strong blunt spine at the frontal level. The basal joint of the antennules has two spines at its antero-external angle, and the scale is a good deal longer than the antennal scale, both ending in spines. All five pairs of thoracic legs are perfectly chelate in the female, but in the male the dactylus of the fifth pair is much longer than the pollex. The length of the great chelipeds is less by half the length of the telson than that of the body ; the meropodite has both edges spinate, the upper most markedly so; the carpus has the upper edge faintly serrate and has two terminal spines, one above, the other below, and the propodite in its palmar portion has both edges spinate. The first pair of abdominal appendages have the usual forms and modifications of shape in both sexes—in the male spoon-shaped, in the female uniramous and setose. Colour in life pink. Three males and a female from Station 115, 188 to 220 fathoms. The measurements from rostrum to tip of telson in the Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 239 middle line are, for the female 97 millim., for the largest male 80 millim. The characters of this species are:—(1) the extremely spiny nature of the integument, and (2) the peculiar forma- tion of the ophthalmic notches, which superficially are divided into two portions by the meeting of the edges across the ophthalmic peduncle. 69. Pentacheles andamanensis, sp. n. Carapace with few distant spinules; its greatest breadth, which is in front of the cervical groove, is two thirds its greatest length; the median carina ends in a double rostral spine, between which and the cervical groove is a row of four spines, of which the penultimate is double, and between the cervical groove and the broad posterior margin are three pairs of spines; the frontal margin is smooth, with a spine on the inner side of each orbital notch; the lateral margins are spinate and sparsely setose, the spines numbering 5+3 in front of the cervical groove and 6 behind it; the gastric region is bounded on each side by a sinuous row of 6 large spines, and the cardiac region by an oblique spiny ridge; the branchial regions are traversed dorsally by a very slightly sinuous five-toothed sublateral ridge, and ventrally by the two usual serrated ridges. The abdominal terga are smooth, all including the front part of the telson are carinated, the carine of the first five culminating in procumbent spines, that of the sixth being double with beaded edges, and that of the telson being simple; the first five terga are obliquely and faintly grooved on each side of the median carina, The pleure are smooth, with the setose margin denticulated ; all are strengthened by a salient midrib. The orbital notches are broad, smooth-edged, rather shallow ; the ophthalmic peduncles have a strong spine at the frontal level. The basal joint of the antennules has two spines at the antero-external angle; its scale is hardly larger than the antennal scale, the former ending in a spine, the latter obtusely ointed. All five pairs of thoracic limbs are chelate (in the female) ; the great chelipeds are less in length than the body by three fourths the length of the telson; the meropodite has both edges smooth, except for two spines near its proximal end and one terminally on the upper edge; the carpopodite has a terminal spine of the usual claw-like shape above ; the edges 240 Surg.-Capt. A, Alcock on of the propodite are smooth, except for a subterminal tubercle on the upper edge. Colour in life bright pink. A female from Station 108, 1043 fathoms, measures 50 millim. from rostrum to tip of telson in the median line. 70. Pentacheles phosphorus *, sp. n. Carapace above nearly smooth, pubescent, especially at the lateral margins and below ; its greatest breadth, which is just in front of the cervical groove, is more than two thirds of its greatest length ; the median carina ends in a double rostral spine, between which and the cervical groove is a line of four spines, of which the penultimate is double, and behind the cervical groove are three pairs of spines, the last pair standing rather wide apart from each other on a distinct bifurcation of the carina; the frontal margin is smooth, except for a single spine at the inner angle of each orbital notch; the posterior margin is broad; the lateral margins are setose and spinate, the spines numbering 6 (very rarely 7) +3 (rarely 4) in front of the cervical groove and 6 or 7 behind it; the gastric region is bounded on each side by a sinuous row of six large spines, and the cardiac region by an oblique, low, denticulate ridge; the branchial regions are traversed dorsally by a perfectly straight seven-toothed sublateral ridge, and ventrally by the two usual serrated crests. The abdominal terga are smooth, all, including the anterior part of the telson, are strongly carinated, the carine of the first four culminating in procumbent spines, that of the fifth being, like that of the telson, simple, and that of the sixth being double, with the edges crenulated; the terga from the second to the fifth inclusive are obliquely and very deeply cleft on each side of the median carina. The abdominal pleure have the surface smooth and the setose margin denti- culate ; each is strengthened by a very salient midrib. The orbital notches are broad and deep, smooth-edged, and broadly rounded behind; the ophthalmic peduncles have a small tubercle at the frontal level. The basal joint of the antennules has a single spine at the antero-external angle ; its scale is not very much ae than the antennal scale, both ending in very sharp spines. All five pairs of thoracic limbs are chelate. The great chelipeds are longer than the body; the meropodite has in * This species is figured in “Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii. (plate viii.), to be issued early this year. Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 241 its proximal half two or three large spines on the upper margin and one or two smaller ones on the lower, distally it is finely serrated below and bears above the usual subterminal claw ; the carpopodite has two subterminal claws, one above, the other below ; the propodite in its palmar portion is finely serrated below and has a subterminal spine, or two, above. In the male the fifth pair of thoracic legs are not quite perfectly chelate owing to the shortness of the pollex. The first pair of abdominal appendages in both sexes have the usual shapes and modifications, namely spoon-shaped in the male and uniramous and setose in the female. Colour in life uniform bright pink. Numerous specimens of both sexes from Stations 112 and 116, 561 and 405 fathoms. The largest female measures 119 millim. in the middle line from the rostrum to the tip of the telson; the males are smaller. One of the large females was luminous at two points between the basal joints of the last pair of thoracic legs, where there is a glandular organ very like that found in the females of the common species of Peneus. In the introduction to this paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1891, p. 16) this species was confused with Willemoesta forceps, A. M.-Edw., which was _ therefore wrongly stated to be luminous. Pentacheles phosphorus has been also dredged in the Andaman Sea at 375 and 500 fathoms ; in the Bay of Bengal, off the Kistna Delta, at 678 fathoms; in the Gulf of Manér at 675 fathoms; and in the Laccadive Sea at 740 fathoms. It is by far the commonest of the Indian species of the genus. 71. Pentacheles cerata*, sp. n. Pentacheles, sp. “ distinguished by the huge spine which springs for- wards from the middle of the fifth abdominal tergum,” Wood- Mason, Admin. Rep. Marine Survey of India, 1890-91, p. 19. Carapace remarkably smooth, slightly pubescent, especially towards the margins ; its greatest breadth, which is just in advance of the cervical groove, is less than two thirds of its greatest length ; the median carina ends in a double rostral spine, between which and the cervical groove is a line of four spines, the penultimate one being double; immediately behind the cervical groove is a pair of spines, and at the hinder edge of the carapace another larger and more widely separated pair; the frontal margin is perfectly smooth; the * This species is figured in “Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii. (pl. viii.), to be issued early this year. 242 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on lateral margins are slightly setose and spinate or serrate ; there are 6+2 spines in front of the cervical groove, and 3 succeeded by some not very distinct serrations behind it; within the cervical groove the gastric region is delimited on each side by a single spine ; the dorsal sublateral (branchio- stegal) ridges are sinuous, the anterior half being smooth and very faint, the posterior half being more distinct and slightly serrate. The abdominal terga are smooth; the first is very incon- spicuously carinated, the second, third, and fourth are indis- tinctly carinated, except in front, where there is a small procumbent spine on each, but the fifth has a very strong carina, which culminates in a monstrous spine reaching beyond the anterior margin of the fourth; the sixth tergum has a simple double carina; the anterior part of the telson is also carinated. ‘The pleurz are smooth, their setose margin is very faintly and distantly denticulated. The orbital notches are narrow, very deep, nearly the same width throughout, and smooth-edged; the ophthalmic peduncles are perfectly smooth. The basal joint of the antennules has two spines at the antero-external angle; its scale is not much larger than the antennal scale, both ending in spines. All five pairs of thoracic legs are chelate (in the female). The great chelipeds exceed the body in length; the mero- podite is perfectly smooth, except for a subterminal tubercle on the upper edge; the carpopodite has two distinct sub- terminal spines, one above, the other below; the propodite is smooth, except for a subterminal spine above. The first pair of abdominal appendages have the usual form in the female. An ovigerous female from Station 114, 922 fathoms, measures 79 millim. in the middle line from rostrum to tip of telson. The characteristic feature of this species is the huge spine on the fifth abdominal tergum. Family Parapaguride. ParapaGcurus, 8. I. Smith. 72. Parapagurus abyssorum, A. Milne-Edwards, Henderson. Parapagurus abyssorum, A. Milne-Edwards, MS. ; Henderson, ‘ Chal- lenger’ Anomura, p. 87, pl. ix. fig. 2. This species has been frequently dredged in the Bay of Bengal between 1644 and 1997 fathoms. Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 243 In colour in the fresh state it varies from pure pink to salmon-red. It sometimes occurs in clean Dentalium shells, but usually inhabits the shell of a Trochus which is incrusted usually with a species of Hpizoanthus, but sometimes with a solitary species of Actiniid. 73. ? Parapagurus monstrosus, sp. n. The well-calcified anterior portion of the carapace is con- vex, smooth, and polished, with the gastric region and the hepatic regions sharply circumscribed by deep incisions ; the frontal margin is sinuous and at the sides is carried far in advance of the inconspicuous, broadly rounded, faintly carinated rostrum, these lateral projections reaching almost to the level of the distal end of the basal joint of the antenne ; the posterior portion of the carapace is extremely thin, but is quite appreciably and uniformly calcified; its surface is smooth and bears some long scattered hairs. The eye-stalks are short and stout, less than one third the length of the carapace, and gradually increase in diameter towards the expanded cornee ; dorsally they are crested by a line of long hairs; the ophthalmic scales are acute. The antennulary peduncles exceed the eye-stalks by the whole length of the terminal joint. The antennal peduncles are but slightly longer than the eye-stalks; their basal joint is expanded and has the usual strong spine at the antero- external angle; the antennal acicle is doubly curved, with the inner margin setose and strongly serrated; its point reaches just beyond the origin of the flagellum; the last is not far short of twice the length of the body. The chelipeds are most remarkably unequal, the right exceeding the left in bulk many times and in length by somewhat more than its dactylopodite ; both are pubescent above, and the right is sharply granular above and slightly so below. In the right cheliped the meropodite and carpo- podite are also pubescent below, and the margins of the latter, like those of the propodite and like the upper margin of the dactylopodite, are closely and sharply serrated. The left cheliped is hardly more massive than the corresponding pea: of the second or third leg, and is smooth throughout. n the second and third legs the upper borders of the merus, carpus, and propus are crenulate or bluntly serrate, and, like the upper border of the long sinuous dactylus, hairy. The gill-elements have the form of small filaments, similar in shape to, but smaller and far more delicate than, those of Parapagurus abyssorum. 244 On Indian Deep-sea Dredging. In the male the first pair of abdominal legs are small, curved, rigid rods; the second pair are well developed, and the third, fourth, and fifth, which are long and delicate, are present on the left side only. The female has not been dredged. Several specimens were taken at Station 120 in 240 fathoms, living in dead shells of a small Natica. A large male measures about 19 millim. in length. PyLocHELes, A. Milne-Edwards. 74, Pylocheles scorpio, sp. n. The form of the body is long and slender, the cephalothorax being almost cylindrical. The carapace is long and narrow, its greatest length being more than twice its greatest breadth ; the portion in front of the cervical groove is strongly calcified and is smooth and polished, while the portion behind the cervical groove is much less strongly calcified dorsally, where it is also pitted and striated, and laterally is quite mem- branous; the thickened and moulded frontal margin is remarkably excavated behind the eye-stalks, a small rostrum projecting into the excavation ; the lateral projections of the branchial regions are not visible from above. The abdomen is long and narrow, its length, which is nearly twice that of the carapace, being four times its greatest breadth, all the somites being distinct and symmetrical, The abdominal terga after the first are rectangular plates, with the margins thickened and strongly setose, and the surface pitted and hairy; the terga of the first and sixth somites, of the telson, and of the fifth somite in the middle of its posterior third are considerably the more strongly calcified, The long eye-stalks taper acutely from a broad base to the small bead-like unpigmented cornea; their dorsal surface is thorny and hairy towards the edges, and their length is less than that of the antennulary peduncles by rather more than the terminal joint of the latter. The antennulary peduncles when moderately extended measure more than half the carapace in length ; in the female the upper flagellum tapers to a lash from a stout inflated base, and is nearly as long as the peduncle, while the lower flagellum is a fine short filament. The antennary peduncle exceeds the eye-stalks by rather more than half the length of its terminal joint; the basal joint has the front edge serrated; the acicle is thorny and hairy, and its point reaches just beyond the level of the On new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 245 cornee ; the flagellum (in the female) is about half the length of the body and is fringed with long hairs. The chelipeds are equal, their length being about equal to that of the abdomen and their upper surface being hairy throughout; the ischium and merus, which together make up nearly half their total length, meet together from opposite sides in a perfectly straight line across the mouth-parts, the line of apposition being closely and sharply toothed. Except for this line of teeth and for a few hardly distinguishable roughnesses on the upper border of the short carpus and of the long cylindrical propodite the surface of the chelipeds is smooth, the propodite being also highly polished. The second and third thoracic legs are not much longer than the chelipeds; the propodite in both is subcylindrical and a little more than twice the length of the dactylopodite, and in both all the joints are smooth, with the margins hairy. The fourth and fitth legs are subchelate, the cheliform parts are swollen and hairy, and the propodites have the usual beaded patch. The abdominal appendages (in the female) conform to the type; the appendages of the penultimate segment have the dorsal surface of both exopodite and endopodite covered with a pavement of bead-like granules arranged in close rows, resembling a stridulating organ. Colour in the fresh state dull chalky red. A female 28 millim. long was dredged at Station 116 in 405 fathoms, (To be continued. | XXVI.—Deseriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. By G. A. BOULENGER. Liocassis tnornatus. Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Head 1} as long as broad. Snout broad, rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; occipital region naked, rugose; occipital process nearly twice as long as broad, reaching the basal shield of the dorsal spine; diameter of eye 9 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times ; barbels slender, the maxillary reaching the opercle. Vomerine teeth in a curved uninterrupted band, without posterior median process. Dorsal 17; spine feebly serrated behind, 246 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new % length of head. Adipose fin 13 times as long as dorsal, a little shorter than its distance from the latter. Anal 16. Pectoral spine 3 length of head, strongly serrated on the inner edge. Uniform dark brown. Total length 145 millim. Senah, Sarawak (Everett), A single specimen. Liocassis saravacensis. Depth of body 44 to 5 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Head 1} as long as broad; snout rounded, strongly projecting beyond the mouth; head covered with skin; occipital process not reaching the basal shield of the dorsal spine; diameter of eye 7 times in length of head, interorbital width 4 times; barbels very short, the maxillary reaching the eye. Vomerine teeth in a curved uninterrupted band, without posterior median process. Dorsal 1 6; spine strongly serrated behind, 2 length of head. Adipose fin nearly twice as long as dorsal, a little longer than its distance from the latter. Anal 14-15. Pectoral spine 3 length of head, strongly serrated on the inner edge. Dark brown, with some large pale brown spots on the sides, and a pale brown bar across the nape; dorsal whitish, with a blackish band in its upper half; adipose fin with a broad whitish edge; ventrals, anal, and caudal whitish. Total length 150 millim. Senah, Sarawak (Hverett). Two specimens. Akysis major. Depth of body 4} to 43 times in total length, length of head 33 to 4 times. Head } or 2 longer than broad; eyes very small, 3 or 4 diameters apart, their anterior border equally distant from the anterior and the posterior extremity of the head; interorbital width 34 times in length of head; nasal barbel extending hardly halfway from the eye, max- illary a little beyond base of pectoral, outer mandibular not quite to base of pectoral. Caudal peduncle 14 to 14 as long as deep. Dorsal I 6; spine strong, not denticulate, } to 3 length of head. Adipose fin as long as dorsal, half as long as its distance from the latter. Anal 11-12. Pectoral spine 3 length of head, strongly serrated on the inner edge. Caudal forked. Dark brown above, whitish beneath ; dorsal, pectoral, and adipose fins blackish brown, with a white border; ventrals and anal white, with one or two black bars; caudal blackish brown or black and white, the lobes constantly tipped with white. Freshwater Fishes Jrom Borneo. 247 Total length 130 millim. Senah and Tagora River, Sarawak (Zverett) ; Baram River, Sarawak (Hose). Several specimens. The following Siluroids, not previously recorded from Borneo, are represented in the collections recently received from Messrs. Everett, Hose, and E. Bartlett :— Hemisilurus scleronema, Blkr. Baram River (Héese). Macrones planiceps,C. & VY. Bongon, N. Borneo (Lverett). Liocassis Meschii, Blgr. Poeh, Sarawak (Lverett). peeilopterus,C. & V. Bongon and Merabeh, N. Bor- neo (Hverett). Batrachocephalus mino, Ham. Buch. Sarawak (Bartlett). Crossochilus vittatus. Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 to 5} times in total length. Snout rounded, much projecting beyond the mouth, nearly twice as long as diameter of eye, which is 4 to 4} times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of head, width of mouth }. Upper lip fringed; barbels four, maxillary minute, rostral a little shorter than the eye. Dorsal II 8, originating a little nearer end of snout than base of caudal. Anal II 5. Pectoral as long as or a little longer than the head, the distance between its extremity and the base of the ventrals 4 to ? its length. Base of ventral below middle of dorsal. Caudal deeply forked. Scales 28-29 % : 2 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Male with a large horny conical tubercle on each side of the snout. Dark olive-brown above, with a lateral blackish stripe occu- pying the scales of the lateral line and one half of each of the adjoining series, separated from the dark colour of the back by a light, metallic, iridescent streak; dorsal fin with a blackish median band and a broad whitish border; caudal greyish, with a blackish line within the upper and lower edges, which are white; lower parts white; pectorals and ventrals grey. Total length 100 millim. Senah, Poeh, and Tagora River, Sarawak (Lverett). Numerous specimens. Barbus strigatus. Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 23 times in total length; length of head 43 times. Snout rounded, not prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34 times in 248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new length of head; interorbital width 2? times in length of head ; rostral barbel slightly longer than diameter of eye, 2 length of maxillary barbel. Dorsal IIL 8; spine strong, 3 length of head, serree strong, 19; the spine opposite to inner ventral ray and equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray # length of head. Scales 29°; 3 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Grey above, silvery beneath, with seven blackish longitudinal streaks running between two series of scales; _pectorals blackish above. Total length 140 millim. Bongon, N. Borneo (Everett). A single specimen. Barbus pentazona. Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 2? times in total length ; length of head 33 times. Snout rounded, not promi- nent, longer than diameter of eye, which is 3 times in length of head and nearly equals interorbital width; rostral barbel 3 diameter of eye, maxillary barbel 13. Dorsal III 8; spine strong, % length of head, with 18 to 20 strong serre; the spine opposite to inner ventral ray and equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 length of head. Scales 22 74 ; 8 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Brown above, yellowish beneath, with 5 black bands completely encircling the body—the first behind the pectoral, the second from the anterior dorsal rays to behind the ventrals, the third above the anal, the fourth and fifth on the caudal peduncle. Total length 45 millim. Baram, Sarawak (ose), Three specimens. Barbus Everetti. Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 23 to 3 times in total length ; length of head 33 to 4 times. Snout rounded, not prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34 to 33 times in length of head; interorbital width 24 to 23 times in length of head; rostral barbel 13 to twice as long as diameter of eye, a little shorter than maxillary barbel. Dorsal III 8; spine rather feeble, with 17 to 22 serra, its stiff portion about half length of head, opposite to first ventral ray, and equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal II] 5, longest « fe. ¢ or 34 ¢ ray about $ length of head. Scales 22-25 =; 2 scales be- b > tween lateral line and base of ventral. Brown above, Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 249 yellowish beneath; a black bar across the nape, a short black streak on each side of the anterior part of the body, and five round black spots on each side, two above the lateral line and two below above the ventral and anal, the fifth on the lateral line a little in front of the base of the caudal ; dorsal and anal tipped with blackish. Total length 90 millim. Poeh, Sarawak (Zverett). Several specimens. Leptobarbus melanotenia. Depth of body 4 times in total length; length of head 34 times. Snout rounded, much flattened, not prominent, as long as or a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 4 to 44 times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of head; mouth extending to below anterior border of cye; rostral barbel once and two thirds, maxillary barbel twice as long as diameter of eye. Dorsal III 7; third ray 3 length of head, slightly in advance of first ventral ray, and equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray # length of head. Scales 36-38 a; 2 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Grey above, white beneath, the two colours separated by a black lateral stripe running along the lower half of the series of scales above the lateral line, and continued on the gill-cover; a black vertical bar on the posterior border of the gill-opening. Total length 130 millim. Bongon, N. Borneo (Everett). Two specimens. Rasbora calliura. Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total length. Snout as long as diameter of eye, 34 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times in length of head; no barbels. Dorsal II 7, originating halfway between end of snout and base of caudal fin, nearer to base of ventrals than to origin of anal fin. Anal II 5. Pectoral $ length of head, not reaching ventral. Scales 27-28 3 1 scale between lateral line and base of ventral. Caudal lobes much elongate. Silvery, greyish on the back, the dorsal and lateral scales with a blackish edge; caudal lobes black at the end. Total length 145 millim. Senah, Sarawak (Hverett). Six specimens. NEMATABRAMIS, gen. nov. Body much compressed, with trenchant ventral edge. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 17 250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Scales moderate; lateral line abruptly bent downwards behind the pectoral fin and running close to the lower profile of the body. Mouth directed upwards, moderately large ; upper jaw protractile; a long maxillary barbel; gill-mem- branes united across isthmus; gill-rakers short; pseudo- branchie present. Pharyngeal teeth hooked, in two series (5.4—4.5). Dorsal fin moderately elongate, opposite to but shorter than anal fin. [Pectorals elongate, falcate; ventrals well developed; caudal forked. Nematabramis Everettt. Depth of body 3} to 34 times in total length, length of head 43 times. Upper profile of head and nape slightly concave ; snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head; interorbital width 2} times in length of head; maxillary barbel 13 to twice as long as head. Dorsal II 9-12, originating twice as far from end of snout as from base of caudal. Anal III 16-18. Pectoral 14 as long as head, extending beyond base of ventral; latter a little nearer end of snout than base of caudal. Scales 30-37 ue Colour pale, with a silvery lateral stripe. Total length 110 millim. Bongon and Merabeh, N. Borneo; Baram River, Sarawak (Everett). Five specimens. Nemachilus olivaceus. Depth of body 53 to 6} times in total length, length of head 43 to 42 times. Eye # length of snout, $ interorbital width, 4 length of head; head naked; maxillary and outer rostral barbels extending to middle of operculum. Depth of caudal peduncle 3 to } depth of body, equal to the distance between the anal and the caudal fins. Dorsal II 8, origin- ating above the base of the ventrals, and slightly nearer the end of the snout than the base of the caudal. Pectorals 3 length of head, as long as ventrals, which reach the vent. Anal II 5, halfway between dorsal and caudal. Caudal feebly notched. Body entirely covered with imbricate scales, of which there are about 30 between dorsal and ventral fins. Olive above, with or without traces of 17 darker bars across the back, yellowish beneath; fins grey or greyish, without spots. Total length 80 millim. . Bongon, N. Borneo (Hverett). Five specimens. Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 251 Nemachilus saravacensis. Depth of body 5} to 6 times in total length, length of head 44 to 4? times. Eye 3 to ? length of snout, a little less than interorbital width, } length of head; head naked; maxillary and outer rostral barbels extending to middle of operculum. Depth of caudal peduncle 3 depth of body, equal to the distance between the anal and the caudal fins. Dorsal II 8-9; originating slightly in advance of the base of the ventrals, and at equal distance from the end of the snout and the base of the caudal. Pectorals as long as the head, longer than the ventrals, which do not reach the vent. Anal IL 5, halfway between dorsal and caudal. Caudal deeply notched. Body entirely covered with imbricate scales, of which there are about 30 between dorsal and ventral fins. Yellowish, with 13 to 15 brown bars across the back, and a series of brown spots or vertical bars on each side; a black vertical streak below the eye; dorsal and caudal fins with small brown spots; usually a round black spot at the base of the anterior dorsal rays. Total length 55 millim. Senah, Sarawak (£verett). Four specimens. Specimens previously received from Marquis Doria have been referred (Cat. Fish. vil. p. 350) to N. fasciatus, which differs, apart from coloration, in the dorsal fin being formed of a greater number of rays and originating above the inner ventral rays. Acanthophthalmus borneensis. Depth of body 8 to 9 times in total length, length of head 6} to 7 times. Eye very small; suborbital spine very strong; barbels short. Dorsal 7-8, its distance from the caudal about } the total length. Anal 6-7, its distance from the caudal } to} the total length. Ventrals halfway between the head and the caudal fin. Caudal fin crescentically notched. Scales minute. Body colourless; three black annular bands on the head—the first on the snout, the second passing through the eyes, the third across the occiput and covering the opercles; dorsal and caudal fins black at the base. Total length 50 millim. Baram River, Sarawak (//ose). Several specimens. This and the two preceding species are of special interest as the first Cobitines described from Borneo. Homaloptera is also represented in Mr. Everett’s Sarawak collection by two species previously known from Burma, viz. . bilineata, Blyth, and H. (Helgia) modesta, Vincig. 17# 252 Mr. H. H. Druce on Three new ‘XX VII.—Descriptions of Three new Lycenide from New Guinea. By Hamiuron H. Deuce, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Tue following descriptions are taken from specimens cap- tured by Mr. William Doherty at Humboldt Bay, North New Guinea, and which are now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection. PSEUDONOTIS, gen. nov. Allied to Thysonotis. Differs from that genus by the costal nervure being free its entire length and by the subcostal nervure emitting three branches only in place of four, the first of which is emitted rather beyond the middle of the cell, the second slightly more than halfway between the first and third, the third arising at the end of the cell and reaching the margin considerably before the apex. Legs and palpi more slender and not so densely hairy. Eyes smooth. Type Myrina antipha, Hew. Hewitson, when describing his Myrina antipha and Myrina ancharia (Ill. Diurn. Lep. Suppl. pp. 7, 8, 1873), remarked that it was not satisfactory to him to place them in the genus Myrina, but that he had done so because the Felders had included in it their Myrina danis and Myrina Lorquinit. There are, I believe, four described species in the genus, viz.:—P. antipha, Hew., from Aru Island; P. ancharia, Hew., from Waigiou; P. Lorquinit, Feld., from Aru Island and Gilolo; and the species described below as P. Humboldti. Myrina danis, Feld., cannot, in my opinion, be placed in this genus as, besides possessing two tails and a distinct lobe to anal angle, it presents a somewhat different arrangement of the nervules in the fore wing, the costal nervure and the first subcostal nervule being bent towards each other and running side by side for some short distance. The palpi, as pointed out by Dr. Felder, are different, the third joint being longer and the second shorter ; the eyes also are hairy. It is closely allied to Hypolyceena, Pseudonotis Humboldti, sp. n. Allied to P. ancharia, Hew. 3. Upperside: blue more extensive, especially in the hind wing, where it reaches almost to the marginal row of lunules, white patch on costal margin more restricted centrally. Underside : costal margin of fore wing not brown-bordered as in other species, outer marginal border wider at angle and Lycenide from New Guinea. 253 brown border of hind wing better defined. In some specimens the disks in fore wing are dusted with white. 9. Upperside brown-bordered, with a semicircular white band common to both wings, commencing just inside and rather before the middle of the costal margin, and reaching the anal margin of hind wings; broadest about the median nervules of fore wing; bases brown, thickly dusted with shining light blue scales. Outer marginal row of black spots larger than in male and bordered inwardly with more distinct shining blue crescent-shaped lunules. Underside as in male, but lunules larger and more distinct. Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 1; inch. Hab. Humboldt Bay; New Guinea (Hagge-Grub). Mus. Staud. The indentation on the outer margin of hind wing is searcely discernible in this form. The female described is from a specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, and is, perhaps, exceptionally large. Taken by Mr. Doherty in September and October. Epimastidia pilumna, sp. n. dg. Allied to £. inops, Feld. Upperside cerulean blue, narrowly edged with blackish brown; costal third of hind wing greyish brown, except along the costal margin, which is pure white; three more or less distinct black spots towards the anal angle, adjoining the black border, that between the first and second median nervules being the most distinct. Underside : costal margin of fore wing rather more broadly bordered than in Z#. cnops, and with a narrow greyish line partly closing the cell; outer marginal border consisting of lunules as in that species, but larger and more distinct. Hind wing with the inner band broader and the lunules and spots much larger, so that the white band between the brown border and the inner row of black lunules is reduced to a line of white crescent-shaped markings bordering the large black lunules. On the inner edge of the brown band, about the middle of the wing, is a slightly irregular line of faint grey markings indistinctly edged with white. The three lower black spots in the marginal series are more or less suffused with light shining blue scales. ?. Upperside much as in E£. tnops 2, but the bases of both wings strongly suffused with greenish blue. Underside as in male, except that the inner margin of fore wing is white, not brownish grey as in that sex. Expanse, ¢ 2 1; inch. Hab. Humboldt Bay (September and October). 254 On Three new Lycenide from New Guinea. Arhopala leo, sp. n. Alied to A. hercules, Hew. &. Upperside a more brilliant and bluer shade of purple. Underside light shining silvery emerald-green, with bands and spots arranged as in A. hercules, but the two spots in the cell of the fore wing, the one under the costal nervure, and the two within the cell of the hind wing deep black with whitish rings; the band on both wings is also bordered with whitish, and the spots and markings on the upper part of the anal margin of the hind wing are either very minute or have entirely disappeared. 9. Upperside differs considerably from A. hercules 9 by the more violaceous and much more extensive blue colour, the outer margin of the fore wing being narrowly and that of the hind wing very narrowly brown. ‘There is also no trace of the distinct brown mark which closes the cell of the hind wing of A. hercules 3. Underside as in male, but slightly duller. The lobe in both sexes is less produced than in A. hercules. Expanse, ¢ 2;'5, 9 2% inches. Hab. Humboldt Bay (September and October). Distinguished from its ally by its smaller size, altogether different female, and by the wings of both sexes being more transparent, and so enabling the spots and bands on the under- side to be seen through on the upperside, and by the light colour of the underside. M. Kirsch (MT. Mus. Dresd. i. p. 127, 1877), in describing two specimens received from Ansus, which he refers to A, hercules, Hew., states that the female was unknown to Hewitson and Felder and that it is bright brown on the upperside without a trace of violet-blue; but it does not appear clear whether that remark applies to a specimen from Ansus or Java. I have not seen a specimen from Java or Makassar (whence the type was derived), but have before me several females from Minahassa which have the blue on the disks very distinct and are much like Felder’s figure of A. araxes 9. Dr. Staudinger (Exot. Tagf. p. 280), who is of opinion that Boisduval’s locality, ‘ Java,” is incorrect, describes the form found in Waigiou under the name hercu- lina, and states that it has two forms of female, one nearly all blue on the upperside, the other with no blue at all. Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains both sexes from Waigiou, the female having the blue on the upper- side quite as extensive as A. leo 2, but of a decided violet shade ; and 1 think it probable that those female specimens On the Elateride of Japan. 255 which are entirely black on the upperside should be referred to males which have yet to be discovered. A. herculina is probably intermediate between A. leo and A. tyrannus, Feld. XXVIII.—On the Elateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. [Continued from p. 201.] Athous jactatus, sp. n. 3. Niger, griseo-pubescens ; thorace parallelo, nigro; elytris ferru- gineo-brunneis, sutura fusca; antennis nigris; pedibus fusco- brunneis. L. 7-84 mill. Black, shining, with grey pubescence; the head rather coarsely punctate, depressed between the antenne; the thorax somewhat parallel at the sides, feebly canaliculate in the middle, punctuation much smaller than that of the head, hind angles concolorous, short and blunt; the scutellum fuscous ; the elytra rusty brown, punctate-striate, interstices little convex and punctulate; the antenne rather slender, black ; the legs dusky brown, knees, ends of tarsi, and claws paler. There is one example with the basal joint of the antenne red, elytra dark brown, and legs pale. There is a close resemblance in this species to A. difjcilis, Duf., but the thoracic hind angles are not red and the elytral sutures are dark. ‘The general form also is more parallel. I took a large number of specimens, but no female ; the female of A. difjicilis is also unknown, so that the female of each species 1s probably very sluggish. Hab. Nara. In abundance at the end of June. Athous tnornatus, sp. n. Obscure brunneus, subnitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace post angulos rufo; elytris pedibusque pallide brunneis, 9 103, Sg 7} mill. 3g. Dull brown, with griseous pubescence; the head rather closely punctured, little rugose; the thorax pitchy brown, with a broad reddish area behind the anterior angle, rather more finely punctured than the head, not very convex, 256 Mr. G. Lewis on hind angles little acute, sometimes a little turned outwards, carina well-marked, marginal rim raised as much as the carina; the scutellum dark brown; the elytra testaceous or pale brown, finely punctate-striate, interstices punctulate and finely rugose; the antenne brownish, with the base of each joint paler; the legs pale. Female much more robust, with much larger punctuation on head and thorax ; thorax convex, with elytra widening out behind the middle. Sometimes the females are wholly dark brown. Hab, Junsai and Sapporo. Twelve examples. Athous undosus, sp. n. Ater, opacus, dense cinereo-pubescens; antennis inconspicue serratis ; elytris brunneis, fasciis tribus flexuosis. L. 18 mill, Black, rather opaque, with ashy-grey pubescence; the head densely punctured, forehead triangularly impressed ; the thorax very closely punctured, punctures on the disk larger (some ocellate) than those of the head, median channel short, commencing in the middle and not extending to the base, hind angles markedly turned outwards, without a carina; the scutellum rather long, obscurely sculptured, minutely incised behind ; the elytra dull brown, with intervals free of pubescence which assume the appearance of fascia, viz. a large lobe-shaped space at the base on interstices 2 to 5, and behind it a zigzag fascia on interstices 1 to 8, behind the middle is a broader fascia, which extends across the whole of the elytron, punctate-striate, striae narrow but rather deep, interstices convex and rugosely punctulate ; the antenne and legs concolorous with the head and thorax. Resembles the European A. undulatus, De Geer. Hab. Nikko. Taken not far from the summit of Niohozan, where snow remained in patches in June. CoryMBITES, Latreille. I have an example of a species belonging to Candéze’s first section of the genus, taken by Mr. Fenton in Yezo, but the specimen is not in good condition. Corymbites daimio, sp. n. Niger, nitidus, nigro-pubescens ; thorace subconvexo, leviter cana- liculato; elytris flavis, macula scutellari alterisque duabus pedibusque nigris. L. 10-11 mill. the Elateridee of Japan. 257 Densely black, shining, pubescence black on the head and thorax, fulvous on the elytra; the head rather closely punc- tulate ; the thorax lightly punctulate, median channel feeble or sometimes absent; the elytra striate-punctate, interstices little rugose and finely punctulate, yellow, with five black spots, scutellar spot dehiscent behind; two black dorsal spots, somewhat circular in outline, usually partly covering the third interstice and spreading to the eighth, sometimes much smaller; the two apical spots are shaped like the apex of an elytron, separated from each other and the apex and outside edge usually by the width of two or three interstices. The antenne and legs densely black. 6. Antenne strongly pectinate, lateral thoracic margins narrowly elevated. C. vernalis, Hentz, and C, Baber’, Germ., are similar species to this. Hab. Yuyama, Chiuzenji, and Sapporo. Not rare. Corymbites tessellatus, L. Candéze introduced the name of this species to the Japanese list (Mém. Ac. Belg. 1864, p. 53), and Schénfeldt has the name in his Catalogue; but in 1873 Candéze (Mém. Liege, p- 25) says it was given in error. Corymbites orientalis, Cand. Corymbites orientalis, Cand. Elat. Nouy. iv. 1889, p. 114. This species is like C. prucnosus; it measures 15 mill. and the thorax has the hind angles slender and strongly out- turned. Hab. “Japan” (Candéze). I have an example from Chiuzenji and another from Nikko. Corymbites wrosus. Athous erosus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. This species is somewhat like C. modestus, but it is much narrower, less convex, thoracic angles not straight, yet only feebly turned outwards; the elytra wholly sneous; the antenne entirely black, the legs red and tarsi infuscate. Originally I introduced this in error as an Athous. Hab. Kii and Chiuzenji. Three examples. 258 Mr. G. Lewis on Corymbites modestus, sp. n. Fusco-eneus, subnitidus, dense griseo-pubescens ; thorace angulis posticis subrectis; elytris marginibus anguste rufescentibus ; antennis (basi excepta) infuscatis, pedibus rufis. L, 103 mill. Dusky neous, with close grey pubescence; the head rather coarsely and rather densely punctured; the thorax densely punctured at sides, disk rather less closely, closer in female, hind angles obtuse and almost straight; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices rather flat, finely and sparsely punctulate, exterior margins narrowly and somewhat obscurely red; the antenne, three basal joints reddish, others nearly black ; the legs wholly red. Very similar to C. metallicus, Payk., but larger; elytra relatively longer and hind angles of thorax straighter. Hab. Fukahori and Nikko. Two examples only. Corymbites selectus, Cand. Corymbites selectus, Cand. Mém. Acad. Belg. 1864, p. 53. I only obtained two examples of this species ; one measures 14 millim., the other 17 millim. It is the only large species known from Japan in which the thorax is very densely punctured on the sides and disk in both sexes; the thorax is rendered opaque by the punctuation. Hab. Sapporo. Corymbites fulvipennis, sp. 0. E£neo-fuscus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; elytris fulvo-rufis ; antennis nigris, pedibus infuscatis vel testaceis. L. ¢@ 123, 2 17 mill. Brassy fuscous, somewhat shining, pubescence fulvous ; the head coarsely and closely punctured, with a raised V-shaped smooth surface between the eyes ; thorax, in the male parallel laterally, canaliculate in the middle, in the female much broader, convex on disk; very feebly canaliculate at the base, densely punctulate in both sexes, in the female punctures finer on disk ; the scutellum rather small and narrow ; the elytra yellowish red, striate-punctate, strie lightly impressed, interstices Hat and sparsely punctured ; the antenne black ; the legs black or testaceous, Resembles an American species, C. volitans, Esch. Hab. Miyanoshita. ‘Two examples from a decaying Ginkgo biloba. the Elateride of Japan. 259 Corymbites prenobilis, sp. n. Elongatus, purpureo-seneus, nitidus, griseo- vel fulvo-pubescens ; thorace lateribus dense, in medio tenuiter, punctatis; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subrugosis, punctulatis. L, 19-22 mill. Bronzy, with a purple tint, shining, pubescence grey or fulvous; the head deeply, not closely punctured, punctures round, elevated in front of the eyes; the thorax visibly eanaliculate longitudinally, much more closely punctured at the sides than on the head, disk finely and sparsely punctu- late ; the scutellum finely and closely punctulate; the elytra rather more metallic than the thorax, punctate-striate, inter- stices finely rugose and punctulate, striz nearest the suture fine ; the antennz and legs infuscate, tibie little paler. To be placed next to C. serrifer, Cand., a species found at Kobé and Nikko. Hab. Idzu, Yokohama, and Yuyama. There are specimens also in the British Museum. Corymbites hypocrita, sp. n. Fusco-niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; elytris subobsolete striatis ; antennis nigris, pedibus infuscatis. L. 10 mill. Dusky black, shining, with grey pubescence; the head, surface uneven, rather densely punctate; the thorax widest in the middle, less coarsely and more sparingly punctured than the head, hind angles carinate, somewhat acute and turned outwards (in this respect like C. prutnosus, Motsch.), thoracic lateral rim well-marked ; the elytra, strie very fine, in some lights obliterated by the punctuation of the inter- stices, interstices finely and somewhat thickly punctulate ; the antenne rather long, not serrate, third joint shorter than the fourth and more than twice as long as the second, coloured like the body; the legs not quite so dark. Superficially this species looks like an Athous. Hab. Nikko. Two examples. Corymbites notabilis, Cand. Corymbites notabilis, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 25. I have an example which is obscurely brassy above, not brown. ‘The punctures on the thoracic disk of all the speci- mens are fine and sparse; Candéze’s description of the punc- tuation applies to the sides only. Hab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, and Yuyama. 260 Mr. G. Lewis on Corymbites (Selatosomus) puncticollis, Motsch. Corymbites (Selatosomus) puncticollis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 167. This species is similar to C. eneus, L., but it is much larger, and the thorax is densely punctulate on the disk in the female and scarcely less so in the male. Some examples are highly metallic, bright green or coppery. Hab. Chiuzenji and Sapporo. ‘Taken abundantly in both places. Corymbites onerosus, sp. n. Corymbites tristis, Cand., Horn, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. x, p. 288. Infuscatus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens; elytris testaceis, nigro- vittatis, ultra medium subdilatatis ; antennis nigris vel obscure brunneis. L. 6 11, 9 14 mill. Dusky brown, little shining, pubescence fulvous ; the head little coarsely and somewhat unevenly punctate, angles close to the antenne raised and smooth; the thorax evenly, thickly, not coarsely punctate, convex on disk, widest in the middle, hind angles carinate, not acute, slightly turned outwards; the elytra testaceous, sutural interstice blackish, second dark for nearly half the elytral length; from the humeral angle to one third of the elytra interstices 5 to 7 are darkly marked, the marking extending beyond the middle on the sixth inter- stice, and it then widens out over interstice 5, and on inter- stices 8 and 9 the dark colouring approaches the apex, the strie are scarcely or very feebly punctured. In one specimen the elytral markings join in the middle of the dorsum, not unlike the markings in C. cruciatus, L. The antenne and legs are dull brown. In an example, which I consider is the male, the antenne are much longer, each joint being one third longer, more lax, and all black, and the lateral rim of the thorax is raised and the hind angles acute, with the disk feebly convex. This species is very similar to C, tristis, Cand., but differs in the thoracic canaliculation being absent, punctuation of the thorax less coarse, and the punctuation of the second and third strie is scarcely visible. I have examined Candéze’s type of C. tristis in the Janson collection ; it is a female, and it appears that the male was unknown at the date of Candéze’s Monograph. In the Janson collection there are also two examples of C. onerosus from Japan, both females, and they are labelled C. tristis, Cand. Hab. Oyama, Tokio, Shimabara, Oyayama, and (7?) Yuyama. the Elateridee of Japan. 261 Corymbites pacatus, sp. n. Obscure nigro-brunneus, parum nitidus, griseo-pubescens; elytris flavo-testaceis, nigro-vittatis, ultra medium subdilatatis ; antennis nigris, tibiis brunneis. L. 63-94 mill. Dull blackish brown, with grey pubescence; the head rather closely and coarsely punctate; the thorax widest in middle, hind angles rather acute, moderately turned outwards, little convex on disk ; the elytra pale, with dark markings, sutural interstice dark (also scutellum), humeral angle on interstices 5 to 7 dark, near the middle interstices 5 to 7 dark and on interstices 8 to 9 the marking extends to the apices (the markings are a little variable), striw punctate, interstices little rugose and punctulate; the antenne black, rather long; the legs, thighs infuscate or obscure brown, tibiz and tarsi reddish brown. Female unknown. This species somewhat resembles a very small specimen of C. onerosus. Hab. Tokio. Taken by Mr. Fenton in some numbers, and I am indebted to him for three male examples. Corymbites vagepictus, sp. n. Obscure nigro-brunneus, subopacus, griseo-pubescens ;_ thorace dense punctato; elytris obscure trifasciatis, ultra medium sub- dilatatis ; antennis pedibusque brunneis. L. 7-73 mill. Dull blackish brown, head and thorax densely pubescent ; the head rather flat between the eyes, densely punctured; the thorax rather convex in female, densely punctured in both sexes, widest in the middle, hind angles not very acute, moderately turned outwards; the elytra dull brown, with three pale fasciz not well defined, that at the base chiefly occupies the third and fourth interstices, that before the middle the third, fourth, fifth, and seventh, and before the apex there is one similar to the last ; the fascize vary in breadth, and some- times the outer elytral margin is pale; the antenne are longer in the male than the female, but not nearly so lax or so long as in those ot C. pacatus, brown, and the bases of the articulations sometimes paler; the legs obscure brown. Hab. Kumamoto. Both sexes taken abundantly on the 25th April, 1881, from the flowers of a dog-rose. 262 Mr. G. Lewis on Corymbites mundulus, Lew. Corymbites mundulus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. Piceus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace sparse et tenuiter punctu- lato ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis, marginibus externis rufescentibus ; antennis (basi excepta) infus- eatis ; pedibus obscure rufis. L. 7-8 mill. The type of this species has an eneous tinge, but in a series of eighteen specimens I do not observe another with this colour. There is one example also with the antenne wholly red. Hab. Yokohama, Kii, Miyanoshita, Oyama, Oyayama, and Hagi (Hiller). ; Corymbites gratus, sp. n. Angustatus, parallelus, obscure wneus, opacus; thorace creberrime ocellato-punctato, canaliculato, angulis posticis haud carinatis ; elytris densissime rugoso-punctatis ; antennis nigris ; pedibus rutis, tarsis infuscatis. L. 11-12 mill. Narrow, parallel at sides, obscurely eneous, opaque; the head densely punctate, punctures ocellate, frontal carina smooth; the thorax punctured like the head, with broad median channel, posterior angles turned outwards, somewhat acute in male, rather obtuse in female ; the scutellum densely punctured like the elytral interstices; the elytra punctate- striate, strie finely cut, interstices densely punctured and transversely rugose ; the antennz serrate, joints longest in male, otherwise differing little in the sexes, black ; the legs, thighs, and tibie clear red, tarsi dusky. This and the five following species are narrow and form a section in the genus distinct from the others from Japan. Hab. \chiuchi, Chiuzenji, Subashiri, Miyanoshita, and Junsai. Corymbites ferruginetpennis, sp. n. Angustatus, parallelus, obscure weneus, opacus; thorace creberrime ocellato-punctato, angulis posticis haud carinatis; elytris fer- rugineis ; tibiis rufis. L. 91-10 mill. Form like that of C. gratus and the head and thorax similarly punctate; the thorax less deeply channelled; the elytra rusty red and much less densely punctulate and rugose ; the Elateride oy Japan. 263 the antenne much shorter in male; the legs red, thighs sometimes dusky, tarsi infuscate. If the antennz of the male were longer and more lax this species might be taken for a variety of C. gratus with red wing-cases. Hab. Nikko and Chiuzenji. Four examples. Corymbites rubripennis, sp. n. C. ferrugineipenni simillimus, antennis magis longioribus ; thorace haud carinato; elytris rubris. L. 93 mill. Narrow, parallel, obscure eneous, opaque; the head little rugose, very closely ocellate-punctate, frontal carine semi- circular; the thorax punctured like the head, widely flat- tened in the middle, hind angles a little broad and relatively obtuse, little turned outwards, the basal carina being markedly absent; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, interstices densely rugose and punctulate ; the antenne serrate, rather long ; the legs, tibiw red, thighs and tarsi infuscate. Hab, Higo. One male example. Corymbites chlamydatus, sp. n. Angustatus, parallelus, eneus, subnitidus; capite grosse et creber- rime ocellato-punctato ; thorace a basi conspicue carinato ; elytris rufis, interstitiis punctulatis haud rugosis; antennis nigris ; pedibus rufis. L. 12 mill. Narrow, parallel, brassy, somewhat shining ; the head very: closely and coarsely punctured, punctures ocellate; the thorax densely punctate, the punctures round and deep, not pressed together nor ocellate on the disk, hind angles very distinctly carinate, somewhat acute and rather turning outwards; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, interstices little convex, punctulate, feebly rugose; the antenne black, articulations somewhat long and lax; the legs red, tarsi dusky. Differs from the other five narrow species of this series in having a carina at the thoracic angle and the interstices of the elytra being simply punctulate. Hab. Yuyama. One male example. Corymbites concolor, sp. n. Angustatus, parallelus, obscure cxeruleo-niger; capite thoraceque creberrime ocellato-punctatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitils rugosis ; antennis nigris; pedibus infuscatis. L. 73-8 mill. 264 Mr. G. Lewis on Narrow, parallel, black, with dull bluish tinge; the head very closely ocellate-punctate; the thorax also extremely closely punctured, median channel feeble, hind angles obtuse, without a carina, slightly turning outwards; the elytra punc- tate-striate, interstices very rugose, the rugosities obliterating the punctures; the antenne slender, lax, black; the legs dusky, with the knees and tibie paler. Hab. Yuyama. Two male examples. Corymbites obscuripes, sp. n. Angustatus, parallelus, brunneo-zneus, opacus; thorace creberrime ocellato-punctato, angulis divaricatis, haud carinatis; elytris subbrunneis, interstitiis rugosis; antennis subelongatis, nigris ; pedibus obscure brunneis. L. 8 mill. Narrow, very similar (except in colour) to C. ferruginei- pennis. ‘The head and thorax obscurely neous, very densely punctate, punctures ocellate, hind angles of latter distinctly turning outwards, without a carina, median canaliculation feeble, angles brownish; the elytra brown, with a brassy tinge, interstices punctulate and rugose, striz punctate, fine and even; the antenne black, rather long, serrate, and joints lax, especially in male. Hab. Miyanoshita. Four specimens. Ludius niponensis, sp. 0. Latus, niger, nitidus, pube nigra; thorace confertim punctato, linea in medio levi; elytris tenuiter striatis, interstitiis confertim punctatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. L. 20-22 mill. Broad and robust, black, three basal joints of antenna sometimes pitchy red, palpi and claws pale; the head some- what uneven, coarsely punctured, with an impression more or less distinct between the eyes; the thorax narrowest in front, rounded off behind the anterior angles, then slightly and gradually widening to the base, closely and evenly punctured, with narrow smooth line down the centre; the scutellum oblong, depressed anteriorly, sculptured like the interstices of the elytra; the elytra, striz uniformly not deeply impressed nor visibly punctate, interstices closely punctured, with a somewhat imbricated surface sculpture, and slightly convex, base excavated round the scutellum. The prosternal notch in the posterior process of the keel is very conspicuous. ‘The species 1s more robust than LZ. abruptus, the Elateride of Japan. 265 Say, but otherwise very similar to it; the latter, however, has no smooth median line on the thorax. Hab. Nikko and Sapporo. Three examples only. Ludius Candezet, sp. n. Ellipticus, elongatus, niger, pube brunnea; fronte utrinque antice angulato; thorace carinis posticis obliquis; elytris tenuiter striatis, interstitiis punctulatis; antennis pedibusque piceo-nigris. L, 24 mill. Elliptical, elongate, black, with brown pubescence; an- tenn and legs pitchy red; the head oblique at the sides before the eyes, truncate before the epistoma, punctate, punc- tures rather small and somewhat closely set; the thorax narrowest in front, gradually widening to base, very feebly sinuous before the angles, carine well raised and oblique, thus leaving anteriorly a wide interstice, excavated transversely at base ; the scutellum distinctly convex but nearly vertical ; the elytra elongate, gradually narrowing to apex, feebly striate, interstices punctulate and somewhat finely rugose; the prosternal posterior process is very long and the notch is close to the tip ; the antenn, terminal joint constricted, third joint one third longer than the second. I have only seen one example of this curious species. ‘T'he form of the forehead and the oblique direction of the thoracic carine, the convex scutellum, and the length of the prosternal process are very peculiar. I have much pleasure in naming it after Dr. M. E. Candéze, the author of the ‘ Monograph on the Elateride’ and of the first memoir on the Japanese species. Hab. Nagasaki. Ludius Sieboldii, Cand. Ludius Sieboldii, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 27. 3 ig Oae= ie ea : In this species the prosternal notch is not quite so con- spicuous as in L. ferrugineus, L., but it is well-marked (see fig. 3, |, coxal cavity). Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Sapporo. Twenty examples. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 18 266 On the Elateride of Japan. Crigmus plebejus. Indius plebejus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1873, p. 28. Dr. Candéze included Crigmus in Ludius ; but the form of the posterior prosternal process in Ludius (type L. ferru- gineus, L.) will not permit this. In Crigmus (type C. hepa- ticus, Germ.) the prosternal process descends immediately behind the coxe#, and in Ludius it extends horizontally for about half the distance and is then abruptly notched and continued on a lower plane, and this is the case in all true Ludii. In Crigmus also the terminal joint of the antenne is not contracted at the apex, and in C. junior and linteatus it is very elongate. C. plebejus is very similar to C. hepaticus, especially in the elytral sculpture. Hab. Nagasaki, Ashiwo, and Sapporo. Crigmus junior. Ludius junior, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 27. I give a figure showing the outline of the prosternal keel viewed sideways (fig. 4, 1, coxal cavity). The great length of the antenne in the male is a distinctive character in this species. Hab. Yuyama, Ichiuchi, Kashiwagi, and Sapporo. Crigmus linteatus. Tudius linteatus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 28. Hab. Kobé. ‘Two examples found on Maiyasan in 1871. Sericus sericarius, Motsch. Dolerosoma?, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, p. 166. The author says this species is similar to D. humeralis, Motsch., but larger; the elytral strie are crenulate; it measures 8 millim. I have not seen any insect which answers to the description he gives, unless it is Siles’s mus- culus, Cand. [To be continued. ] A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 267 XXIX.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A,, D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. [Continued from p. 164, } [Plate XII] [THE reader is requested to make the following corrections in the preceding Table of Distribution :— P. 162, for Heteromysis read Hemimysis. » for Chiromysis read Heteromysis. P. 163, The 8 in column 14 should be opposite Eudorella truncatula instead of £. emarginata. P. 164, column 13. Put N instead of ? opposite Campylaspis costata. | This Table of Distribution of the Higher Crustacea of Norway contains one hundred and seventy-eight species. The distribution of these species may be summed up as follows :— Species which occur both to the north and to the south Ee tae AB. 5.0 Foo Wsse 8.< 4 'e'giitoye tecaake Species known only to the north of Norway ............ 19 Species known only to the south of Norway ............ 104 Species here recorded only as Norwegian .........ece08 25 178 But of these last twenty-five species Bythocaris Payert, Heller, has a wide distribution in the great depths of the cold area of the North Atlantic, and HLuphausia pellucida, Dana, is an oceanic form with world-wide distribution ; and although this species is not marked in the Mediterranean column, it should have been so, since Huphausia Miilleri, Claus, is a synonym. Deducting these two species, we have twenty-three re- maining which are as yet unknown beyond the Norwegian seas. Of the 178 Norwegian species, 121 are known in British seas and 57 reach the Mediterranean, while 44 occur on the N.E. coast of North America. A study of the table will show that the species common to Norway and N.K. America are, with the exception of Carcinus menas, Hupagurus Bernhardus, and Crangon vulgaris, either Arctic or deep- water forms. The Isopoda of Norway differ in general character from those of the British sea by the fact that the family Sphero- mide is only represented by the single species Limnorta lignorum; this family is altogether unknown in the Arctic seas, and in Denmark only two forms occur, Limnoria lignorum and Spheroma rugicauda. On the other hand, the 18* 268 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on families Tanaide, Munnide, and Munnopside are largely represented in Norway; the first of these has been little studied in our own seas, while the two latter families are lovers of a soft muddy bottom and, for the most part, of a considerable depth of water, conditions rarely met with on or off our coasts; but there can be no doubt that our fauna will hereafter be enriched by many additions in these three interesting groups. The Norwegian seas are very rich in Amphipoda, and here again many groups are more largely represented than in British seas on account of the greater depth of water and the nature of the bottom of the fiords; but there can be no question that the much larger number of Amphipods known in Norway as compared with the British fauna is due in no small degree to the fact that the Norwegian Amphipoda have been more thoroughly studied than the British. The following is a comparative statement of the number of Amphipoda at present known in Norway, Denmark, Britain, and the Mediterranean; the species of Norway are from Sars and Boeck, those of Denmark are taken from Meinert’s works, those of Britain are from my own computation (including some unrecorded species), those of the Mediterranean are on the authority of Claus, Della Valle, and Mayer. Mediter- Norway. Denmark, Britain. ranean. Hyperina .... 9 1 10 21 Gammarina .. 333 107 214 106 Caprellina.... 17 (?) 5 12 16 359 118 236 143 When we pass to the consideration of the Entomostraca, we find that these, with the exception of one group, have been more studied and are better known in the British fauna and in that of the Mediterranean than in Scandinavia. With respect to Copepoda of the latter country the only papers we have are those of Boeck, published many years ago. The Ostracoda of the Norwegian seas have, however, been worked at both by Professor G. O. Sars and myself. One hundred and eighteen species of marine Ostracoda are now known from that coast * and one hundred and forty-six from our own fF. * Norman (A. M.), “Notes on the Marine Crustacea Ostracoda of Norway,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. 1891, p. 108. + Norman and Brady, “ Mon, Marine and Freshwater Ostracoda of the North Atlantic and North-western Europe,” Section I, Podocopa, Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv, 1889, p. 63. To the species of Podocopa there enumerated are added those of the other sections of the group. the Trondhjem Fiord, 269 BRACHYURA., 1. Portunus depurator, Linn. One small specimen, Trondhjem. ANOMURA. 2. Hupagurus pubescens, Kroyer. Trondhjem and Rédberg. 3. Galathea strigosa, Linn. Two young examples, Laminarian zone, Rédberg. Professor M. Sars found this species as far north as the North Cape (‘Oversigt over de i den Norsk-arctiske Region forekommende Krebsdyr,’ 1858). 4, Galathodes tridentatus, Esmark. 21852. Galathea serricornis, Lovén, (ify. Vet.-Akad. p. 22 (? junior). 1856. Galathea tridentata, Esmark, Skand. Naturf. Mote, p. 239. 1882. Galathodes tridentata, G. O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges Crusta- ceer, I.,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ. p. 43 (separate copy) pl. i. fig. 3. On the precipices at Rédberg down to 300 fathoms, as well as in similar localities in Kors and Hardanger Fiords. This species would seem to feed on Lophohelia prolifera. It is usually found clinging to that coral or met with in its immediate neighbourhood. , MACRURA. 5. Calocaris Macandree, Bell. In 150-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg; also Oster Fiord, near Bergen, 400 fathoms, and off Batalden, near Flor6é, 200-300 fathoms. 6. Cheraphilus nanus, Kroyer. Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. This is Crangon bispinosus, Westwood. 7. Pontophilus, sp. I did not find any mature specimen of this genus, but an example occurred in the postlarval stage (see G. O. Sars, “ Bidrag til Kundskaben om Decapodernes Forvandlinger, III. Fam. Crangonide,” Archiv f. Mathem. og Naturv. 1890, pl. iv. figs. 19, 20), in which the telson and second leg are as 270 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on figured by Sars, while the carapace has two dorsal spines, a rostrum as long as the eye, and traces of lateral carine. 8. Spirontocaris polaris, Sabine. 1824. Alpheus polaris, Sabine, Supp. to Appendix of Parry’s Voyage, p. 288, pl. ii. figs. 5-8. 1843. Hippolyte polaris, Kroyer, Monog. Fremst. af Hippolyte’s Nordiske Arter, p. 324, pl. iii. figs. 78-81, pl. iv. fig. 82, 9. 1843. Hippolyte borealis, id. ibid. p. 330, pl. iii. figs. 74-77, g. 1835. Hippolyte borealis, Owen, in Append. Ross’s Second Voyage, p. 84, pl. B. fig. 5, go. 1867. Hyppolyte cultellata, Norman, “ Report Exploring Coasts of Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 200. 1869. Hippolyte cultellata, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland,” Brit. Assoc. Report, 1868, p. 265. 1879. Hippolyte polaris, S. I. Smith, “ Stalk-eyed Crustaceans Atlantic Coast of N. America,” Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. v. p. 80, pl. xi. figs, 1-4. Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-300 fathoms. I have the species also in my collection from Hardanger Fiord, off Lervig, and in Stoksund ; Norddals Fiord, Floré ; Svolver, Lofoten Islands; Varanger and Bog Fiords, East Finmark ; from the Minch and off Shetland: all dredged by myself. Also from Greenland (‘Valorous’ Exped.) ; lat. 60° 14’ N., long. 4° 30’ W., 290 fathoms (‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 78) ; and off Halifax, N.E. America (S. LZ. Smith). 9. Spirontocaris securifrons, Norman. Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. This is a much more common species than S. spinus, Sow. In British seas the latter is very rare; the former I have from Northumberland and Durham coasts, Shetland, the Minch, Loch Fyne, Firth of Clyde, &c. in our own seas ; from most of the fiords in which I have dredged in West Norway and Finmark; also from Tromsé (Z. Sparre Schneider), and off Salem, Massachusetts Bay, 90 fathoms (S. Z. Smith). 10. Spirontocaris pusiola, Kroyer. Rédberg, 3-10 fathoms. 11. Bythocaris simplicirostris, G.O. Sars. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.) 1869. Bythocaris simplicirostris, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand, Christ. 1869), p. 5 (separate copy): For generic characters see G. O. Sars, ‘ Den Norske Nord- havs Exped, Crustaceer,’ 1885, p. 26, Five species of the the Trondhjem Fiord. 271 genus have been described—B. Panschii, Bucholz*, B. Pay- ert, Heller t, B. leucopis, G.O. Sars ft, and B. nana, 8. I. Smith § ; and the present species, which is the type of the genus. Bythocaris simplicirostris appears to be extremely rare. I dredged two specimens in 250-300 fathoms, Réodberg. Sars described the species from a single female dredged in 250 fathoms, Lofoten Islands. Two mutilated examples were taken by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, one between Finmark and Bear Island in 191 fathoms, the other west of Spitzbergen in 416 fathoms. B. simplicirostris is distinguished from the more recently described species by the following characters :— Carapace with only a very slight central carina, suddenly terminated anteriorly in a notch and armed with a spine. Frontal area considerably projecting ; middle spine-process (rostrum) subulate, round, smooth, acute, extending forwards to beyond the middle of the basal joint of the antennules, and longer than the long eyes; the flanking lateral spine-processes acute and well-developed, about one third the length of the central. yes well developed, on long peduncles, when laterally projected extending beyond the sides of the carapace. Scale of antenne of great size, as long as the entire carapace and three times as long as its own greatest breadth ; apically well rounded and greatly overtopping the spine-process of the outer margin. Telson slightly emarginate at the extremity. 12. Cryptocheles pygmea, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. figs. 2-5.) 1869. Cryptocheles pygmea, G. O. Sars, “Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten ” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand.), p. 6 (separate copy). Rédberg, on the precipices, in 150-250 fathoms. I have also dredged it in 200 fathoms near Lervig, on the Hardanger Fiord. Sars’s types were from the Lofoten Islands in 120- 300 fathoms ; he has also procured it at Hesthammer, in the Hardanger Fiord, in 100-150 fathoms, and it was dredged by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition at the mouth of the Sogne Fiord, in 200 fathoms. It has as yet only been found on the Norwegian coast. * Hippolyte Panschii, Bucholz, Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, 1869 und 1870, vol. ii. 1874, p. 277, pl. i. fig. 1. + Hippolyte Payeri, Heller, Crustaceen, Pyenogoniden, und Tunicaten Gisterr.-Ungar. Nordpol-Exped. p. 2, pl. 1. figs. 1-4. ¢ Bythocaris leucopis, G. O. Sars, Den Norske Nordhays-Exped. 1876- 78, Crustacea, I., 1885, p. 27, pl. iii. figs. 1-26. § Bythocaris nana, 8. 1. Smith, “ Report Decapod Crustacea ‘ Alba- tross,” 1884,” Annual Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1885, p. 56 (sepa- rate copy), pl. xii. fig. 2. I72 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on This is probably the smallest Macruran known, measuring only about 13 millim. long. Outer maxillipeds (fig. 4) strongly developed, with a small palp at the base, last joint longer than penultimate, on the anterior side furnished with semiverticils of sete, extremity terminating in a very strong triangular spine, at the base of which is projected to about one third of its length a dentated lobe. First feet very short (fig. 5), hand greatly elongated, nearly twice the length of the wrist, attenuated distally, the finger and thumb extremely small and weak. Second feet slender and weak; wrist longer than the anterior portion of limb, composed of seven articulations ; hand very minute and the chela so small that it can only be seen when the limb is mounted and microscopically examined. Re- maining feet simple. The front portion of the carapace is dorsally keeled and spined, spines about four; rostrum (fig. 3) about half as long as the carapace, nearly horizontal, narrow, above with “ 8-12” spines, beneath unarmed, except sometimes a small tooth at the apex. No spine over the eye, but three minute spines below. Antennal scale elongated, rhomboidal, with a spine about the middle of the outer margin. Kpimera of first three segments of pleon very large in the female, especially the second. Telson shorter than uropods, elongated-ovate, with numerous spines on the sides, distally truncate, and furnished with six spines. “ Branchie utrinque 5 structura singulari, laminas formantes ovatas in superficie modo exteriore plicas 4-7 ut rudimenta foliolorum prebentes; branchia posterior ceteris major et forma subreniformi”’ (G. O. Sars). Both Bythocaris and Cryptocheles have only a few ova, and these are very large; and G. O. Sars has recorded that in these genera the young issue from the egg with the full complement of limbs, and do not undergo any metamorphosis subsequently. ‘Thus these genera differ from all shallow- water Macrura. In most deep-water Macrura the eggs are few and large, and it is probable therefore that the develop- ment is similar in character to that of Bythocaris and Cryptocheles. [Notes by Prof. 8. I. Smith on the large size of the eggs of abyssal Crustacea will be found in papers printed in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. 1884, p- 183; “ Report Decapod Crustacea ‘ Albatross ’ Dredgings, 1884,” in Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1885 (1886), p. 13 (separate copy); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. xvii. 1886, p. 197.] 13. Pandalus brevirostris, Rathke. Rédberg, 150 fathoms. the Trondhjem Fiord. 273 Two specimens, both prese nting peculiarities. One is more slender in form than usual and has the rostrum less deep and much longer, equal to twice the length of the eye; it bears ten teeth above, of which six are articulated on the carapace and two are situated beyond the extremity of the eye; there is usually a cilium in front of each tooth of the carapace, but in this specimen it is absent; there are three teeth on the underside of the rostrum of larger size than usual. The second specimen has the rostrum somewhat shorter, with eight teeth above of which five are on the carapace, and four below, the two proximal of which are of good size and at some distance from the extremity. 14, Caridion Gordoni, Bate. Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 15. Pasiphea tarda, Kroyer. ae, ied tarda, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsk. Anden Reekkes, vol. i. . 453. ist? Pasiphea tarda, Kroyer, Voyage en Skandinavie &e. pl. vi. figs. A, B, a-o*. 1868. Pasiphae norvegica, M. Sars, Bidrag til Kunds. om Christiania- fjordens Fauna, p. 42, pls. iv. and v. figs. 65-90. 1882. Pasiphae tarda, G. O. Sars, “ Overs. af Norges Crustaceer, I.” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ.), p. 42 (separate copy). A single specimen off Rédberg in about 300 fathoms. The chief points which distinguish this species from P. s?- vado, our British species, are that the telson is cleft at the extremity and that there is no spine over its base on the hinder margin of the preceding segment. The segments are also strongly keeled dorsally. Both P. stvado and P. tarda are usually found in depths exceeding 80 fathoms ; but on one occasion, about forty years ago, I found the former in enormous quantities in stake-nets which had been set between tide-marks at Clevedon, Somer- set; and these could not have temporarily come out of deep water, since the whole of the Bristol Channel is shallow. MYSIDEA. Descriptions and admirable figures of the following Schizo- pods will be found in G. O, Sars’s “ Monog. over de ved Norges Kyster forekommende Mysider,” and descriptions of such as are found in Britain in my paper on British Myside in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. vi. vol. x. 1892. * The generic name in the Voyage en Scand. is spelt Pasiphea, and this is the spelling of Savigny, who instituted the genus. 274 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 16. Boreomysis tridens, G. O. Sars. In 3-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. Some young examples were taken among Laminarie in very shallow water, but close at hand there was a precipice descending to 250 fathoms. 17. Erythrops microphthalma, G. O. Sars. A single specimen off Trondhjem, in 150 fathoms. 18. Parerythrops abyssicola, G. O. Sars. In considerable numbers, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 19. Mysidopsis didelphys, Norman. Trondhjem, between Munkholmen and the harbour. 20. Pseudomma roseum, G. O. Sars. Among Lophohelia and Alcyonarians on the precipices and on the bottom of the fiord, Rédberg. 21. Pseudomma affine, G. O. Sars. One only, 250-300 fathoms, Rédberg. 22. Mysideis insignis, G. O. Sars. Rédberg, 150 fathoms, one only. 23. Hemimysis abyssicola, G. O. Sars. Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms, abundant. 24, Macromysis inermis, Rathke. Trondhjem and Rédberg, 3-5 fathoms. 25. Schistomysis ornata, G. O. Sars. Rédberg, 3-5 fathoms. CUMACEA. I do not in the following list give reference to such species ee Dee : as are described in G. O. Sars’s paper “Om den aberrannte Krebsdyrgruppe Cumacea og den Norske Arter” (Vidensk.- Selsk. Forhand. 1864) except when other papers contain figures of the species. 26. Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars. One specimen in 1 fathom, west bay at Trondhjem. the Trondhjem Fiord. 275 27. Hemilamprops rosea, Norman. 1863. Vaunthompsonia rosea, Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field- Club, vol. y. p. 251, pl. xiii. figs. 1-3, 9. 1863. Cyrianassa elegans, id. ibid. p. 275, pl. xiv. figs, 1-6, 3. Specimens here and there in 15-150 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 28. Hemilamprops cristata, G. O. Sars. 1869. Lamprops cristata, G. O. Sars, “Nye Dybvandsecrustaceer fra Lofoten” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand.), p. 13 (separate copy). Four specimens, 150-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 29. Leucon nasicus, Kroyer. Leucon nasica, Kroyer, Voyage en Skand. &e. pl. iii. fig. 3, a-o. In 20-150 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 30. Leucon pallidus, G. O. Sars. Rédberg, 40-300 fathoms. 31. Leucon acutirostris, G. O. Sars. Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms. 32. Eudorella truncatula, Bate. 1856. Eudora truncatula, Bate, “On British Diastylide,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii. p. 457, pl. xiv. tig. 3. 1871. Eudorella truncatula, G. O. Sars, “ Besk. af ‘Josephines’ Ex- ped. fundne Cumaceer,” Kong. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Hand. vol. ix. pl. xviii. fig. 99. Rédberg and Trondhjem, 20-300 fathoms. 33. Eudorella emarginata, Kréyer. 1844? Leucon emarginatus, Kroyer, Voyage en Scand. &e. pl. v. fig. 2, 2. 1863, Ee sbina ciliata, Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. v. p. 273, pl. xiii. figs. 4-9, g. 1871. Eudorella emarginata, G. O. Sars, “ Besk. af ‘ Josephines’ Exped. fundne Cumaceer,” Kong. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Hand. vol. ix. pl. xvii. fig. 98. Common, 40-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 34. Eudorella hirsuta, G. O. Sars. 1869. Eudora hirsuta, G. O. Sars, Underségelser over Christiania- fjordens Dybyandsfauna, p. 45. 1871. Eudorella hirsuta, G. O. Sars, “Besk. af ‘Josephines’ Exped. fundne Cumaceer,” Kong. Svenska Veteusk.-Akad. Hand. vol. ix, pl. xvii. fig. 100. A single specimen, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 276 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 35. Diastylis lucifer, Kroyer. Cuma lucifera, Kroyer, Voyage en Skand. &e. pl. iii. fig. 3. Very abundant at Trondhjem in 20-150 fathoms; also at Rédberg, sparingly, in 40-70 fathoms, 36. Diastylis cornutus, A. Boeck. 1863. Cuma cornuta, A. Boeck, “ Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. p. 190 ’ ( fide G. O, Sars; I have not this paper). 1865. Diastylis bicornis, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iii. vol. xv. p- 84, pl. i. fig. 2. 186(4 ?)*, Diastylis bispinosa, G. O. Sars (nec Stimpson), Aberr. Krebsdyrgruppe Cumacea, p. 39. In 150 fathoms at Trondhjem and 250-300 fathoms at Réodberg. 37. Diastylis echinatus, Bate. 1865. Diastylis echinata, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xy. p. 81, pl. i. fig. 1. Two specimens, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. I have also taken it in three places in the Hardanger Fiord, in 100-180 fathoms; and I have a specimen from 550 fathoms in the Faroe Channel. 38. Diastylis serratus, G. O. Sars. Rédberg, 70-300 fathoms, the specimens for the most part very young. I have also taken it at Drobak, in the Christ- iania Fiord; off Lervig, in the Hardanger Fiord; and at Floro. 39. Diastylis tumidus, Lilljeborg. Trondhjem, in 20-70 fathoms. I have also dredged it in several places near Floré, in 70-250 fathoms. 40. Diastylis biplicatus, G. O. Sars. Diastylis lamellata, Norman, “ Report Dredging Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1866 (1867), p. 200. Trondhjem, between Munkholmen and the land. I have also taken it at Drobak; in Oster Fiord, north of Bergen ; and off Lervig, in the Hardanger Fiord. It has a great range in depth from 20 to 1230 fathoms, at which last depth it was taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Exped., 1869. * This paper bears date 1864; but as it quotes Bates’s paper published in 1865, it must have been published later, the Trondhjem Fiord. 277 41. Diastylis resimus, Kroyer. 1844? Cuma resima, Kroyer, Voyage en Scand. Xc., pl. iii. fig. 1; Naturhist. Tidsk. Anden Reekkes, vol. ii. 1846, pp. 165 and 206. 1882. Diastylis resimus, G. O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer, . L,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ. p. 58 (separate copy). In abundance at Trondhjem, between Munkholmen and the land, and in other places, 20-70 fathoms. I have also found it in profusion in shallow water, 5-5 fathoms, at Vads6, and in Bog and Klosterely Fiords, Sydvaranger. Sars also found it ‘i stor Mengde” at Vadsé, in 6-10 fathoms, and also at Christiansund. It is remarkable that this Diastylis, originally described from specimens procured by Capt. Holboll in Greenland, should be the latest addition to our knowledge of the Cumacean fauna of the Norwegian coast, and not recorded again till about thirty-six years after its first discovery. ‘The circumstance of its not having been found is the more remarkable since the species is an inhabi- tant of shallow water and is gregarious and most abundant where it occurs, and that it is now known to range from the borders of Russia (Sydvaranger) to Denmark. In form it is utterly different from any other species of the genus, being at once distinguished by its upturned rostrum, in which respect a counterpart may be found in Hudorellopsis deformis, Kroyer. 42. Diastylis rugosus, G. O. Sars. 1879. Diastylis rugosa, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Bidrag til kunds. om Middel- havets Invertebratfauna, Il. Middelhavets Cumaceer,” Archiv. for Math, og Naturvidenskab. vols. iii. and iv. p. 98, pls. xxxiv.—xxxviii. Two specimens, Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms. I have also dredged it at Drobak and in the Hardanger Fiord; off Va- lentia, Ireland; and procured it at Naples. 43. Leptostylis ampullaceus, Lilljeborg. Rédberg, in 250-300 fathoms. This is a rare species which I have also taken at Drobak (Sars’s locality) ; and I am indebted to Prof. Lilljeborg for specimens from Kullen, Sweden. — 44, Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.) 1864. Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars, “ Aberrante Krebsdyre Cumacea,” Vid.-Selskab. Forhand. p. 79. a a Carapace sculptured, with three oblique subcrescentic crests on each side; the lowest commencing at the anterior extre- mity of the lateral border, runs nearly parallel with that border until it arches over the back near the dorsal margin ; 278 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on after pursuing rather more than half its length, it sends out a branch, which ascends thence nearly perpendicularly over the back; in front of this lowest and divided crest are the two remaining crests, which are flexuous, oblique, and sub- crescentic, the lower meeting the front margin at the base and the other a little above the summit of the rostrum. For description of limbs see Sars. Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-150 fathoms. In 1879 I dredged it in 80-100 fathoms in Stoksund, which is near the mouth of the Hardanger Fiord ; and in 1878 at Drobak. It is also a member of the British fauna, having been dredged by Mr. T. Scott at Rothesay, in the Firth of Clyde, and by myself off Little Cumbrae in 1885. 45. Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. fig. 8.) 1866. Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 foretagen Zool. Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christian- sands Stifter, p. 24. Carapace without crests or ribs; beset all over with con- spicuous irregularly disposed tubercles. The whole animal is speckled with deep brown or black, and on the carapace there is usually one such dark speck on each tubercle. Rédberg, 100-300 fathoms; also in 1879 in 80-100 fathoms, in the Hardanger Fiord. 46. Campylaspis horrida, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. figs. 6, 7.) 1869. Campylaspis horrida, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. p. 18 (separate copy). Carapace very large, but less tumid than usual; surface very uneven; a little within the lateral margin runs a plain crest or plica, which overhangs the inward sweep of the sides below it; above this is a longitudinal waved crest, and above this again the whole surface is tuberculated ; there are also a few tubercles in the space between the waved and the plain crest. One specimen only, Rédberg, in 250-300 fathoms. For descriptions of the limbs of the three foregoing species Sars’s papers can be consulted. As they have not hitherto been figured, I give illustrations of these interesting Cumaceans. IsopopDa. 47. Paranthura tenuis, G. O. Sars. 1872. Paranthura tenuis, G. O. Sars, “ Bid. til Kunds. om Dyrelivet paa vore Hafbanken,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. p. 89. 1886, Paranthura tenuis, Norman and Stebbing, “Isopoda of ‘ Light- ning,’ ‘ Porcupine,’ and ‘* Valorous’ Expeditions,” Trans, Linn, Soc. vol. xii. p. 191, pl. xxvii. fig. 1, Rodberg, 250-300 fathoms. the Trondhjem Fiord. 279 48. Anceus mavillaris, Montagu. Found down to 100 fathoms. 49. Alga ventrosa, M. Sars. b 1858. ga ventrosa, M. Sars, “ Overs. af de i den norske-arct. Region forekom. Krebsdyr,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ, 1858, p. 156. 1879. Aéga ventrosa, Schiddte and Meinert, “Symb. ad Monog. Cymo- thoarum, I. Agide,” Naturhist. Tidss. 3 Rekke, vol. xil. p. 375, pl. ix. figs. 7, 8. Four specimens, among Alcyonarians and corals on the precipices at Rédberg. ‘This species is only as yet known on the Norwegian coast. The type was taken in Oxfjord, Fin- mark, and though rare—Schiddte and Meinert record twelve specimens in all—it has been found in several places thence to the Christiania Fiord. I may add to recorded habitats near Lervig, in the Hardanger Fiord, where I took two specimens in 1879, 50. Ldotea marina, Linné. =I, tricuspidata, Desmarest, =I. pelagica, Leach,= Oniscus balthicus, Pallas,=Stenosoma irrorata, Say, =Idotea Basteri, Audouin,=Idotea variegata, Roux. Rédberg. I have this species from Sicily, from the Adri- atic, and from all parts of the British coast; West Norway generally, and up to Vadsé, Hast Finmark, and from the N.E. American coast. It is subject to great variation as regards the form of the telson :— a. The sides slope away without any angulation to a con- siderably produced central point. This is a common state in the young, but is sometimes preserved to full maturity. b. The telson is markedly angled at that part whence the sides begin to slope away to the produced apex. e. The angles just spoken of are produced into more or less acute points, which, however, are much shorter than the central apex. This is typical J. tricuspidata, Desmarest. d. The extremity is very broad, somewhat produced and widely rounded at the sides, with a small central point, which is scarcely, if at at all, longer than the lateral lobes. All the specimens I have seen from the Mediterranean, that is from Sicily and the Adriatic, are referable to this variety or, possibly, species. It is a form which I have never seen in the north, and is /, Baster’, Roux. Miers, in his “ Revision of the Idoteide” (Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xvi. 1881, p. 31), has considered the North-east American Jdotea described by Harger under the name Jdotea 280 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on phosphorea* to be a variety of I. marina. In this I think he was mistaken. Neither Harger nor Miers alludes to what I consider the most important specific character. The manner in which the lateral lobes of the thoracic segments are distinctly separated from the epimera is important; but the form of the epimera themselves is quite different from what it is in Z, marina—instead of being of subequal depth throughout, each is markedly narrow in front and gradually widens backward, and thus has a wedge-shaped form (Har- ger’s figures distinctly show this to be the case: compare fig. 27, I. phosphorea, Harger, with fig. 24, L. «trrorata, Harger,=J. marina). ‘The specimens I have examined are types received from Harger taken in the Bay of Fundy, and they have been compared with JZ. marina from European localities as well as with specimens of the same species received from Vineyard Sound, N.E. America (from Harger as “I, trrorata”’). 51. Astacilla longicornis, Sowerby. Two small females with pouches carrying eggs, Trondhjem. The most northern locality from which I have this species is Tromsé (Z. Sparre Schneider). 52. Janira maculata, Leach. Rédberg, 40-70 fathoms. This is Henopomus muticus, Kroyer (‘ Voyage en Skand. &e.’ pl. xxx. figs. 1 a-n). 53. Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars. Pleuracantha rubicunda, G. O. Sars, “Om en Anomal Gruppe af Isopoder,’ Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ. 1863, p. 16 (separate copy). Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars, “ Unders. over Hardangerf. Fauna, I. Crustaceer,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1871, p. 380 (sepa- rate copy). In 40 and 150 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. I have to thank Prof. G. O. Sars for specimens from Finmark, and I have myself taken the species at Vadsd, Finmark. It is also a British species, since I dredged it in 1888, in company with my friend Mr. D. Robertson t, in 20-25 fathoms off Fairland Point, Cumbrae, in the Firth of Clyde. * Harger, “Report Marine Isopoda of New England,” Report U.S, Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1878, pt. 6, p. 347, pl. v. figs. 27-29. + I may record here another species taken at the same time in company with Pleurogonium rubicundum, belonging to the same family and also new to the British fauna, Paramunna bilobata, G. O. Sars. the Trondhjem Fiord. 281 The genus Leptaspidia, Bate and Westw., is, I think, unquestionably a synonym of Plewrogonium. 54. Macrostylis spinifer, G. O. Sars. Macrostylis spinifer, G. O. Sars, “Om Anom. Gruppe af Isopoder,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1863, p. 15 (separate copy). Vana longiremis, Meinert, Vidensk. Udbytte ‘Hauchs’ Togter, ILI. Crustacea Malacostraca, 1890, p. 195, pl. ii. figs. 63-73, Two or three specimens of this curious little species in 40-70 fathoms, Rédberg. I also have received specimens from Denmark (Copenhagen Museum as ‘Vana longiremis’’). 55. Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars. Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 fore- tagen Zool. Reise ved Kyst. af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1866, p. 54. Three specimens from the greatest depths at Rédberg. Also in my collection from Christiania Fiord, given me by G. O. Sars, who has also procured it at Lofoten and in the Hardanger Fiord. 56. Lugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars. Desmosoma tenuimanum, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 foretagen Zool. Reise ved Kyst. af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1866, p. 33. Eugerda ylobiceps, Meinert, Vidensk. Udbytte ‘Mauchs’ Toeter, III. Crustacea Malacostraca, 1890, p. 194, pl. ii. figs. 53-62. Rédberg, 70-200 fathoms. I have been able to compare my specimens with types of Lugerda globiceps received from the Copenhagen Museum, There seems sufficient grounds for removing Sars’s species from the genus Desmosoma, on account of the mandibles being destitute of a palp, the filiform character of the first feet, and the biramose caudal appendages. 57. Munnopsis typica, M. Sars. Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1859 Zool. Reise ved Kysten af Romsdals Amt. 1860, p. 10. Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, “ Besk. af en ny Steegt og Art af Isopoder,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1860, p. 84. Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, Bidrag til Kunds. om Christianiafj. Fauna, 1868, p. 70, pls. vi., vii. Munnopsis typica, HW. J. Hansen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte, 1887, p. 196, pl. xx. figs. 2-2 e, Munnopsis typica, H. J. Uansen, Oversigt over det vestlige Gronlands Fauna af Malakos. Hafskrebsdyr, 1887, p. 195 (no description). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 19 282 A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. I also have it from Varanger Fiord, East Finmark, 150 fathoms (A. M. N.) ; off Hare Island, Disco, Greenland, 85 fathoms (‘Valorous,’ 1875) ; Faroe Channel, 540 fathoms (‘Knight Errant,’ Stat. 8) ; Faroe Channel, 640 fathoms (‘Zriton,’ Stat. 8); West Greenland (Prof. d’ Arcy Thompson). 58. Llyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars. Llyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars, “Nye Dybdvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1869, p. 23 (separate copy). Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. In this species the leading character is “ Segmentorum thoracicorum 4 priorum margines anteriores in cristas sub- tiliter crenulatas elevati.” Among the specimens occurring at Rédberg are some in which this crenation is almost wholly absent. I have also taken this species in the Varanger Fiord, East Finmark, and have one of the original specimens pro- cured by the describer at the Lofoten Islands. 59. Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars. Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars, “Om en Anomal Gruppe af Isopoder,” Vidensk.-Selsk, Forhand. 1863, p. 5 (separate copy). Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. Also Christiania Fiord (@. O. Sars, in Mus. Nor.). 60. Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars. Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars, Beret. Somm. 1865 Zool. Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1866, p. 32, Antennules having the basal joint broad and produced on each side into triangular lobes, which embrace the second joint between them ; the inner of these lobes very long and reaching forward to the length of the fourth joint; rostrum having the base equal in breadth to about one fourth of that of the cephalic segment, deeply concave and bent downwards at the extremity, which is emarginate in the centre, rounded on each side, and bearing on the outer margin 6 to 8 tooth- like serrations; the rostrum is subequal in length to the long triangular lobe of the first joint of the antennules. The three anterior segments of the posterior portion of the body are distinctly separate and articulated, and are slightly grooved in the central dorsal line. Length of antenne about 24 that of the body ; length of latter 3 millim., of former 8 millim, On new Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 283 There are two species with which 2. producta might be confounded; from Z. furcata and E£. latirostris the distinctly separated segments which precede the last will at once distin- guish it, as well as the character of the basal joint of the antennules and the exact structure of the rostrum. Rédberg, on the precipices among Alcyonarians, in about 150 fathoms. Sars described the species from a single specimen, which was scarcely more than half the length of those found by me ; and as in that description there is no allusion made to the structure of the antennules, I should have failed to recognize the species had it not been that I had the advantage of direct comparison with specimens kindly given me by Prof. G. O. Sars, and obtained by him in West Norway. [To be continued. ] EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Fig.1. Bythocaris simplicirostris, G. O. Sars. Dorsal view of anterior portion of carapace, enlarged. Fig. 2. Cryptocheles pygmea, G. O. Sars. Enlarged about three diameters. Fig. 3. Ditto. Rostrum. Fig.4, Ditto. Outer maxilliped. Fig.5. Ditto. First foot. Fig. 6. Campylaspis horrvida, G. O. Sars, 9. Enlarged. ‘ig. 7. Ditto. Dorsal view of carapace. Fig. 8. Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars, 3. Enlarged. Fig. 9. Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars, $. Enlarged. XXX.—WNew Coleoptera from the Australian Region. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE. Lucanide. Eurytrachelus Wickhami, sp. n. Niger, sat nitidus: mandibulis porrectis perparum curvatis, con- vexis, ante apicem dente valido armatis, medio denticulatis ; capite magno, subtiliter granulato, pone oculos bituberculato rugoso ; thorace lato, lateribus leviter arcuatis. Long. (mandib. incl.) 25 lin. Hab. Queensland. Formerly I regarded this as a variety of H. arfakianus, 19* 284 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Lansb. I am now, however, convinced that it is a distinct species. It is relatively rather narrower; the mandibles are convex, @. e. the ridge which bears the teeth is not dorsal as in arfakianus, but internal in the ordinary way; the large subapical tooth is more removed from the apex, and there are three or four small teeth rather behind the middle. The head has the same peculiar notch behind the eye, leaving two small tubercles, but the surface round the eye is merely rugose instead of being wrinkled. The thorax is more convex, more obliquely narrowed posteriorly, with the sides, especially anteriorly, distinctly arcuate. The mentum is more broadly truncate anteriorly. In describing /. arfakianus, M. Lansberge has not, I think, laid stress enough on the differences in the mandibles in specimens of this species. In Odontolabis, dimorphism is common, but I do not remember any quite similar case in the Dorcint. In £. arfakianus, var. maximus, the mandibles are rather straight, simple, except a large tooth near the apex. In the var. minor the mandibles have a large subbasal tooth, and besides the subapical one there are one or two smaller teeth between the large teeth. This appears to me to be a distinct case of dimorphism, and not a questton of large and small examples. The -Museum specimens measure :— Var. maximus: 18 to 26 lines (mandib. incl.). Var. minor: 19 to 24 lines (mandib. incl.). These would correspond to what Dr. Leuthner ealls telo- dont and amphiodont forms. Cetoniide. Pacilopharis femorata, sp. n. Oblonga, depressa, nitidissima, cyaneo-viridis: capite subtiliter punctulato, fronte punctis nonnullis sparsa ; thorace levi, latera versus punctis nonnullis sparsis; elytris levibus, lineis tribus punctorum yix conspicuis, lateribus pone medium transversim striatis ; pedibus obscure rubro-purpureis, femoribus obscure rubris. Long. 10 lin. Hab. Doreh (New Guinea). Besides the difference in colour, this differs from P. Whitet in being rather narrower, the head is much more finely pune- tured, with only a few larger punctures on the forehead. The Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 285 thorax has only a few lunate punctures towards the sides. The elytra have only three not very distinct lines of punctures at the base, not extending beyond the middle ; at the apical margin are the usual transverse striole. The transverse striolw of the pygidium are finer and closer. The femora are dull red, the tibiee and tarsi obscure reddish purple. Buprestide. Belionota Saundersit, sp. n. Enea, elytris purpureo-eneis: scutello subtillissime punctulato ; corpore subtus lete aureo-viridi, ad latera brunneo-sneo, hic et illic cupreo tincto, segmento apicali cyaneo. Long. 94 lin. Hab. N. Australia, Cape York. This species is very like B. fallaciosa in general form (even narrower than that species usually is), but is easily distinguished by the extremely finely punctured scutellum and different coloration. ‘The thorax has the punctuation very fine, rather closer than in JB. fallaciosa, with less smooth space in the middle of the base. The elytra are bronze, obscurely tinted with brownish purple, with a steel- blue shade at the apex. The body beneath is very bright golden green, brownish eneous at the sides; the segments are bordered with dark steel-blue, and the ereater part “of the apical segment is of the same colour; in some examples the blue colour ascends somewhat in the median channel. Belionota Woodfordi, sp. n. Nigro-senea: thorace igneo-cuprea, medio purpureo suffuso ; scu- tello purpurascenti, subtiliter punctulato; corpore subtus aureo- viridi, ad latera cyaneo purpurascenti. Long. 11-123 lin. Hab. Fauro I., Solomon Islands (C. 1. Woodford, Esq.). This is very close to L. prasina, but is, I think, sutticiently different in its coloration to merit a distinctive name. Clerida. NATALIS. Many species of this genus have been described from time to time, most authors comparing their species with ‘ N. por- catus, Fabr.” What these authors consider porcatus, I’. to 286 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new be it is difficult to determine. Fabricius gives the locality as Van Diemen’s Land; and the specimens in this Museum are all so marked except one labelled New Holland, which generally means West Australia. It is the longest, narrowest species known to me, with the disk of the thorax closely and finely punctured. It is not unlikely this is N. cribricollis of Spinola’s Monograph ; certainly his N. porcatus is not the Fabrician species. The Rev. T. Blackburn has given a synopsis of the species of the genus (Tr. Roy. Soc. of S. Austr. xiii. 1890, p 126), and the one he refers to N. porcatus is evidently not the Fabrician species, as he places it in the section “ Disc of the prothorax not closely and evenly punctured.” The specimens named N. porcatus in White’s Catalogue are probably porcatus of Spinola (the type was not then in the Museum), and I am inclined to think they are the N. Marstersii, Casteln., but it all depends on what this author considered the Fabrician species. Natalis Blackburni, sp. n. Picea: capite creberrime subtiliter punctato, punctis nonnullis majoribus mixtis; thorace disco subtiliter obsolete punctulato, lateribus sat rugulosis ; elytris postice modice dilatatis, costatis, costis alternis pone medium evanescentibus. Long. 12, lat. elytr. 32 lin. Hab. Swan River. The head is closely and rather finely punctured, with a few much larger punctures interspersed. The antenne are long, the apical joint elongate-ovate, moderately narrowed at the apex, the tenth joint as broad as long, the ninth scarcely as broad as long, very obliquely narrowed towards the base. The thorax is as long as broad, not very much flattened on the disk, a little broader at the widest part than in front, the disk very finely, rather closely, but indistinctly punctured ; the sides rugulose, but not strongly as in many of the species. ‘The elytra have the punctures large and transverse at the base, gradually diminishing in size posteriorly, being com- paratively fine at the apex ; the coste are narrow and equal at the base, the alternate ones disappearing rather before the middle, leaving the others separated by dull flat spaces. The intermediate tibiz are curved. The abdomen has a finel punctured patch in the middle of the second, third, and fourth segments, clothed with golden pubescence, the patch on the fourth segment a little broader than long. Posterior tarsi very long. Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 287 The upper surface of the insect is finely pilose, with some erect hairs scattered over the surface. Natalis lata, sp. n. Lata, depressa, ferrugineo-picea: capite confertim subtiliter punctulato, punctis majoribus crebre mixtis, fronte rugulosa ; thorace medio depresso, parce subtiliter punctulato, lateribus fortiter vermiculosis ; elytris brevioribus, postice modice dilatatis, basi crasse cancellato-punctatis, post medium subtilius punctu- latis, costatis, costis 4", 6", et 8° solum apice attingentibus. Long. 11, lat. elytr. 34 lin. flab. Moreton Bay (Diggles). This is a comparatively short broad species. The head is finely punctured, but the large punctures are also very numerous and moderately close together; the upper part, especially above the eyes, is rugulose. The antenne are long, the apical joint is oblong-ovate in general outline, but is doubly angular on each side; the tenth joint is a trifle broader than long, not very much narrowed at the base, the ninth joint is similar but a little longer. The thorax is as broad as long, distinctly broader at the widest part than in front ; the disk is impressed, with very fine scattered punc- tures, with larger punctures here and there; the sides very strongly vermiculate. The elytra are short as compared with most species; at the base the punctures are very large and square, changing very abruptly just beyond the middle to rounder and smaller punctures, which become very small at the apex ; the coste are very narrow at the base, equal, but beyond the middle the first, second, third, fifth, and seventh disappear ; the apex of the elytra is of a lighter brown colour. The intermediate tibiz are rather short and nearly straight. The posterior tarsi are very short. The abdomen has the middle portion of the second and third segments densely and finely punctured, with a band of golden pubescence, more particularly along the posterior margin. I cannot reconcile either of these species with any described by Mr. Blackburn. Natalis levis, sp. n. Fusca, nitida, pube brevissima sordide flava obsolete marmorata : thorace medio subtilissime parce punctulato, lateribus late fortiter vermiculatis; elytris latera versus subtiliter striato- punctatis, postice costis vix elevatis notatis. Long. 22, lat. elytr. 6; lin. Hab. New Guinea. 288 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new In form this species presents nothing unusual, but its large size and smooth elytra at once distinguish it from all the described species. ‘The antenne are very long, the apical joint is elongate-ovate, obliquely truncate at the apex; the tenth joint is a little longer than broad, much narrowed at the base; the ninth joint is about one third longer than broad, obliquely narrowed to the base. The head is finely punctured, but with large punctures intermixed. The thorax is about as broad as long, obliquely narrowed in front, shining, deeply impressed in the middle; extremely delicately and not very closely punctured ; the sides strongly vermicu- lose; the rugosity extending considerably on to the disk. The elytra are extremely finely and closely punctured where there is the fine pubescence, but there are bare smooth spots at intervals; the lines of punctures are only distinct at the sides, and the punctures are small; each elytron has three not very conspicuous cost, the first commencing behind the middle, the next a little longer, the third almost entire, commencing below the shoulder. The intermediate tibiz are slightly curved. The abdomen is shining and finely pune- tured; the third segment has a very small inconspicuous pubescent patch in the middle. XXXI.—On the Characters of a new Genus and Six new Species of Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A. Prionide. Osphryon hirticollis, sp. n. Nigro-fuseus ; capite thoraceque supra subtusque sat dense fulvo- villosis ; prothorace utrinque trispinoso; elytris dense punctu- latis, sordide flavo-testaceis, sutura et margine exteriore angustis- sime piceis, apicibus utrisque bidentatis ; antennis totis nigro-fuscis, (d¢) corpore longitudine fere wqualibus, ( 2.) medium elytrorum paullo superantibus; segmento quinto abdominis (d¢) fortiter, ( 2 ) leviter emarginato. Long., ¢ 37-40, 2 50 mm. Hab. Doreh and Arfak. Dark brown. Elytra yellowish testaceous, but in places exhibiting a darker tint; along the suture and the outer margin very narrowly piceous. Prothorax with three distinet spines on each side, of which the posterior is longest (on one Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. 289 side of one male specimen there is an additional small spine, between the anterior and postmedian spine, in a_ position corresponding to that occupied by the second of the four spines in Osphryon adustus, Pasc.). The head and thorax are clothed both above and below with a rather dense tawny brown pubescence, which is longer on the underside, espe- cially on the hind breast. The scutellum is dark brown. The elytra are rather thickly punctulate, and in places, especially towards the base in the female, are rather strongly coriaceous or subrugose ; at the apex each is rounded exter- nally, but towards the suture is truncate, with a distinct tooth or small spine at each angle of the truncature. The fifth ventral segment of the male abdomen is rather strongly emarginate behind, and part of the sixth segment projects beyond it. In the female the fifth segment is also emar- ginate, but not so strongly as in the male. This species differs from O. adustus, Pase., in some minor structural characters, such as having only three spines on each side of the prothorax and in having two small spines at the apex of each elytron; but in general form and in the sculpture and relative proportions of the joints of the antennze there is such close agreement as to justify me in considering the two species congeneric. ‘I'he genus was placed by Pascoe amongst the Derobrachides, and, in my view, rightly so. Lansberge, in his list of Malayan Prionide, ranks it with the Closterides. ‘Lhe two groups have, however, closer attinities than Lacordaire’s arrangement seems to suggest. Osphryon Lorbest, sp. n. 6. Fuscus, supra opacus; prothorace antice posticeque pilis fulvis fimbriato, lateraliter utrinque quadrispinoso, supra minute sparseque granulato et bituberculato, tuberculis haud fortiter elevatis, obtusis, crebre subreticulatim punctatis; elytris opacis, minutissime sat sparseque granulatis, utrisque ad apicem biden- tatis ; antennis quam corpore paullo longioribus, articulis 1°, 2°, et tertii basi fortiter denseque punctatis, ceteris minutissime porosis et opacis, articulis a tertio ad decimum apice extus den- tatis et intus subspinoso-productis. Long. 43 mm. Hab. New Guinea (HH. O. Forbes). Dark brown, almost entirely dull and opaque above. The head with a sparse fulvous pubescence. ‘lhe prothorax is fringed anteriorly and at the base with fulvous hairs; the two anterior spines at each side are connate at their base, and 290 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new so likewise are the two posterior spines; the disk bears two feebly raised humps which are strongly and closely punctured. The elytra are devoid of pubescence, but under the lens are seen to bear numerous minute granules which seem to corre- spond to the setigerous punctures of O. adustus, Pasc. The underside of the thorax has a fulvous pubescence. The abdomen is glossy, sparsely punctured and almostimpubescent ; the fifth ventral segment of the male is feebly emarginate (almost truncate) behind. The antenne are slightly longer than the body ; the first two joints and the base of the third are thickly and strongly punctured; the third (except at the base) and the remaining joints are very minutely and closely punctulate and opaque; some feeble or obsoletely raised lines are to be seen on nearly all these joints; each joint from the third to the tenth is acutely angular or toothed on the outer side at the apex, and is produced into a distinct dentate or spinous process on the inner side. ‘These cha- racters of the antenne would almost justify the separation of this species into a distinct genus; but in other respects it agrees very well with the remaining two species of Osphryon. GNATHONYX, gen. nov. ¢g. Capite lato, magno; oculis supra distantibus ; mandibulis sat magnis, valde curvyatis, spatium transverse ellipticum cireum- scribentibus, a basi ad apicem gradatim acuminatis. Antennis medium elytrorum attingentibus, articulo primo breyi, crasso, tertio primo longitudine equali, quarto quam tertio paullo breviore, quinto ad undecimum longitudine gradatim crescentibus. Prothorace transverso, quam capite vix latiore, margine laterali medio vix conspicua, antice posticeque sat distincta et dentata. Elytris parallelis, apicibus rotundatis. Prosterno dense punctato, processu intercoxali plano. Episternis metathoracis postice late truncatis. Tibiis anticis mediisque spinosis, femoribus omnibus subtus denticulatis. Segmentis 1° ad 4°" abdominis utrinque profunde foveatis; segmento 5° apice subrotundatis. This genus is especially characterized by the strongly curved mandibles, destitute of teeth, simple at tip, and enclosing a transversely elliptical space, and by the large deep fovea on each side of each of the first four abdominal segments in the male. The presence of spines on the tibie and of similar but much smaller spines on the underside of the distal halves of the femora leads me to provisionally place it in the group of the Remphanides, though I believe that less Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. 291 importance should be attached to this character than is given to it in Lacordaire’s system. Gnathonyx piceipennis, sp. n. Niger; elytris piceo-fuscis, capite grosse confertimque punctato, occipite minute granulato ; pronoto rude subreticulatim punctato, area mediana subcordata sparsim punctata, nitida ; scutello nitido, impunctato, postice rotundato ; elytris coriaceis ; prosterno dense punctato; pedibus nigro-fuscis, sparsim punctatis ; articulo primo antennarum dense punctato, tertio ad decimum sparse punctatis et subtus strigoso-opacis, undecimo omnino strigoso-opaco, Long. 58, lat. 19 mm. Hab. Doreh. Analophus niger, sp. n. dg. Niger; capitis fronte fortiter minus dense punctata, medio longitudinaliter suleata, occipite dense confluenter punctato, interstitiis granuliformis ; disco pronoti nigro-polito, sparse punc- tato, medio breviter suleato et versus basin utrinque foveolato, lateribus subinequalibus, fortiter densiusque punctatis, et ad angulos anticos confertissime sed minus fortiter punctatis; pro- sterno opaco, confertissime punctato; elytris nigris nitidis, sat dense punctatis et subcoriaceis, versus basin levioribus sparsiusque punctatis, apicibus rotundatis ; pectore dense fulvo-villoso; abdo- mine pedibusque fusco-castaneis, nitidis, sparse punctatis. Long. 28-30 mm. Hab. Mount Arfak. Head broad, with the eyes widely separated above; from the narrow transverse excavation at the base a very distinct median groove passes upwards for a short distance on the front, and is thence continued backwards as a narrower and less distinct impression. The punctures are less thickly placed on the front of the head, but are closely crowded and confluent on the sides and hinder part, so that the interspaces appear as small shining granules. ‘The pronotum is slightly emarginate in front ; its lateral edges are but slightly promi- nent as feeble carine, which are strongly deflexed towards the middle of their length; the central area of the disk is very glossy and but sparsely punctured, and bears a short median groove and two fovex placed posteriorly one on each side ; towards the sides the pronotum is somewhat uneven and is strongly and rather thickly punctured, while close to the anterior angles it is very closely but less strongly punc- tured, as is the whole surface of the prosternum. ‘The elytra are rather thickly punctured and slightly coriaceous, except 292 On new Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. towards the base, where they are smoother and more sparsely unctured ; each bears three very feebly raised and indistinct ines. This species is smaller and narrower than A. parallelus, Waterh., from which it may be easily distinguished by its colour, by the difference in the punctuation of the lateral parts of the pronotum, and the greater deflexion of the lateral ridge towards the outer angle of the anterior acetabulum. Lamiide. Haplohammus longipennis, sp. n. Nigro-fuscus, pube grisea sat dense obtectus, capitis fronte verticeque sparse punctatis ; prothoracis dorso subinzequali, medio sat dense punctato ; elytris elongatis, dense punctatis, postice angustatis, apicibus late truncatis, extus valde spinosis. Long. 27-36 mm. Hab. Mount Arfak. Dark brown, with a short close greyish pubescence. Head distinctly but rather sparsely punctured in front, and with a few sparsely scattered punctures on the upperside. Pro- thorax slightly uneven above, rather thickly punctured in the middle. Scutellum with a fulvous pubescence. Elytra elongated, thickly punctured, narrowing gradually behind, and each at the apex broadly truncate, with a strong spine at the outer angle. Antenne in the male more than twice the length of the body, the scape rather strongly thickened towards the apex, where the cicatrice has a prominent rim on the anterior side, but no limiting edge on the posterior side ; the third joint is twice as long as the first, the fourth shorter than the third. Potemnemus tuberifer, sp. n. Nigro-fuscus, pube brevi fulvo-brunnea obtectus; antennis basi pedibusque punctis nigris glabris dense maculatis ; prothoracis dorso haud tuberculato, linea medio-longitudinali fulva, et ad medium maculam glabram circumscribente ; elytris dorso planis, postice sat valde declivis, utrisque ad basin tubere magno rotundo dense nigro-granulato, instructis; lateribus verticalibus utrisque supra carinatis et spinoso-granulatis, apicibus oblique truncatis, extus spinosis, intus dentatis. Long. 35 mm. Hab. Mount Arfak. This species may be easily distinguished from those of this genus hitherto described by the presence of a Jarge rounded hump, thickly studded with black shining granules, at the Mr. O. Thomas on a new Pteropus. 293 base of each elytron. It also departs somewhat from the characters of the more typical members of the genus in having the disk of the prothorax smooth; but in almost all its remaining characters, especially in the form of the elytra and the distribution of the spinous tubercles on the sides and disk of the elytra (the basal hump excepted), it has the closest relation with P. scabrosus, Oliv. XXXII.—Diagnosis of a new Pteropus from the Admiralty Islands. By OLprieLp THOMAS. Pteropus admiralitatum, sp. n. Most closely allied to Pt. hypomelanus, Temm., but distin- guished by its smaller size, much smaller ears, uniformly coloured chest and abdomen, and woollier fur ; crown pale grey (“olive grey” of Ridgway *) ; nape fulvous (“ cinnamon ”) ; back brown (“ Prout’s brown’), mixed with whitish. Below, the neck shows an indistinct fulvous collar; but all the rest of the under surface, the chin, throat, abdomen, and the sides of body are a uniform brown (between ‘ sepia” and “ clove- brown ”’), thickly mixed with silvery white or yellowish hairs. In Pt. hypomelanus the centre of the abdomen is always lighter than the sides of the body. Skull and teeth as in Pt. hypomelanus, except for their smaller size. Dimensions of the type (skin B.M. 80. 11. 24. 4) :— Head and body (c.) 180 millim. ; forearm 121 (=4°75 in.) ear 17°5. The ear of a spirit-specimen measures 19 millim. (from notch) ; and the forearms of the three other specimens in the collection are 126, 120, and 118 respectively in length. Hab. Admiralty Islands. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ Four specimens of this species were obtained in March 1875. } * ‘Nomenclature of Colours,’ 1886. The extreme difficulty of matching the uniform colours of a colour-plate and the grizzled and broken colours of an animal are so great that these determinations must be looked upon as merely approximate ; but it would nevertheless be of great help to other workers if all describers would use some such standard of colours as is provided by Ridgway’s valuable work. 294 Geological Society. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. January 10, 1894.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘On the Rheetic and some Liassic Ostracoda of Britain.’ By Prof. 'T'. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S. In this paper the published observations on the occurrence of these Microzoa in the Rhetic and Lower Liassic strata of England, chiefly in Gloucestershire and Somerset, by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, H. E. Strickland. C. Moore, and others, are first of all recorded; and the various notices of the so-called ‘ Cypris liassica’ in various paleontological works are considered. Numerous specimens sub- mitted by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, the Rey. H. H. Winwood, and Mr. E. Wilson, and some few examined in the Geological Society’s collection, have been studied, with the result of determining, it is hoped satisfactorily, the characters and alliances of Darwinula liassica (Brodie) and of six or seven other species found in the same and the associated series of strata. The Darwinula globosa (Duff), from Linksfield, Morayshire, is also critically re-examined as one of this interesting series of Rhzetic Ostracoda. The other species belong for the most part to Cytheridea; thus most of them probably lived in brackish or estuarine waters, January 24, 1894.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1 ‘The Ossiferous Fissures in the Valley of the Shode, near Ightham, Kent.’ By W. J. Lewis Abbott, Esq., F.G.S. The fissures occur in a promontory of Kentish Rag between two tributaries of the Shode. There are four fissures in this promontory, striking at right angles to the valley. Details of the physiography of the area in which the fissures occur are given in the paper. Three of the fissures have obviously been in contact with the surface, and from these the bones appear to have been dissolved out. The fourth does not reach the top of the Rag, and further is sealed by an aragonite-lined chamber with stalactitic floor and ceiling. This fissure is from 2 to 6 feet wide and about 80 feet deep, and is filled with a heterogeneous collection such as constitutes the flotsam and jetsam of streams, along with materials derived from the rock in which the fissures occur. Several thousand bones were found, also 12 species of aquatic and land shells, an entomostracan, Chara and other vegetable remains have been procured. The Author gives reasons for concluding that the fissures have Miscellaneous. 295 never been reopened since they were first closed by the materials introduced into them by the river, and that all the contained fossils belong to one and the same geological period. He points to the discovery of species not before found in Pleistocene beds as only a repetition of what has occurred in other sections he has worked, and remarks also that the increase of species is corroborative of a suggestion of Mr. C. Reid that the more we discover of the smaller creatures of this and the preceding age, the more they approximate to those of our own times. Even if we were to exclude from the lists all the species not previously found fossil elsewhere, we still have an extensive assemblage of the older Pleistocene forms, which must have lived during the filling of the fissures, and this there- fore fixes the filling operation as having occurred in Pleistocene times. 2. ‘The Vertebrate Fauna collected by Mr. Lewis Abbott from the Fissure near Ightham, Kent.’ By E. T. Newton, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S. The vertebrate remains collected by Mr. Lewis Abbott are passed in review, and as far as possible specifically identified: they represent mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians; but no fishes have been found. In all, 48 different forms have been recognized ; 3 or perhaps 4 are extinct ; 11 are extinct in Britain, but are still living elsewhere; 21 are living in Britain, but are known to be Pleistocene or Forest-bed forms ; and 12 are species now living in Britain which have not hitherto been recognized in Pleistocene or older deposits. Among the more important species found in this fissure, but extinct in Britain, may be noticed, besides Hlephas primigenius, Rhinoceros antiquitatis, and Hyena, the Ursus arctos, Canis lagopus, Myodes torquatus, Myodes lemmus, Microtus gregalis, M. ratticeps, Lagomys pusillus, Spermophilus, and Cervus tarandus. The name of Mustela robusta is proposed for some limb-bones intermediate between the Polecat and Marten, and the remains of an extremely small Weasel are noticed as a variety of Mustela vulgaris. Although the large number of living species gives a recent aspect to this series of remains, the evidence, it is believed, points rather to their being all of Pleistocene age, and most nearly allied to the fauna of British caves. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Embryology of the Cumacea. By P. Burscuinsxy, of the University of Odessa. Tue segmentation of the ova in Jphinoé meotica, Sowin., is of the centro-lecithal type. All the segmentation-nuclei, which in the centre of the ovum are surrounded by radiating aggregations of 296 Miscellaneous. protoplasm, travel towards the surface, and a uniform blastoderm is finally constituted *, The rudiment of the future germinal streak now becomes recog- nizable on the ventral surface of the ovum in the shape of a thick- ening of the blastoderm, and three separate thickenings may be remarked in the extent of this rudiment; these are the paired anterior optic lobes and an unpaired posterior thickening, which gives rise by the process of multiplication to a large number of cells (meso-endoderm). This internal mass of cells becomes further differentiated into three rudiments:—(1) The yolk-cells, which migrate into the yolk, (2) the endoderm- and (3) the mesoderm- cells. The proctodeum is formed earlier than the rudiment of the stomodzeum and has the appearance of a very long tube. Both of these structures originate as invaginations of the ectoderm. The mid-gut is built up from the cell-material of the endoderm. As the cells of the endoderm multiply they arrange themselves so as to form an epithelium. The liver develops very early on the ventral surface of the endodermal furrow, and forms in the anterior portion of the latter two lateral tubes, which are composed of large cells, These rudiments are paired and present the appearance of folds, which are open upon the dorsal side; their edges grow together, and two hepatic sacs are formed from them, each of which becomes divided into two secondary hepatic sacs in consequence of a longi- tudinal invagination. The entire central nervous system originates as a thickening of the ectoderm at the period of the formation of the anterior appen- dages. In the early stages it takes the shape of paired ectodermal thickenings ; these gradually coalesce and give rise to an unpaired cord, from which the 18-19 ganglia are subsequently formed. The unpaired eye develops from two separate thickenings of the hypodermis of the foremost optic lobes, and undergoes a complicated metamorphosis. The earliest rudiment of the heart takes the shape of a compact collecticn of mesoderm-cells on the dorsal side, in which the cavity subsequently appears. The genital organs also develop at the same time; these appear as a paired mesodermal rudiment situated above the intestinal canal. The dorsal organ arises very early on the dorsal side as an oyal aggregation of ectoderm-cells; it persists for a long time, and disappears after all the organs of the animal are formed. A complete memoir of mine upon the embryology of the Cumacea, accompanied by three plates, will be published in the *‘ Mémoires de la Socicté des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle-Russie 4 Odessa.’-—Zoolo- gischer Anzeiyer, xvi. Jahrg., no. 430, October 2, 1893, pp. 386, 387. * T observed this in Parapodopsis cornuta and Gebia litoralis. LX. AIll. | Vol. Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6. u ‘. a+ Ps 01 x Ot — > ~ ' ‘ Mintern Bros. lith. Anie.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XML. PL XIL Mintern Bros. hth. A.Sectt del. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [SIXTH SERIES.] No. 76. APRIL 1894. XXXIII.—A Contribution to the Osteology of the Head of Hatteria*. By FrrepricH SreBENROCK, Assistant in the Imperial and Royal Natural History Museum in Vienna. [Plate XIV. ] THE present memoir contains a precise description of the interorbital septum, the anterior cartilagino-membranous cranial wall, and of the paroccipital, which is present in Hatteria alone among Saurians. In addition to this there follows a detailed account of the several cranial bones, especially with reference to the bony auditory structures contained within them. These are distin- guished by the presence of the fossa cochlearis of the basi- occipital, the junction of the orificium ampulle canalis semi- circularis frontalis and the orificium canalis semicircularis horizontalis in the posterior ampullary chamber of the paroccipital, the absence of the foramen nervi acustici, ramus cochlearis, the absence of the foramen canalis Vidiani anterius in the fossa hypophyseos, and by the remarkable structure of the superior margins of the paroccipital and of the oto- sphenoid. ie Finally, it will be shown that the parietal is paired even * Translated from the ‘Sitzungsberichten der kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, Mathem.-naturw. Classe,’ Bd. cii. Abth. i., June 1893, pp. 250-268: from a separate impression, communicated by the Author. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 20 298 Herr F. Siebenrock on the in the adult, a point which was hitherto in doubt ; while there will also be appended further communications upon the subject of the dentition of the vomer. . The interorbital septum and the anterior cranial wall of Hlatteria were represented by Giinther* and Briihlt as homo- geneous cartilaginous structures, without further allusion being made to them in the text of their papers. If, however, these parts be examined more closely in a carefully prepared Hatteria-head, it is found that neither the interorbital septum nor the anterior cranial wall are uniformly developed, but that in both cartilaginous structures occur, just as they are met with in the majority of Saurians with a distinct inter- orbital septum. In the interorbital septum of Hatteria the anterior and upper edges are sinuous, while the lower one is straight. The posterior edge is notched and forms the anterior boundary of the optic foramen. In the majority of lizards the inter- orbital septum is membranous, and in it is embedded the cartilaginous plate which has developed from the two lower trabecule (“unteren Schidelbalken”’). In Hatteria, how- ever, the entire interorbital septum is cartilaginous, with the exception of an oval fenestra at the upper margin, which is covered by a membrane. But since the cartilaginous plate in the interorbital septum in the case of the other lizards repre- sents the presphenoid, in f/atterta the entire interorbital septum must receive the same interpretation. A much greater degree of complication is presented by the cartilaginous structures in the anterior cranial wall, with regard to which Giinther writes (oc. ctt. p. 5) :—“ A cres- centic space between alisphenoid and columella remains cartilaginous ; and the fore part of the cranial cavity is closed by fibro-cartilaginous membrane without a trace of ossifica- tion.” It is perfectly correct that a bony orbitosphenoid is not present in Hatteria, but in its stead we find a cartila- ginous one, which exhibits the same arrangement as in all other lizards. It is remarked by Baurf, in a note upon Sphenodon—Hatteria, that the alisphenoid-orbitosphenoid is * A, Giinther, “A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hatteria,” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. Lond. 1867. + C. B. Brihl, ‘ Zootomie aller Thierclassen,’ Taf. 148 and 149, with explanation. t G. Baur, “Osteologische Notizen tiber Reptilien (Fortsetzung vi.),” Zool. Anzeiger, xii, Jahrg., 1889, p. 45, Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 299 cartilaginous and is closely applied to the epipterygoid- columella, but no further details are given. The presence of an orbitosphenoid in Hatterta is likewise pointed out by Cope *, though it would follow from the author’s statement that the structure in question is bony and not cartilaginous ; for upon page 189 he writes that in the membranous cranial wall in lizards an ossification occurs, upon which he bestows the provisional designation “‘ postoptic,” and does not term it the alisphenoid, like Parker, since, according to his view, the epipterygoid-columella is the real alisphenoid. Coming to Hatteria, he then proceeds to say :— In the Rhyncho- cephalian genus Sphenodon these two elements [7. e. the post- optic and epipterygoid] coexist with an orbitosphenoid, lying between the optic and trigeminal foramina. The two together may be homologous with the mammalian alisphenoid.” I am not of this opinion, since the orbitosphenoid is in the case of Hatteria precisely as in that of the other lizards, if it occurs at all, without any connexion with the epipterygoid-columella, and remains in a cartilaginous state throughout life. It is semilunar in shape, and forms with the posterior notched edge of the presphenoid, with which it is united above and below, an oval hole, the optic foramen, for the exit of the optic nerve. From the upper third of the posterior edge of the orbito- sphenoid a stout cartilaginous process projects backwards and somewhat upwards, and then divides into two thinner rami. Of these the uppermost and shorter has an anterior and upward direction ; it runs to the first postfrontal and unites with the upper trabecula. ‘The lower and considerably longer ramus trends downwards and backwards, and runs almost parallel with the lower portion of the cartilaginous orbito- sphenoid ; it unites with the processus anterior inferior of the otosphenoid and with the processus alaris of the basisphenoid. It follows from what has just been stated that the orbito- sphenoid is not embedded in the anterior cranial wall in complete isolation, but is in intimate connexion with the bony sphenoid group and with the rooting bones of the head. The anterior cranial wall, which is cartilaginous in Hat- terta, is fixed to the crista cranii frontalis, and passes forwards in the shape of a narrower canal to the olfactory cavity ; where, however, it expands once more in an aliform manner, since it reaches down on each side on the inner edge of the refrontal as far as the anterior extremity of the palatine, and thus forms the optic-nasal septum. The groove itself * E. Cope, “ The Osteology of the Lacertilia” (reprinted May 10, 1892, from Proc. Amer, Phil. Soc, vol. xxx.). 20* 300 Herr F. Siebenrock on the serves for the reception of the olfactory nerves, and consists in [atteria of tough cartilaginous tissue, while in the majority of lizards it merely remains in a membranous condition, Jlt The bony cranium consists, as in all lizards, of the occipital and sphenoid groups of bones, The latter [ste !—former ?], again, is composed of the basioccipital, supraoccipital, and the two pleuroccipitals which lie between these. All four occipitals enclose the occipital foramen, an oval aperture with a greater vertical than transverse diameter, on the lower circumference of which the unusually large occipital condyle is developed as a semilunar tubercle. In Hatteria this is formed in a conspicuous degree from the basioccipital, while the two pleuroccipitals take a much smaller share in it, in contrary fashion therefore to what we find in the chameleons, in which the partes condyloidee of the pleuroccipitals are much larger than the pars condyloidea of the basioccipital. In adult individuals the four occipital elements are indistin- guishably fused together, while in specimens which are still young they remain separated by sutures, precisely as in the case of the rest of the Lacertilia. Now in young specimens we fird that the pleuroccipital is composed of two bones, which are separated one from another by a suture. ‘The one bone with its pars condyloidea is connected in the shape of a semicircle with the basioccipital below, constitutes the lateral margin of the occipital foramen, and unites above with the supraoccipital. From the middle of its external circum- ference a short pointed process projects almost horizontally outwards. ‘This bone is manifestly, according to position and function, the pleuroccipital—exoccipital of Owen and Huxley. Before this there lies a bone, which unites with the otosphenoid in front, with the supraoccipital above, and with the basioccipital below. Its posterior surface is convex and its anterior concave, with which it forms the posterior wall of the bony labyrinth. The processus paroticus projects out- wards and backwards. I consider this bone as the parocci- pital, exoccipital of Briihl, and opisthotic of English authors. Giinther also describes (doc. cit.) a paroccipital, which, how- ever, cannot be quite identical with that discovered by me. According to this author the paroccipital is superimposed upon the processus paroticus merely in order to strengthen it, without taking part in the formation of the auditory appa- ratus. Giinther writes :— It [namely the processus paro- ticus] is strengthened by a paroccipital, which covers nearly Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 301 the entire side of the process and is united with the occipital part by only partly distinct sutures.” The paroccipital described by me forms the posterior wall of the Jabyrinth and sends the processus paroticus outwards. It is consequently a bone of considerable importance, separated by a suture from the pleuroccipital. Only on the posterior surface of the par- occipital does the suture between it and the pleuroccipital remain indistinct at a spot which is of quite small extent, so that here the two bones appear to be united by synostosis. It may be that the specimens which I examined were not sufficiently young in order to show the complete separation of the bones in question. I was able, nevertheless, in the crania of three individuals to perceive distinctly the suture between paroccipital and pleuroccipital, which separates the two bones one from another with the exception of a small space, so that the possibility of a merely individual separation of these two bones seems to be excluded. I imagine that Giinther probably identified the paroccipital correctly, but the sutures in the specimen investigated by him were no longer sufficiently distinct to enable him to recognize the precise limits of the bone in question. He says, moreover, in a note (/oc. cit. p. 2):—‘‘ The sutures between these bones [namely between supraoccipital and exoccipital] are so indistinct that they could not be represented in the drawing.” It is the more remarkable that Briihl (/vc. e7t.) did not perceive the division between the paroccipital and pleuroccipital, since nevertheless he figures and describes the head of a young individual in which all the sutures between the several bones of the occipital and sphenoid groups were still distinctly visible. He assumes an attitude of vigorous opposition to Giinther’s alleged paroccipital :—‘ ‘The pleur- occipital. ....1is,as I must maintain in opposition to an absolutely incorrect statement on the part of Giinther (loc. cit. p- 996), the only lateral element of the occipital segment in Hatteria; no other element, no exoccipital [mihi, paroc., Owen, opisth. of English authors] exists at all. Giinther’s statement that a paroccipital of Owen [exoccipital, mzhi] is to be found in Hatteria is based upon an extremely superticial inspection, erroneously conducted upon entire preparations (!), which, however, was not supported by any more precise investigation (disarticulation ! the only anatomical method which is here conclusive). As is evident from my descrip- tion, Briihl was entirely in the wrong in disputing Gtinther’s statement; the paroccipital is present in young individuals, so that consequently Hatterda, like the Chelonians, exhibits six occipital elements, namely :—1 basioccipital, 1 supraoccipital, 302 Herr F. Siebenrock on the 2 pleuroccipitals, and 2 paroccipitals. On account of this remarkable fact J/atteria approaches the Chelonians and recedes further from the Lacertilians. It may not be without interest to give a separate represen- tation and description of the individual bones of the cranium of Hatteria, specially with a view to the acquisition of a more precise knowledge of the bony auditory structures con- tained within them. Giinther (loc. cit.) did not figure the cranium or its individual bones, and Briihl, although he gave a representation of the cranium from below and behind, paid less attention to the auditory apparatus than to the demon- stration of the absence of a paroccipital as alleged to exist by Giinther. The basioccipital is an almost quadrangular and somewhat bulky bone. Its upper surface is concave, while its under convex surface is swollen at the two lateral margins and with the basisphenoid forms the two very powerfully developed tubercula sphenooccipitalia. These are always characterized by an epiphysis. Behind the tubercula sphenooccipitalia lies the very large pars condyloidea, which forms the posterior border of the basioccipital, at the two angles of which are situated the points of attachment for the pleuroccipitals. The anterior border is almost straight ; it serves to unite the bone with the basisphenoid, which, with its two posterior processes, which are separated by a triangular notch, lies upon the under surface of the basioccipital and reaches to the tubercula sphenooccipitalia. In this manner there arises in relief upon the under surface of the basioccipital a triangular protuberance. The two lateral borders of the basioccipital unite posteriorly at the pars condyloidea with the pleuroccipitals, in the middle and anteriorly with the paroccipital and the otosphenoid. Each lateral border of the basioccipital exhibits indeed in front of the pars condyloidea a somewhat deep indentation, the incisura vene jugularis, which, with a similar indentation constituted by the paroccipital and pleuroccipital, is completed to form the foramen jugulare. In front of this incisura ven jugularis the lateral border towards the anterior angle is transformed into a deep pit, the posterior margin of which unites with the paroccipital and the anterior with the basi- sphenoid, while its outer and inner margins serve to support the membranes which fill up the space between the three bones already mentioned and the otosphenoid. This pit closes the bony cochlea below. It was shown by me that it also occurs in Brookesia superciliaris *, where | designated it the fossa cochlearis. It has an oblique situation in a * F. Siebenrock, “Das Skelet von Brookesia superciliaris, Kuhl,” Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 303 direction from outside inwards, and to its lower circumference is attached the tuberculum sphenooccipitale. The pleuroccipital, which in young individuals is separated by a suture from the paroccipital, constitutes a simple bony arch. Its lower end is swollen to form the pars condyloidea, while the upper shovel-shaped end runs out into two pointed processes; by means of these it is attached to the hinder surface of the paroccipital and to the supraoccipital. The inner margin of the arch forms the lateral boundary of the occipital foramen, from which the paroccipital is entirely excluded. ‘lhe external margin of the arch, which is much shorter than the internal one, forms the upper and _ posterior limit of the foramen jugulare, and contains from above down- wards the foramen nervi hypoglossi, the foramen nervi vagi, and the foramen nervi glossopharyngei. The last two nerve- exits are frequently united into one externally, but internally they always remain separate. In the representation of the occipital region of a young Hlatteria Fritsch * has figured the pleuroccipitals alone as the lateral limiting bones of the foramen occipitale, but he adds no explanation as to whether in his specimen the pleuroccipitals were separated from the paroccipitals, or whether he had omitted the latter merely for the sake of simplifying the figure. Otherwise the outlines of the pleuroccipitals as repro- duced by this author are perfectly true to nature. The supraoccipital is an unusually broad bony arch, which extends from the occipital foramen as far as the anterior end of the processus anterior superior of the otosphenoid. Upon the upper curved surface there arises in a sagittal direction a low crest, the crista occipitalis, which produces the immov- able connexion with the parietal. Underneath the supra- occipital constitutes a sagittal groove, which at its hinder end is contracted by the inner walls of the vestibular portion and at the lower margin of which in front lies the orificlum externum of the aqueductus vestibuli. The posterior border has a semicircular excavation and forms the upper boundary of the occipital foramen. ‘I'he two posterior and obliquely truncated angles are expanded in the shape of hollows, and constitute on each side the roof of the vestibular chamber; they unite with the pleuroccipital and paroccipital. ‘The lateral borders come into contact with the otosphenoids, while the free anterior margin exhibits three projections, produced by two indenta- Sitzgsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-naturw. Classe, Bd. cii. Abth. i., 1893, p. 76. ; * Dr, A. Fritsch, “ Fauna der Gaskohle und der Kalksteine der Perm- formation Bohmens,” Bd. 2, Prag, 1889, p. 58, 304 . Herr F. Siebenrock on the tions. On the inner wall of the roof of the vestibular portion lies the inosculation of the commissure of the canalis semi- circularis frontalis and the canalis semicircularis sagittalis, and in front of this at the lower margin of the inner wall the orificium internum of the aqueductus vestibuli. At the upper external margin of the vestibular portion the foramen canalis semicircularis frontalis is visible, while the foramen canalis semicircularis sagittalis lies away towards the middle of the lateral border of the supraoccipital at a distance from the vestibular portion. ‘This aperture is otherwise usually found in lizards at the anterior circumference of the vestibular portion. On the upper surface of the supraoccipital neither canal is noticeably visible; the sagittal canal stands out on the inner surface pretty distinctly. The paroccipital, which in young individuals constitutes an independent bone, has some similarity to a spoon, for it is strongly arched and sends off outwards a long process, the processus paroticus. The paroccipital forms the posterior wall of the bony labyrinth, and unites with the otosphenoid in front, with the supraoccipital above, and with the basioccipital below. To the posterior wall is attached the upper end of the pleuroccipital, while the lower end of this, which as pars condyloidea unites with the basioccipital, forms with the posterior wall of the paroccipital the incisura vene jugularis and is completed with the basioccipital to form the foramen jugulare. Irom the anterior external border, which is exca- vated in the shape of a semicircle and forms the incisura foraminis vestibuli, arises the processus paroticus. This is long, strongly compressed, hollowed out in the shape of a groove in front for the accommodation of the columella auris, and directed horizontally and somewhat backwards. ‘The anterior excavated surface of the paroccipital forms the hinder portion of the vestibulum. It is divided into the outer portion, which extends in the shape of a crescent from above downwards, and the inner, smaller, but very deep portion, the posterior ampullary chamber, which forms an oval pit and at the bottom contains two holes, the orificium ampulle canalis semicircularis frontalis above and more towards the rear, and the orificium canalis semicircularis horizontalis below and more towards the front. ‘The vestibulum in Hatteria conse- quently possesses one hole less than in the majority of lizards, in which the two orifices just mentioned, divided by a septum, open into the vestibulum, while in Hatteria they fuse together into one large oval hole. At the upper margin of the vesti- bular cavity, to which the supraoccipital is attached behind and the otosphenoid in front, we find posteriorly the foramen Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 305 canalis semicircularis frontalis and anteriorly the foramen canalis semicircularis horizontalis. These two foramina are connected together by a cleft or fissura (Pl. XIV. fig. 5, 2), which divides the upper margin longitudinally into an upper and lower half. The cleft at this spot has arisen through the approximation of the outer and inner lamelle of the vestibular wall. In addition to this the long transverse cleft in front of the foramen canalis semi- circularis frontalis is also connected by a short cleft, running at right angles to it, with the oval pit, the inosculation of the orificium ampulle canalis semicircularis frontalis and the orificium canalis semicircularis horizontalis. In no other living lizard is this remarkable phenomenon to be observed. The lower border of the paroccipital exhibits externally an aliform prolongation, and appears, with its lower portion at least, to form the posterior wall of the cochlea, which is bounded below by the very strongly developed fossa cochlearis of the basioccipital, while externally it is enclosed by the cartilaginous plate which extends between the paroccipital, otosphenoid, and basioccipital. The basisphenoid consists of the body, which constitutes a trapeziform plate of bone, and of the two alary processes. The upper concave surface exhibits a median division into two halves by means of a sagittal furrow. This was pre- viously remarked by Baur, who expressed the conjecture (doc. cit.) that the basisphenoid arises from two lateral halves. On both sides of this furrow in the anterior third lie two foramina, the orifices of two short canals for branches of the internal carotid. The straight posterior border of the basisphenoid unites with the anterior border of the basioccipital. Beneath it there project backwards two triangular processes, which attach themselves to the under surface of the basioccipital and with their ends help to form the tubercula sphenooccipitalia. The anterior border, which as dorsum ephippii overhangs the fossa hypophyseos, is deeply indented, so that its two angles become transformed into the processus alares. The two lateral borders converge towards the front and serve to connect the bone with the otosphenoids. From the anterior portion of the under surface of the basi- sphenoid arise the processus pterygoidei. hey are mode- rately long, inclined somewhat forwards, and diverging at the ends, on the outer sides of which lie the articular surfaces for connexion with the pterygoids. Between the processus pterygoidei arise the fairly long cylindrical processes for the interior trabecule; they are separated by a furrow, which ends posteriorly in the shape of 306 Herr F. Siebenrock on the a pit. In the latter lies on both sides the foramen caroticam internum. The cylindrical processes form the floor of the fossa hypophyseos, in the roof of which on each side, conse- quently at the base of the processus alares, is situated the foramen for a branch of the internal carotid, which opens into the cranial cavity on the upper surface of the basisphenoid by the hole already mentioned. On the under surface of the basisphenoid between the processus pterygoidei arises the parasphenoid; this extends forwards below the cylindrical processes as a narrow dagger-like bone. Its free portion is somewhat longer than the body of the basisphenotd. Fritsch (loc. cit.) and Baur (loc. cit.) have expressed the conjecture that the parasphenoid, forming the entire under portion of the basisphenoid together with the processes which project back- wards, in very young individuals admits of being separated from the basisphenoid as an independent bone, I thoroughly concur in this view, since on the underside of the basisphenoid it is possible to trace almost the entire outline of the para- sphenoid; only, in my opinion, Fritsch is mistaken in believing that the processes for attachment to the pterygoids also belong to the parasphenoid. It has been shown by Parker * that the basisphenoid is formed by the union of three ossifications, the lateral ones of which are the processus pterygoidei. Moreover the parasphenoidal plate is separated from the base of the processus pterygoideus by a cleft, so that as a matter of fact no connexion exists between the bony parts in question. In this cleft lies the posterior foramen caroticum internum. In the lizards we find in the fossa hypophyseos three pairs of apertures : in front on both sides of the cylindrical processes the foramen canalis Vidiani anterius, behind at the bottom of the fossa the foramen caroticum internum, and at the side and above the foramen for a branch of the internal carotid. Hatteria, however, like the Chelonians, possesses only two pairs of apertures in the fossa hypophyseos, since the foramen canalis Vidiani anterius is absent. Here we have a further character in which //atterta recedes from the lizards and approaches the Chelonians in the structure of the head. The otosphenoid is a quadrangular bone, the upper angles and the inferior anterior angle of which are produced into processes, while the inferior posterior angle remains blunt. ‘lhe upper border unites with the supraoccipital ; its posterior end is produced into a moderately long, triangular, pointed process, the processus posterior, which is applied like a scale * W.K. Parker and G. J. Bettany, ‘The Morphology of the Skull’ (London, 1877): German translation by B. Vetter, 1879. Osteology of the Head of Uatteria. 307 to the anterior surface of the processus paroticus, and forms the upper margin of the sulcus columella auditus, The anterior end of the upper border is likewise produced into a process, the processus anterior superior, which in the other lizards remains very short and serves for the attach- ment of the upper trabecula. The lower border unites with the basisphenoid ; its ante- rior end is elongated in the shape of a shovel and forms the processus anterior inferior, which is united with the processus alaris of the basisphenoid. ‘The anterior end of the bone serves for the attachment of the lower cartilaginous branch of the orbitosphenoid. The posterior truncated end of the lower border unites with the plate of cartilage which extends between the otosphenoid, basisphenoid, paroccipital, and basioccipital. The posterior free border of the otosphenoid, together with the paroccipital, encloses the very large foramen vestibuli seu ovale. On the anterior free border we find a crest which is quite small, indicating the ala otospbenoidea, below which is situated the incisura otosphenoidea for the exit of the fifth nerve (trigeminus). The external surface of the otosphenoid is strongly convex. Upon it may be seen standing out in relief in front and above the canalis semicircularis sagittalis running towards the middle, and the canalis semicircularis horizontalis running in the same direction from the base of the processus posterior superior. ‘Towards tle lower border, behind the origin of the processus anterior inferior, we find an indication of a very short crista otosphenoidea, behind which lies the foramen nervis facialis. The inner surface forms the anterior vestibular cavity, and for this purpose is strongly excavated. It consists of the posterior portion, the actual vestibulum, and of the anterior, much smaller, but very deep portion, the anterior ampullary cavity. Into this there opens quite at the bottom, as a transversely oval hole, the orifictum ampullz canalis semi- circularis sagittalis, the orificlum ampulle canalis semicir- cularis horizontalis above, and below, the oval foramen nervi acustici. 1 Mep, |= M-P ~~ | M-P. = Be . Es | S Lee Pe Wa 6. Mx | M-P pe! M-P. = je “| MEP. & | Pp a 1 EP) = Py Ie | 3 | ee ——_ ——__—]|—__-——-3 _——-—_-- Py eS J=& i Fe et Fol. P. ) | Fr 1 a Hole-Ps. 3) 0 ) 5 lee A) ) led oP, Fol. P. | Fol. P. Ba) ola ie Comb. 0 Pp, 0 3. P. 4 0 | 4°. | ae) 4 | Fol. P. | % 0 0) c P, F 0 Py S 0 5 0 &-/ Fol. P. | 5 0 i) o Py 2 0 4 GaP: er Se OS ee! Boley eel <0 0 S P; S 0 2 6. P. : i) : 0 > a | Pole P; | 0 | 0 = ie a=} 0 = Tots J G oJ lo @ oO =] > ©, 0 < BS < 0 E —. —. J] Ss —— —_ _— —_—__—_ ]_ —_——_ 0 Pi 0 < |1. App.) , i lie, Ege et Ske te Oe Yael Ls) P. 0 2. App. 5 0 5 0 a | 8 0 | 5 | QP. 0 J 3. App. | 5 0 | = 0 a | | = 0 5 bc 1, App. = 0 = 0 [3 | S 0 | S| iE: S| 15. App. | = 0 | = 0 be = 0 a E : ; 6. App. | om oe a C~_n J Ooms ea 15 pairs of feet in Li- thobius, 21 in Scolo- pendra, 200 in some Myriapods, 506 Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen and Col. Beddome on larval stage is lower and lower in embryonic level, suggests that the larval stage results from an attendant retrograde embryonic change to a line parallel with the Myriapod, and beyond to the memberless condition of a worm. The principle appears to be a general one among animals, and thence the higher the species the longer the stage of youth. The relations in body-segments and limbs between the classes of Crustaceans, Limuloids, Arachnids, Myriapods, and Insects are shown in the table (p. 505). The segments of the body are numbered along the left margin; the zero oppo- site signifies that the segment, though present, has no appendage. In this table the following abbreviations are used :—Ant., antenna; App., pairs of jointed appendages, either pediform or branchial; M., mandible; Mx., maxilla; P., feet; M-P., feet that serve also as jaws; Mx. & L. (under Insects), maxille and labium; Fol. P., foliaceous or lamellar feet or appeaeres nder the Limuloids the genus Hurypterus fails of an- tennz, but they are present in Pterygotus and are chelate ; and this chelate (or thumb-and-finger) form characterizes also the modern Limulus, the Scorpions, and the common Spiders. In the table the two pairs of maxille of Insects are assumed to belong to a single body-segment, as held by many zoolo- gists, including (as he himself informs the writer) Prof. 8. I. Smith ; the table shows that, with this admission, the thorax and head of an Insect are essentially homologous with the head of a Tetradecapod Crustacean. LVII.—New Species of Cyclophorus and a Spiraculum from the Khast and Naga Hills, Assam. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTeN, F.R.S. &e., and Col. R. BEDDOME, FL. &e. Cyclophorus Muspratti, sp. n. Shell umbilicated, turbinate, slightly keeled; sculpture, apex smooth, the whorls thence are longitudinally ribbed and striated, increasing in strength near the suture from above downwards, and crossed by the lines of growth, producing a decussate surface; this is coarser and rougher on the last whorl and under surface. Colour madder-brown, crossed by mottled broken white lines on whorls 3 and 4. Spire conic, new Species of Cyclophorus. 507 moderately high, sides slightly convex, apex sharp; suture shallow ; whorls 5, sides convex, the last somewhat keeled ; oe circular, oblique; peristome white, not thickened, slightly reflected. Size, type: maj. diam. 48°75, min. 39°0; alt. axis22°25 mm. 2 Wy Oy. | 55° SBOs © 1B OU 3, Loc. Naga Hills (Doherty); Maokokchung, Naga Hills (Muspratt). In the young shell the longitudinal strie are very sharp and distinct, a lirate in appearance ; this character sepa- rates it from the other species of Cyclophorus from these hills. Cyclophorus nagaensis, sp. n. Shell umbilicated, turbinate, not keeled; sculpture, lines of growth only, without any spiral lines being visible. Colour grey-brown, more ochraceous below, when wetted of a madder- brown colour; a white line on the periphery, bounded by a broad very dark band, shaded off below; the third whorl is crossed by narrow wavy white lines; in the next growth these lines are wider apart and zigzag in outline; the next and final growth is plain. Spire depressedly conoid, apex subacute; suture shallow; whorls 5, rounded; aperture sub- vertical, large, circular, grey within; peristome not much thickened, scarcely reflected, bright orange-red. Size: maj. diam. 45:0, min. 36:0; alt. axis 21°0 mm. Loc. Naga Hills, near Khonomaand Kigwema, 5000-6000 feet (Doherty); Maokokchung (Muspratt). The form of this species is very similar to C. Pearsont, but the red of the lip is more intense than in shells from the typical locality ; its very smooth surface also distinguishes it. Cyclophorus peciloneurus, sp. n. Shell umbilicated, turbinate, keeled ; sculpture, apex smooth and shining; five distinct lirate ribs run contiguous to the suture on the lower margin of the whorls, commencing with the third whorl ; these have two finer thread-like ribs between them, and similar fine liration is continued above and on the lower surface of the shell, crossed by strong lines of growth on the epidermis. Colour umber-brown, marbled with madder- brown, given off from a few strong spots of this colour next the suture; the peripheral rib is dashed with white at intervals. Spire conoid, sides flat, apex sharp; suture shallow; whorls 5, subconvex, the last sharply keeled, forming a strong rib ; aperture oblique-ovate, ample on the outer margin, grey 508 Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen and Col. Beddome on within ; peristome white, well thickened in mature shells, sharply reflected. Maj. diam. Min. diam. Alt. axis. mm, mm. iInm. EV Peee eisal ecthlh, abe meso 25°75 15-0 Col. Beddome’s largest sp. 33-0 26°0 16-0 Var. with red lip (aureo-) .,.- ao: ) labris, Non) ‘ } ne Se ce Loc. Type from the Lahtipa Naga Hills, Munipur (co//. Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen), and eastward to the Dihing. Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen found two specimens of this species in the Lahtipa Naga Hills, in 1873; the late Mr. Ogle sent him three from the neighbourhood of the Dihing River, far to the eastward. Mr. Doherty obtained it in the Naga Hills, and Col. Beddome lately recorded it from Mr. Mus- pratt from Maokokchung, in the Naga Hills. In these eastern hills this form takes the place of C. zebrinus of the Khasi Hills &c., but it is much larger, the spiral ribbing is much stronger, the whorls are more convex, and it is more openly umbilicated. All the specimens in Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen’s collec- tion, and also those collected by Mr. Doherty, are white-lipped shells; among the specimens received by Col. Beddome the red-lipped predominate *. The coloration is very variable ; in some, as in the type, the marbling occurs in fine zigzag lines far apart, in other examples these are so closely run together as to give the shell a beautiful ruddy colour. Cyclophorus Fultoni, sp. n. Shell somewhat depressedly turbinate, rather widely um- bilicated, periphery rounded ; sculpture nearly smooth, under a lens a fine, close, oblique, vertical striation is apparent, which is obsoletely decussated with delicate spiral lines. Colour a uniform dark ruddy brown or madder-brown above and on the sides, but several narrow and two or three broader dark longitudinal bands are distinguishable in a strong light, pearl- white beneath. Whorls 5, the last very large, rather suddenly increasing towards the aperture, the last three apical whorls * Nevill, in his ‘ Hand-list,’ 1878, p. 268, does not separate the Eastern forms, but names three specimens sent to the Indian Museum by Mr. 8. E. Peal, from Sibsagar, as var. awreolabris, He says, * The largest variety I have yet seen and the only one with a coloured peristome, in this case a brilliant orange-colour.” It may therefore stand under the above name. a new Species of Spiraculum. 509 rising suddenly; suture shallow; aperture wide, nearly cireular, a little higher than broad, oblique ; peristome con- tinuous, rather thickened, slightly reflected, pale yellowish, columellar margin rounded ; operculum of the same colour as the shell, having 5 or 6 acutely defined volutions, the inter- spaces with the usual oblique lines of growth. Size: maj. diam. 49, min. diam. 43; alt. axis, max. 20, min. 19 mm. Loc. Khasi Hills; three specimens obtained by Mr. Fulton. The affinity of this beautiful species is with C. siamensis, from which it differs in its more depressed form and more oblique aperture, and especially in the coloration. The exact locality is not known; the Khasi Hills is a large tract, and many species found on the northern slopes draining to the Brahmaputra are not found on the south side, while inter- vening is a high grassy plateau with a very scanty number of land-shells. Spiraculum nagaense, sp. n. Shell discoidal, upper surface flat, widely umbilicated ; sculpture, strong longitudinal striation, covered with a thick epidermis, with two parallel bands of close-set hairs on the periphery. Colour umber, with a series of darker bands crossing the whorls. Spire quite flat ; suture deep, the sutural tube is 4°5 mm. behind the peristome, is well developed, arched and bending over, and lies directed backwards and parallel with the suture; whorls 5, rounded, the last descending very slightly ; aperture circular; peristome thickened, white, continuous, with an angulate notch above and close to the body-whorl; operculum widely spiral, shelly, whitish grey. Size: maj. diam. 17°5, min. 14:0 ; alt. axis 5°25 mm. Loc. Maokokchung, Naga Hills (Muspratt). In coll. Col. Beddome. This small form may be distinguished from S. hispidum, var. minor, of Teria Ghat in the Khasi Hills and base of the Dafla Hills, in the form and direction in which the sutural tube lies: backward on the shell; in hispidum it lies across and nearly at right angles with the suture, in this new form it is on the line of the suture. 510 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the LVIII.— On the A fiinities of the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). In 1889 * it was incidentally pointed out that a remarkable resemblance could be observed between the jaws and dentition of the Cretaceous fish Protosphyrena and those of the Upper Jurassic genus Hypsocormus. Since that date further im- portant information has been published in reference to the osteology of the first-named genus T, while beautiful examples of Hypsocormus have been acquired by the British Museum from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria and the Oxford Clay of Peterbcrough. ‘The opportunity is therefore afforded for extending comparisons further, and I undertake this task with all the more interest since it is now proved beyond doubt that Protosphyrena differs from all known ‘Teleostei” (i.) in the structure of the pectoral fins, (ii.) in the development of the splenials in the mandible, (iii.) in the structure of the large teeth, and (iv.) in the presence of a large gular plate, followed by a numerous series of comparatively short and broad branchiostegal rays. All the new evidence combines to show that the original suggestion of five years ago was one of some importance, and it now appears that Protosphyrena and Hypsocormus resemble each other in at least the following seven prominent characters. (1) Lostrum and Upper Jaw.—The ethmoidal region is consolidated into a pointed rostrum, usually more produced in Protosphyrena than in Hypsocormus, but similarly fused at the base with the small vomers, which bear a pair of very large teeth t. As shown by an example of H. tenutrostris in the Leeds collection from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough (Brit. Mus. no. P. 6917), the premaxilla is triangular in that fish, and both this bone and the maxilla agree closely with the corresponding elements of P. nitida, as described and figured by Felix (loc. cit. pl. xiii. fig. 1). As in Proto- * Smith Woodward, “ Preliminary Notes on some new and little. known British Jurassic Fishes,” Geol. Mag. | 3] vol. vi. p. 451 (1889). + J. Felix, “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Protosphyrena, Leidy,” Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. xlii. pp. 278-302, pls. xii.— xiv. (1890); A. R. Crook, “ Ueber einige fossile Knochenfische aus der mittleren Kreide yon Kansas,” Paleontogr. vol. xxxix. pp. 109, 110 (1892). {} From the Cambridge Greensand the writer is acqlainted with undescribed evidence of a species of Protosphyrena with a snout as short as in Hypsocormus tenuirostres, Affinities of the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. 511 . ; phy sphyrena, so in Hypsocormus the premaxilla bears a few very large teeth, the maxilla having smaller and more numerous teeth. (2) Cheek-plates.—Besides the large postorbital cheek- plates in Protosphyrena Felix also notes (loc. cit. p. 282) some comparatively small secondary postorbitals forming the actual hinder border of the orbit. Exactly the same arrange- ment is observed in //ypsocormus (Brit. Mus. nos. P. 6011, P. 6917), as also in the allied genus Pachycormus*. (3) Mandible—The mandibular symphysis is similarly constituted in the two genera under comparison, the stout (anterior) splenials entering the symphysis, rapidly tapering behind, and each bearing one or two very large teeth in addition to the smaller teeth. In both genera also the ante- rior end of the tooth-bearing margin of the dentary bone curves downwards and is provided with about three large teeth pointing forwards. The present writer has never observed any evidence of a distinct presymphysial bone in either genus. (4) Structure of the large Teeth—Fclix observes (loc. cit. p- 289, pl. xiv. fig. 4) that, when viewed in transverse section, the large teeth of Protosphyrena exhibit a remarkably com- plex structure. They are, in fact, compound, showing a number of distinct small pulp-cavities, each surrounded by its own separate zone of vasodentine. Precisely the same struc- ture can be seen in a transverse section of a large tooth of Hypsocormus Leedsi in the British Museum (no. P. 6914). (5) Branchiostegal Apparatus,—The large gular plate and numerous broad branchiostegal rays shown by Felix in his figure of Protosphyrena (loc. cit. pl. xii. fig. 3) are exactly similar to the corresponding plates in Hypsocormus and Pachy- cormus, and only approached among “ Teleostei” in Elops and its allies. (6) Pectoral Fins.—It is now proved { that the pectoral fins of Protosphyrena are the well-known fossils described by Cope under the name of Pelecopterus ¢ ; and on comparing these with the corresponding fins of Hypsocormus as shown in the British Museum (nos. P. 6011, 6917), it will be observed that there is a very close general resemblance. The fin-rays are unjointed except quite at the extremity, and they are all * H. E. Sauvage, “Note sur le Genre Pachycormus,” Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, [3] vol. vii. p. 144, pl. iv. (1883). + A. R. Crook, Palzeontogr. vol. xxxix. p. 110. { E. D. Cope, ‘ Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Formations of the West,’ p. 2444 (1875). 512 On the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. very closely pressed together ; in both cases the anterior edge of the fin is oblique, some of the anterior rays terminating successively at the border (considerably more in Proto- sphyrena than in Hypsocormus); and in both cases the anterior edge is roughened by a deposit of a hard enamel- like substance. Unfortunately there is as yet no precise information concerning the basal bones of the pectoral fin in Hypsocormus. (7) Axial Skeleton of Trunk.—Negative evidence can only be regarded as of slight value, but it is nevertheless note- worthy that traces of vertebree are wanting in all the known specimens of Protosphyrena. It seems likely indeed that this fish will eventually prove to have possessed a persistent noto- chord as devoid of peripheral ossifications as that of Hypso- cormus and Pachycormus; and in this connexion it is of interest to record that two fragmentary examples of the trunk of a small Hypsocormus-like fish have been discovered in the Upper Cretaceous of Sahel-el-Alma, Mount Lebanon. One of these specimens is in the British Museum (no. 49531) and the other in the Syrian Protestant College, Beyrout; and although no remains of a Protosphyrena-like skull have hitherto been met with in the same deposit, the present writer has little hesitation in predicting that such will eventually be found. The axial skeleton of the trunk in these fossils exactly resembles that of Hypsocormus in the form and disposition of the close series of neural and hemal arches; the squamation cannot be distinctly seen, but must have been very delicate; and the remains of the dorsal fin are well in advance of those of the anal fin. In conclusion, it may therefore be stated that Protosphyrena is not a “Teleostean”’ in the ordinary acceptation of the term, and that none of its characters hitherto discovered warrant its separation from the family to which the Jurassic genera Hypsocormus and Pachycormus are referred. It differs from both in the lateral compression of the teeth, and future discoveries may reveal still more distinctive features ; while it is not easy as yet to estimate the true value of some of the points of resemblance noted above. It must suffice at present merely to suggest a profitable form of comparison to be made when still more satisfactory specimens of Proto- sphyrena are available for study. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Apogonia ferruginea. 513 LIX.—Description of Apogonia ferruginea, Vabr., from the Type in the Banksian Collection of Coleoptera, By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE. SoME time since I had occasion to examine the type of Melo- lontha ferruginea, F. (Spec. Ins. i. p. 41), now placed in the genus Apogonia ; and as the species of this genns are difficult to determine, [ think the following description, drawn up at the time, may be useful. Apogonia ferruginea, Fabr. Ferruginea, nitida: capite sat parce punctato, clypeo brevi, anguste reflexo-marginato, confertim fortiter punctato, antice recte trun- eato; thorace laxe sat fortiter punctato; scutello levi; elytris fortiter punctatis, bicostatis, costis angustis vix elevatis ; pygidio sat fortiter sat crebre punctatis. Long. 9 millim. Hab. Coromandel (Coll. Banks in Brit. Mus.). This species is of a ferruginous colour, but in some lights has a very faint wneous tint on the forehead and thorax. The clypeus is coarsely and very closely punctured, straight in front, with the angles of the truncature obtusely rounded. The forehead has the punctures moderately strong, generally separated from each other by about two diameters of a punc- ture. The thorax is obliquely narrowed in front and slightly so at the base, broadest behind the middle, the sides rounded posteriorly ; the punctures are moderately strong and are generally separated from each other by about one and a half or two diameters of a puncture. The elytra have the punc- tures much stronger, and the punctures are generally separated by about one and one sixth times the diameter of the punc- tures ; the lines of punctures on each side of the narrow coste are similar to the other punctures and are scarcely nearer together, so that the costes are not very conspicuous ; towards the side there is a slight indication of a third costa; the first costa is nearly uniform throughout, the second is a little dilated at the base and narrowed at the apex. The pygidium is small and has the punctures similar to those on the thorax, but a little closer together. 514 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Two new LX.—Two new Species of Myrmeleonide from Madagascar. By Rosert M‘Lacutan, F.R.S. Ke. Palpares insularis, sp. n. Head above yellow, much swollen, but with a deep longi- tudinal sulcus; on the front part of the top there is a trans- verse shining black band connecting the eyes, joined to a diamond-shaped black spot on the middle of the vertex,in which is the suleus; front black; clypeus and labrum bright yellow, on the former is a row of distant black hairs. Palpi black, the labial enormously long. Antenne black, inserted in yellow sockets; the basal joint clothed with black hairs. Thorax yellow above, with three longitudinal black bands, one median, the others lateral (on the metathorax the black bands become somewhat vague); hairy clothing blackish on the pronotum, whitish and curled on the mesonotum (posteriorly) and metanotum; pronotum rather broader than long, the front and hinder margins strongly raised: thorax beneath black, sparingly clothed with whitish hairs; a large yellow spot at the insertion of each pair of legs and also under each pair of wings. Legs black, with strong spinose black hairs ; spurs and claws piceous. Abdomen dull yellowish above, passing into blackish after the third segment; this latter with numerous black points, whence spring cinereous hairs. In the male the abdomen is much more slender and longer than in the female, and the pale colour above is extended to the fourth or fifth segment ; superior appendages scarcely longer than the last segment, black, stout, curved upward, cylin- drical and obtuse, the opposing apices applied one to the other; they are clothed with very long black hairs; inferior appendage one half shorter, polished, rounded at the apex, convex beneath. Anterior wings broad (especially in the female), the ex- treme apex slightly angular; hyaline, with a very slight greyish-yellow tinge, marked with smoky black as follows :— there are rudiments of three oblique bands, one consisting of a spot under the radius in the basal fourth, a second, ante- median, is formed of two spots (often united), extending from the radius half across the wing, the third is post- median and comprises a rather large subradial spot more or less connected with smaller spots below it (all these spots are more or less fenestrated with paler) ; the costal area is strongly marked with black spots rather regularly placed Species of Myrmeleonide from Madagascar. 515 and often triangular in form; similar spots are seen on the inner margin, and nearly the whole disk of the wing is black-spotted, more strongly in the basal and apical portions ; at the latter the spots are often united into a maculose ante- apical band, and the extreme apex itself is narrowly margined (the part of the wing least spotted is between the subradial oblique indistinct bands); pterostigma yellowish, rather distinct ; neuration whitish yellow, blackish where it traverses the black markings, the radius black at the base. Posterior wings hyaline, with black markings :—in the costal area to about the middle are spots as in the anterior; a few small spots forming a broken angular line about the furcation of the lower cubitus; there are also three transverse bands, the first about the middle, arising under the radius, then angu- lated outwardly in an obtuse manner in the middle of the disk, and continued to the inner margin as_ three branches, which may be wholly or partially connected with the band or wholly disconnected; a second somewhat similar band is placed beyond the middle, and usually arises below the costa, but is sometimes only connected therewith by spots, its termination on the inner margin being as irregular and uncertain as the first band; the third band is macular and anteapical, and the apex itself is narrowly black ; ptero- stigma and neuration as in the anterior, but the radius, cubiti, postcosta, and ramule of the lower cubitus are black for at least the basal fourth. Length of body, ¢ 62-64 millim., ? 53-57 millim. Expanse of wings, g 114-124 millim., 9 135-142 millim. ; breadth of anterior wing, ¢ 19-20 millim., 2 22-24 millim. Apparently common. I have ten examples before me, and have seen many more. There is reason to believe that the markings of the wings vary locally, as in most species of the genus. Allied to P. caffer and speciosus of the African con- tinent, and more especially to the former, on account of its broad wings. It is the only described species from Mada- gascar, but I have seen others in a French collection. Myrmeleon validus, sp. n. Head and thorax dull blackish above, dusky yellowish beneath, somewhat clouded with darker. Antenne black, nearly as long as the entire thorax and of nearly equal thick- ness throughout ; the apex acute. Head much broader than the pronotum, much swollen above, with a median impressed longitudinal line, and two others, less deep, one on either side of the median, the space enclosed between the outermost lines 516 On Two new Species of Myrmeleonide. being smooth, with two faint yellow marks posteriorly ; the posterior angles each with a large yellowish spot extending round the eyes to the sides of the front; on the front the antennal sockets are yellowish; there is a short yellowish median line below the antennz and a broader median yellowish line on the clypeus, the posterior margin of which is also yellowish, as are the bases of the mandibles (otherwise the front is black); pronotum slightly longer than broad and very slightly narrowed anteriorly ; a transverse sulcus divides it into two subequal parts, on the anterior part is a trans- verse row of four yellowish spots and on the posterior another row of three similar spots, all more or less rounded, and there are sparse, long, erect black hairs. On the front part of the raised portion of the mesonotum are two small yellowish spots (seldom visible), otherwise the thorax is spotless above. Legs stout, yellowish, all the femora and tibiz with a piceous line externally and an additional piceous line internally on the intermediate and posterior femora, and an annulation of the same colour near the base of the posterior tibiz; tarsi piceous externally, the basal joint yellowish, as long as the second to fourth united, the fifth nearly equalling the first to fourth, spurs piceous, much shorter than the basal joint. Abdomen slender, uniformly fulvous above, paler beneath (but in the female the apical portion often passes into blackish above) ; in the male the abdomen is terminated by two up- directed valvules (or appendages), closely applied one to the other, with a yellow wart at their base, and clothed with long and streng black hairs; in the female are two short, stout, cylindrical inferior appendages *, clothed with long black hairs, shorter than the narrow, swollen, terminal dorsal segment, which is clothed with similar hairs. Wings long, rather broad, acute at the apex, the posterior scarcely shorter than the anterior and only slightly narrower ; costal margin of the anterior straight ; the postcosta entering the inner margin soon after the first fourth of the length of the wing ; both pairs are hyaline, highly iridescent, unitormly tinged with pale tulvous, which deepens slightly in the apical portion, and quite without markings, excepting the conspicu- ously large oval whitish pterostigma; neuration fulvous, the network very dense, and to this is largely due the uniform * The presence of these short appendages or cerei would seem not unnaturally to indicate that the individuals possessing them are males, and not females; but in this case it is not so, for, apart from other characters, they are present only in those examples in which the knob (or “pelote”) at the extreme base of the inner margin of the posterior wings is to be seen, and this latter is a sure indication of the male in those Myrmeleonide that possess it. On the Lateral Eyes in the Galeodide. 517 fulvous coloration of the wings; the corneous knob at the extreme base of the inner margin of the posterior wings of the male is small, rounded, and pale in colour; the costal area in these wings slightly dilated for a short distance near the base, Length of body, g 40-48 millim., 2 42-54 millim. Expanse of wings, g 93-110 millim., 9 95-131 millim. ; breadth of anterior wing 12-18 millim. Apparently common. Thirteen examples are before me, and I have seen at least fifty. Probably the largest species of Myrmeleon as restricted. In form and general structure, and even in the markings of the head and thorax, evidently allied to M. quinguemaculatus, Hag., M. polyzonus, Gerst., and M. lethalis, Walk. (partim), of the African continent, but abundantly distinct. In my analysis of Walker’s species (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 279) I stated that, of the examples named by him, the one bearing the label “ lethalis ”’ is identical with guinquemaculatus, and that the other two equal Pormicaleo leucospilos, Hag. Walker’s description was apparently drawn up from these latter. LXI.—Lateral Eyes in the Galeodide. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.8., F.Z.S. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory, South Kensington). THE Galeodide have hitherto been thought to be unique among the larger Arachnids in not possessing lateral or accessory eyes. Such eyes, however, occur in all the speci- mens which I have so far examined, but in a position which fully accounts for their having been overlooked. Passing the Arachnids in review, we have what I am now inclined to consider as the most primitive condition in the Mygalide. ‘he ocular tubercle persists in this family, with the paired median eyes and the accessory eyes grouped upon it. As I have elsewhere* explained, the ocular tubercle may be considered to be the remains of the original dorsal surface, left like an island between the cephalic lobes, which have elsewhere met in the middle line. In other Araneids the ocular tubercle is obliterated, and the eyes are scattered about on the forehead. In Phrynus the ocular tubercle persists in its original position at the anterior end of the suture between the cephalic lobes. The accessory eyes have apparently wandered off laterally, and are found as asmall group on each side, halfway * “On the Head of Galeodes and the Procephalic Lobes of Arachnidan Embryos,” Zool, Anz. no. 426 (1893). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiii. 35 518 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the between the ocular tubercle and the lateral edge of the dorsal surface. In Thelyphonus the ocular tubercle appears to persist near its original position, while the lateral eyes have moved further back than in Phrynus, and are close to the lateral edge of the dorsal surface. In Scorpio the median eyes persist, as a rule, upon an ocular tubercle, which has, however, in many cases travelled back along the suture between the cephalic lobes. The accessory eyes appear to have travelled off sideways while the ocular tubercle still occupied its original position, 7. e. was at the anterior end of the suture between the cephalic lobes. They are found along the fronto-lateral edge of the dorsal surface. In the Chernetide the median eyes appear to have atrophied, while the lateral eyes persist in one or two pairs at the edges of the dorsal surface. In the Phalangide, as a rule, only the median eyes are developed ; but lateral eyes also occur in rare cases, although those figured by Blanchard * have been shown to be glands. In the Galeodidw we have the median eyes on a sharply demarcated ocular tubercle situated in the original position, that is, at the anterior end of the suture between the cephalic lobes. The accessory eyes apparently, as in Scorpio, wandered off laterally, ¢. ¢. in the transverse plane, thus retaining their frontal position. But the enormous develop- ment of the mandibles, which is doubtless a secondary acquirement, together perhaps with the development of the curious foldings of the cuticle (to form the buttresses upon which the mandibles rotate), have led to the shifting of the eyes down, over the edge of the dorsal surface, on to the lateral surface, so that they now look downwards and forwards (fig. 2). In spirit-specimens the eyes themselves appear, when looked at with a pocket-lens or even with the naked eye, as whitish patches, which vary greatly in form and arrange- ment. In fig. 1 they are seen to have run together to form a long oval patch; in fig. 2 there are two eyes—the anterior an oval, and the posterior a minute, nearly circular mass of pigment ; whereas in fig. 3 they appear about equally deve- loped. I have not yet seen more than two on each side. That these eyes are atrophying I think is apparent from their irregular forms and, perhaps, from their position. But, on the other hand, in some cases (ef. fig. 3) they have a well- developed ganglion and regularly arranged retinal cells, the * ‘Les Arachnides,’ pl. xxx. Lateral Eyes in the Galeodide. 519 Fig. 1.—Outline drawing of the anterior end of a specimen of Rhax melana, Oliv., showing the position of the lateral eyes (e) ; me, median eyes on the ocular tubercle. Fig. 2.—Portion of cuticle from a specimen of Galeodes arabs, Koch, cleared, showing the thickness of the cuticle, and a pair of eyes like plugs of pigment in chitinous pits. Fig. 3.—Tangential section through the same region of a small (and perhaps young) Rhax (from Tashkend); two eyes are seen, with nerves and ganglion. As the fragment of the section was not % situ, its position in the sagittal plane is only approxi- mate. A portion of the complicated infolding of the cuticle which forms the mandibular buttress appears in the section, 35* 520 Mr. C. J. Gahan on a new Longicorn Beetle. finer structure of which I have been unable as yet to make out. I could find no trace of a hypodermis between the retinal cells and the cuticle. The eyes have completely lost all traces of a lens. The chitin is thinned away over them, so much so that very minute eyes are little more than plugs of pigment in deep chitinous pits (fig. 2). I have thought it advisable to publish these notes in advance, as some time must still elapse before my work on the Galeodide is ready for publication. LXII.—Description of a new Longicorn Beetle of the Genus Diaxenes, which has been found injuring some imported Orchids. By C. J. Gawan, M.A. THE genus Diaxenes, Waterh., has up to the present included but a single described species, and with regard to the locality of that species nothing very definite was known. ‘The one example of D. Taylori, Waterh. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 128), which the British Museum contained was found in the Royal Nursery, Chelsea, where it was gnawing off the stems of an orchid from Manilla, of the genus Phalenopsis. ‘Three additional examples are, I find, contained in the Pascoe collection; these are ticketed ‘‘ Moulmein,” though on what authority is not stated, and cannot now be ascertained. My reasons for giving Burma as the habitat of the new species are stated below. ‘This new species has also, like its congener, exhibited a special taste for orchids, espe- cially those of the genus Dendrobium. Diaxenes dendrobit, sp. n. Fortiter punctatus; pube fulvo-brunnea sat dense vestitus ; pro- thorace elytrisque albescente lineatis, lineis elytrorum dorsalibus sinuatis; scutello fusco, puncta centrali et limbo externo albis; antennis griseo-fulvis, articulis 4° ad 6" plus minusve infuscatis. Long. 10-16, lat. 33-53 mm. Hab. Burma. On species of Dendrobium. Strongly and rather closely punctured, with the punctures partly concealed by the close pubescence; this is mostly of a fulvous brown or drab colour, but there are darker brown areas on some of the interspaces between the whitish lines ; the pronotum bears three white lines, one median and one towards each side, the two latter converging anteriorly. Each Mr. C. J. Gahan on a new Longicorn Beetle. 521 elytron has about six lines of a slightly yellowish tint, of which one lies along the outer margin, the second sets out just below the shoulder and is continued in a nearly straight direction along the side of the elytron, the third proceeds from the upper part of the shoulder and joins the second a little before the apex; the next two lines are dorsal in position, they are subparallel to one another in the anterior fourth of the elytron, behind which they rather abruptly converge ; after again diver- ging slightly they converge to join one another at about the beginning of the apical fourth, whence they are continued as a single line up to the outer angle of the oblique apical truncature; the sixth is a very short line passing back from the base. In addition to these six linesan ashy-grey streak may be seen along the suture, with a rather faint and broken white line limiting it on the outer side. The body underneath has a drab pubescence, with dark brown areas. The pro- and mesosterna and the lower part of the sides of the prothorax are almost black in colour. The legs and antenne are covered with a nearly uniform drab-coloured pubescence ; but in some examples the intermediate joints of the antenne are more or less dark brown towards the tip. ‘The front of the head is also in some examples of a dark brown or nearly black colour; but this is partly due to the rubbing away of the pubescence. Four examples of this species are now in the British Museum collection ; they were all taken alive in England upon imported orchids. One was presented by the late r. J. C. Bowring, who found it in his conservatory; two were sent by Mr. M‘Lachlan, with the information that they were certainly imported with Dendrobium nobile and were playing havoe with the leaves and pseudobulbs of some plants of this species; a fourth specimen, recently presented by Sir Archibald Buchan-Hepburn, was found upon the flower of Dendrobium atropurpureum. There are examples also in the museum of the Hon. Walter Rothschild at Tring; these were likewise found on orchids of the species Dendrobium nobile, which, Dr. Jordan informs me, were imported from Moulmein. The areas of known distribution of the two species of Dendrobium mentioned appear to overlap only in Burma; so I think I am quite justitied in assigning Burma as the habitat of the new species ot Diaxenes. 522 Mr. O. Thomas on a LXIII.—On a new African Genus of Mustelide. By OvprieLtp THOMAS. In September 1889 Mr. F. J. Jackson, when collecting at Mianzini, Masai, a locality at which he found several other new mammals, trapped a small badger-like animal and recognized it at once as being anew form. Up to the present time, however, from various causes, the specimen has been mislaid, and even now only the skin can be found, although thorough search has been made for the skull. But even without the skull the skin shows such remark- able characteristics that I am unable to refer it to any known genus, and must therefore create a new one for its reception. This may be called GALERISCUS, gen. nov. General build about that of the Grison (Galictis [or Galera] Allamandi). Lars short, closely hairy. Fur thick, though short. ‘Tail medium. Claws intermediate in size and form between those of the Meline and Musteline sections of the family. Toes four on each foot only, the two median distinctly longer than the subequal lateral ones; palm and sole-pads naked. General coloration Grison-like. Galeriscus Jacksont, sp. n. Size and proportions very similar to those of the Larger Grison, as also is the general colour, with the prominent exception that the black on the muzzle and throat is entirely absent. Fur thick, close and soft, but only from one half to three quarters of an inch in general length ; thronghout it is composed of a close underfur, among which are mixed nume- rous straight hairs. Nose-pad naked, sharply defined behind from the hairs, which run forwards to form a median angle ; below there is a naked median groove running down to the upper lip. Face pale brownish white, the eyes with a few browner hairs surrounding them. On the crown the longer hairs gradually become ringed subterminally with black, resulting in a yich black-and-white grizzling, which extends backwards over the whole dorsal surface to the base of the tail. Hairs of ears outside grizzled grey like the crown, those inside yellowish white. Chin pale whitish brown like the face ; cheeks, throat, and sides of neck deep yellow ; centre of belly blackish. Limbs from shoulders and hips downwards deep new African Genus of Mustelide. 523 blackish brown. Large pads of palms and soles naked, but the whole plantar surface of the feet is thickly hairy. Claws thick and strong, their upper curvature about as in G. Alla- mandi, but they are far stouter, especially terminally; the fore and hind ones are about equal in length; in colour they are deep brown, the hind ones tipped with white. Tail nearly half the length of the head and body, well-clothed with long coarse hairs, which on its basal half are incon- spicuously ringed subterminally with black, but gradually become wholly white on its distal half. Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, sex unknown) :— Head and body (approximate) 540 millim.; tail (c.) 235, with hairs 250 ; hind foot (from caleaneum) without claws 90, with claws 98. Longest fore claw, in a straight line above, 13°5; ditto, hind foot, 12. Length of radius 67, ulna $4, tibia 88. Hab. Mianzini, Masailand, 8000 feet. Coll. F. J. Jackson, September 1889. This interesting animal, when laid beside representatives of the other allied genera, is readily distinguishable from all of them, firstly by the entire absence of either a pollex or a hallux, neither of these digits being absent in any other member of the suborder Arctoidea, while the Herpestine Bdeogale* and Suricata are the only genera in the whole of the Carnivora which resemble it in the absence of both. But apart altogether from this diagnostic character, one would not know in what genus to place the animal, and this is a test by which the validity of all proposed new genera should be tried. Were it, in that case, Brazilian in locality it might be referred to Galictis (whose synonym, (Galera, is so well known that I have presumed to use it for the basis of the generic name), although the shorter ears and thicker claws would still indicate considerable divergence. Of the Old-World genera all the Meline forms are separable by their longer and straighter claws, as are the Musteline ones by their having these shorter and more curved. Coming to African forms, we have only the coarse-haired, short-tailed, and large-elawed Mellivora, and the delicately built and parti-coloured Jctidonyx and Pacilogale to deal with; and no one could possibly refer Mr. Jackson’s animal to any of these. Of course I would not be understood to say that Galeriscus is really more closely related to Galict’s than to any Old- * From Bdeogaleitself Galeriscus is readily distinguished by its generally Musteline, or, rather, Meline, appearance, its broader head, larger nose- pad, and short hairy ears. Its feet, however, are undoubtedly very like those of that anizmal., 524 Bibliographical Notices. World genus, as its true relationship can only be settled when its skull and teeth are known; but so far as build and claws go, and on these the family has been classified, it certainly has a striking resemblance to its American analogue. Mr. Jackson is much to be congratulated on the present important addition to the long list of his zoological disco- veries, which is, perhaps, the most interesting of them all. New Carnivores of any sort are always few and far between, while of genera the last discovered were Ai/uropus and Bas- saricyon, described respectively in 1871 and 1876. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. An Index to the Genera and Species of the Foraminifera. By CHarves Davies Surrsorn.—Part I. Ato Non. 8yvo. 240 pages. City of Washington, U.S.A. November 1893. Tus is one of the “ Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,” No. 856, published by the Smithsonian Institution, which has given to the world a vast mass of useful literature on a great variety of scientific subjects. This is the first half of a work, forming a part of volume 37 of the ‘Collections ;” the remaining part is to be published in 1895, together with a Preface, and such emendations as may be found necessary. The preparation of the manuscript of this Index occupied the years between 1885 and 1889. The printing was commenced in 1890; and, the Smithsonian Institution having been liberal in the transmission of proofs, considerable time has neces- sarily been taken up by author and printer in ensuring accuracy among about 10,000 names of genera and species, with their refer- ences, in this part of the Index. That there should be so large a number of published names of Foraminifera, whether definitely described or merely noticed, under the first fourteen letters of the alphabet, is at first sight astonishing ; and the greater is the obligation of Rhizopodists to Mr. C. D. Sher- born, F.G.S., F.Z.8., for collecting them in a systematic manner, and to the Smithsonian Institution for the considerate liberality shown in printing and publishing this extremely valuable and voluminous Index. We already know Mr. C. D. Sherborn to be an ardent, industrious, and conscientious bibliographist, especially of the Foraminifera (see notice in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii. pp. 424, 425, November 1888); also (with Mr. A. 8. Woodward) of the British Fossil Vertebrata (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi. pp. 387=- 339, April 1890); and in other branches of bibliography, with indi- cations and rectifications of dates, much wanted and well appreciated by zoologists and others. Indeed, the grandly designed Index to Bibliographical Notices. 525 Recent and Fossil Animal Species (from the date of Linnzeus), to which he has devoted and still devotes very much of his valuable time, under the auspices of the Director of the Natural-History Branch of the British Museum, and of the Keepers of the Zoological and Geological Departments, is not only worthy of all praise, but deserves Governmental aid; for an enormous mass of material has already been carefully prepared by him, and is available to the several Officers of the Museum, saving them much time and trouble and ensuring accuracy in their Natural-History researches. In the Smithsonian Index before us some of the genera take up large spaces ; thus— Flabellina, 34 pages. Biloculina, 5 pages. Frondicularia, 9} pages. Marginulina, 123 pages. Dentalina, 163 pages. Nodosaria, 23 pages. Cristellaria, 253 pages. As about from 40 to 45 published names occur in a page, an approximation to their number may be arrived at. The Index does not omit the older terms, such as ‘ Nautilus” (occupying 8 pages), “Cornu Ammonis,” “ Frumentarium,” &c., by which some of the most common of the fossil Foraminifera of Italy and others from the Mediterranean and Adriatic were known to early naturalists. The Author gives very many useful, though short, remarks in brackets [ ], as to the history, modifications, or synonymy of the names, or the nature and source of the specimens referred to. Cross- references are numerous, and greatly enhance the value of the Index. In fact the book can be used readily and with profit throughout for the genera and species of Foraminifera published down to 1889. It is rich not only with material, but with the conscientious exactitude of a naturalist experienced in bibliography, well ac- quainted with Foraminifera, and also with those who work on them and willingly give him all the aid they can in carrying out the arduous task he has thus far so successfully completed. The scientific world gratefully accepts this noble result of the Smithsonian generosity, in having this closely but clearly printed book, which is welcome to a very large class of naturalists in all the Continents, produced and distributed freely and without stint, as is the usual liberal custom of that great Institute at Washington. Horns and Hoofs, or Chapters on Horned Animals, By R. Lypexxer. London: H. Cox. A year or two ago Mr. Lydekker contributed a number of articles on Hoofed Big Game to the ‘ Field’ and ‘ Land and Water.’ These chapters were headed :—* Wild Oxen,” ‘* Wild Sheep and Goats,” “The Antelopes of Asia,” ‘* African Antelopes,’ ‘The Deer of Asia,” “*The Deer of South America,” “ Wild Pigs,” and “ Rhino- 526 Bibliographical Notices. ceroses, Ancient and Modern.” Reading them at the time, they seemed exactly suited to the tastes of that class of sportsmen who take an intelligent, though perhaps secondary, interest in natural history. The descriptions were not too technical, and there were few hard names, while the geographical distribution of the various families, genera, and species was sketched in a manner well calen- lated to stimulate further research and enterprise among visitors to wild countries, especially to the elevated districts of Central Asia, as well as some portions of the Indian region. For instance, the remark that no Englishman has ever shot—or, it is believed, so much as seen—a Takin (Budorcas taxicolor) alive, although this antelope dwells within sight of British Assam, would be likely to stir up some keen sportsman to circumvent, if possible, the political restrictions which are the cause of this reproach; and, for the matter of that, it is about time that we imitated the Russians in prosecuting our “ purely scientific” explorations a little more boldly. The more reflective—we had almost said ruminative—sportsman will find material for thought in the statement that “although all living wild oxen have horns in both sexes, yet certain fossil species are known in which these were absent in at least the females; and it has been suggested that it is due to this circumstance that ‘ polled’ races of oxen are so readily produced, this being, in fact, a reversion to a condition in which both sexes of the ruminants were normally hornless.” Perhaps he may think there is a good deal in this, and argue that, because the tail-less variety known as the “* Manx” cat is so readily produced, therefore the ancestor of the domestic puss was deficient in a caudal appendage—an analogy which may be false! But, enough of the sportsman : let us turn to the naturalist, of whose notice Mr. Lydekker hopes that the work may not prove unworthy. Undoubtedly there are many things, in this collection of odds and ends, of which the average “ naturalist” can bear to be reminded. It cannot be too often dinned into him that the “ aurochs” is the extinct wild ox, and is not the European bison ; or that the musk-ox is not merely “ found,” but is plentiful, in some parts of Greenland (a fact unknown to the author of the article in the *‘ Big Game volumes” of the Badminton series, and, it would seem, to most of the reviewers of that work). Not every naturalist realizes that the great preponderance of antelopes in Africa is merely a feature of the present epoch, and that there is strong evidence that this group previously inhabited Southern Europe and Asia, whence it was partially driven by climatal and other changes. Nor does every one know that the ‘‘ Roman-nosed” Saiga antelope, of the Kirghiz steppes, was found in Eastern Poland a century ago, and that not only are the remains of representatives of the genus found in Moravia and in the south of France, but also in Belgium, while in 1890 the frontlet and horn-cores of a male were actually obtained in the Pleistocene deposits of the Thames Valley. Many similar points might be cited, and, so far, we have nothing except praise for Mr. Lydekker ; but for the naturalist it was not sufficient to string together a lot of articles, and to recast some of them, with the G eolog ical Societ Ys 527 addition of some fresh illustrations; and we very much regret that the Author has not bestowed upon the present work that small amount of extra labour which would have rendered it complete in itself. As it stands, we have the Old-World Antelopes, but nothing about the Giraffes; the American Prong-horned Antelope is not mentioned (at least, it is not in the index), nor is the Rocky Moun- tain Goat (Haplocerus montanus); and the red-deer group is dis- cussed, with barely an allusion to the Wapiti. This would have been intelligible if an arbitrary line had been drawn at Old-World species; but such is not the case, for there is a special chapter devoted to the deer of South America. The Elk and the Reindeer are treated under the head of * Asiatic Deer,” but nothing is said about their American representatives beyond the incidental remarks that the former is not specifically distinct from the moose, nor the latter from the caribou. These and some other omissions diminish the value of a very readable and instructive work. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. February 21, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ** Note on the Genus Naiadites, as occurring in the Coal Forma- tion of Nova Scotia.” By SirJ. Wilham Dawson, K.C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. With an Appendix by Dr. Wheelton Hind, B.S., F.R.C.S., F.G.S. The specimens referred to in the paper occur most abundantly in caleareo-bituminous shales along the coast, at the South Joggins, and were described by the Author in ‘ Acadian Geology,’ in 1860. A collection of them has been submitted to Dr. Wheelton Hind. In Q. J. G. S. vol. xix. Mr. Salter referred the shells described as Naiadites to his new genera Anthracoptera and Anthracomya. In correspondence with Mr. Salter, the Author held that the shells were probably freshwater, and objected to the name Anthracomya as expressing an incorrect view of the affinity of the shells; he also stated several reasons in support of his opinions. The Author continued to use the name Naiadites, but does not object to the division of the species into two genera, for one of which Salter’s name Anthracoptera should be retained. Additional reasons are given for the freshwater origin of these shells, and the Author expresses his gratification that their affinities have been so ably illustrated by Dr. Hind. Dr. Wheelton Hind believes that the ‘ genus’ Naiadites contains three distinct genera, for one of which the name must be retained, 528 Miscellaneous. He proposes to retain the name for the forms called Anthracomya, affirming as this word does an altogether wrong affinity for the genus. (The name Nazadites was proposed in 1860; Anthracomya in 1861.) Dr. Hind is not able to state that any of the species submitted to him by Sir J. W. Dawson are the same as British forms. The shell originally described as Natadites carbonaria is, he has no doubt, an Anthracoptera. He gives notes on NV. arenaria, NV. angulata, and NV. levis. MISCELLANEOUS. Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal. By W. F. Krrsy, F.L.S. &ce. For two years past plants of Solomon’s Seal (Polygonatum or Con- vallaria multiflora) growing in Dr. Giinther’s garden at Kew have been infested by saw-fly larvee ; and on the 6th of May of the present year Dr. Giinther captured a considerable number of specimens of a saw-fly on the plant, which proved on examination to be Phymato- cera aterrima, Klug. Although this species will probably be found to be common where its food-plant occurs, it does not seem to have been noticed in England except by Curtis, who described and figured it in vol. xxi. of the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ pp. 59 - 42, pl. v., as long ago as 1850, from specimens bred from larve received from Lord Goderich, who had noticed them for several years previously devouring the leaves of the only plant of Solomon’s Seal in Lord Ripon’s garden at Putney. Curtis called the insect Selan- dria Robinsoni, believing it to be undescribed. The only other saw-fly noticed by Kaltenbach in his ‘ Pflanzen- feinde’ as feeding on Convallaria multiflora is Blennocampa fuliyi- nosa, Schrank. It is worthy of note that all the specimens of P. aterrima which Dr. Giinther caught were males, which, it seems, appear a day or two before the females begin to emerge. With them was a single specimen of a Blennocampa, also a male—not, however, B. fuliyi- nosa, but B. fuscula, Klug (pusilla, Klug), a rose-feeding species, the presence of which among the specimens of Phymatocera was probably quite accidental. As Phymatocera aterrima has been so rarely observed in England, it appears worth while to call attention to its re-oeceurrence. There were previously only two German specimens in the British Museum collection, and no British ones. Although the day was warm and bright, the specimens were remarkably sluggish, and allowed themselves to be picked off with the fingers. Natural History Museum, South Kensington, May 9 1894. cn bo Je) Miscellaneous. Pteropods with Two Separate Sexual Openings. By H. McE. Kyowerr. Having recently had occasion to review the anatomy of Cavolinia longirostris, by means of sections of specimens obtained by the U.S. Fish Commission schooner ‘Grampus,’ I find that the ee ment in text-books and elsewhere, that all Pteropods have but : single external opening for the hermaphroditic sexual organs, is a correct. Cavolinia longirostris (to which species my specimens apparently belong) has two distinct and separate sexual openings. There is a large hermaphroditic gland, lying posteriorly and dorsally in the visceral sac, which is asy mmetrical, being more developed on the left side. In this gl: ind the youngest ova are found in the centre, immediately around the intraglandular portion of the duct, the oldest ova With considerable yolk at the periphery. The male elements arise from lines of cells running from the peri- phery towards the centre. A single duct leaves the gland from its anterior face, dorsally and far to the left. Receiving the seminal vesicle near this point of origin, the duct runs over to the right towards the median plane. Near the middle line it opens into the anterior face of a large glandular sac, which has much folded walls. This sac is the muciparous gland, and the duct ends on reaching it, Sections do not show a separate albumen-gland described for the genus. They do show that some of the folds of the walls of the single cavity of the gland are lined with non-glandular ciliated cells, while others have distinctly glandular cells. ‘The seminal vesicle is, as de- scribed, a Jong saccular appendage of the duct, with its end dilated and coiled up on the left side of the stomach. The muciparous or, rather, uterine gland is quite large; it lies in the anterior portion of, and occupies most of the left side of, the visceral sac. Quite near the point where the hermaphroditic duct opens into the uterine gland the vas deferens arises from the gland on its anterior right corner, to the left of the median line. This is a closed ciliated tube, not a ciliated groove (in which this species differs from all other Pteropods), which curves around on the right to the dorsal surface of the fins, to run anteriorly and open at the sac of the invaginated penis. On the left side of the uterine gland sections in all planes show a second opening from the reproductive system to the exterior. This is a slit-like aperture on aslight papilla, on the anterior surface of the visceral sac and to the left. The opening leads directly into a ciliated fold of the uterine gland, the ciliated cells of which turn out at the lips of the aperture and become continuous with the epithelium of the external surface of the body. There can be no doubt that this is a natural opening, and near it is found the seminal receptacle, a thin-walled sac filled with spermatozoa and lying on the left face of the uterine gland. This seminal receptacle opens into a fold of the uterine gland, not far from the external opening just described, which I take to be a vaginal opening. 530 Miscellaneous. In the possession of two separate sexual openings Cavolinia longi- rostris differs from all other Pteropods. The opening on the right side leading to the penis is perhaps to be homologized with the single aperture of other species. All that is necessary is the closure of the usual ciliated groove to form a tube to the penis, and this is an evident advantage in ensuring the transference of the male products. Another opening (vagina) becomes a necessity as soon as the more primitive right one is given over entirely to the male products ; and this may account for the new aperture on the left side. In other words, the other Pteropods represent the more primi- tive condition of the hermaphroditic duct, while Cavolinia longirostris has become more specialized by the acquisition of a separate opening for each sex. The anatomy of the adult does not, of course, show whether, as Korscheldt and Heider (‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Entwicklungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere,’ p. 1088, fig. 644 ¢) would put it, there has been a splitting of a primitively single opening into two, or whether a new independent opening has been acquired into the left side of the uterine gland. Perhaps the study of the ontogeny of the sexual organs of this species will settle the question. Contrary to Pelseneer (‘ Challenger’ Report on the Pteropoda, pt. 3, p. 19), the heart of Cavolinia longirostris is on the left side, agreeing with Souleyet’s figure of Cavolinia tridentata, for which see Lang (‘ Lehrbuch der vergl. Anatomie,’ p. 664, fig. 469). Muscles in the fins are distinctly striated, a condition which Lang states (‘ Lehrbuch der vergl. Anatomie,’ p. 695) is not found in mollusks, but which Kellogg (“ A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Morphology of Lamellibranchiate Molluses,” Bull. U.S. Fish Commission, vol. x. 1890) found in the adductors and heart-muscles of Lamellibranchs. Paneth (‘Archiy mikr. Anatomie, Bd. 24), describing a similar appearance in the fins of Cymbulia and Tiede- mannia, decides this is not natural, but artificial striation. I have not been able to study living tissue, but the striation, as I find if, is very distinct, and looks in every way like ordinary striated muscle.-—Johns Hopkins University Circulars, May 1894, pp. 61, 62. : 531 INDEX to VOL. XIII. Axpport, W. J., on the ossiferous fissures in the valley of the Shode, 294, Acanthophthalmus, new species of, 251. Acontia, new species of, 361. Acontiophorus, new species of, 145. Addia, characters of the new genus, 465. Adelocera, new species of, 27. Adrastus, new species of, 315. Agriotes, new species of, 311. Agrotis, new species of, 360. Ainu, characters of the new genus, 479. Akysis, new species of, 246, Alaus, new species of, 30. Aleock, Surg.-Capt. A., on Indian deep-sea dredging, 225, 321, 400. Alphitophagus, new species of, 398. Amarantha, new species of, 392. Ameira, new species of, 139. Ammonites subarmatus, on a variety of, from Whitby, 212. Amphisbzena, new species of, 344. Amymone, new species of, 137. Analophus, new species of, 291. Anchastus, new species of, 31. Andania, new species of, 411. Annelids, on certain homes or tubes formed by, 1; new, 205. Anoplodactylus petiolatus, note on, 182. Antachara, new species of, 561. Anthracias, new species of, 470, Apogonia ferruginea, description of, 513. Aporophis, new species of, 346. Arachnida, new, 72, 87; on the endosternite of Scorpio, 18; on the derivation of, 503. Arachnis, new species of, 174, Archineura, characters of the new genus, 84. Archineura incarnata, note on, 434 ; A. basilactea, note on, 450. Arhopala, new species of, 254, Arion, new species of, 66, Arrhenoplita, new species of, 392. Arthrolips, new species of, 336. Articulates, on the derivation and homologies of some, 502.» Atasthalus, new species of, 385. Athous, new species of, 198, 255. Attacus, new species of, 178. Aulacodus, new species of, 202. Automeris, new species of, 179. Bienasa, new species of, 177. Balanoglossus, notes on the genus, 136, 216, Barbus, new species of, 247. Bathyphantes, new species of, 91. Batrachia, new, 347. Beddard, F. E., on South-American Tubificidee, 205. Beddome, Col. R., on new species of Cyclophorus and Spiraculum, 506. Belionota, new species of, 285. Bernard, H. M., on the endosternite of Scorpio, 18; on lateral eyes in the Galeodidee, 517. Bolitonzeus, characters of the new genus, 387. Bolitophagus, new species of, 384. Bonnier, J., on two new types of Choniostomatide, 134. Books, new :—Locard’s Les Coquilles des Eaux douces et saumitres de France, 133; Egger’s Foramini- fera from the Deep-sea Soundings obtained by TL.M.S. ‘Gazelle,’ 368; Hampson’s Moths of India, 447; Pilsbry’s Chitons, 448; Ly- 53% INDEX, — dekker’s Life and Rock, 449; Sher- born’s Index to the Genera and Species of the Foraminifera, 524 ; Lydekker’s Horns and Hoofs, 525, Bothrioneuron, new species of, 206. Boulenger, G, A., on new freshwater Fishes, 245; on Reptiles and Ba- trachians from Paraguay, 542. Brycea, new species of, 175. Butschinsky, P., on the embryology of the Cumacea, 295. Byrsax, new species of, 388. Bythocaris simplicirostris, note on, 270. Caliphzea, new species of, 434. Calliomma, new species of, 352. Calopteryx, new species of, 435. Cambridge, Rev. F. O. P., on new genera and species of Hritish Spiders, 87. Cardiophorus, new species of, 189. Celiena, new species of, 359. Celleporella hyalina, new variety of, 129. Centropyx, new species of, 343. Ceropria, new species of, 599. Cheerilus, new species of, 79. Cheerocampa, new species of, 168. Cheetonymphon spinosissimum, note on, 154. Child, C. M., on the antennary sense- organs of insects, 572. Chloritis, new species of, 53. Chloropsinus, new species of, 171. Choniostomatidie, on two new types of, 134. Chrysopa, new species of, 425. Cirripede, on a new pedunclate, 445. Cletodes, new species of, 141. Cochlostyla xgrota, description of, 54, Coleoptera, new, 26, 182, 255, 283, 288, 311, 334, 377, 465, 513, 520. Collinge, W. E., on a new species of Arion, 66. Colocasia, new species of, 354. Copaxa, new species of, 178. Coronidia, new species of, 353. Corticus, new species of, 468. Corylophide, new West Indian, 336, Corylophodes, new species of, 337. Cueratbttes, new species of, 256, Coryphzus, characters of the new genus, 87. Cosmosoma, new species of, 171, 353. Croockewit, J. M., on the jaws of Hirudinea, 212. Crossochilus, new species of, 247. Crustacea, new, 134, 137, 225, 231, 321, 349, 400; rare British, 412: of Norway, distribution of the higher, 158. Crustaceans, on the derivation of, 502. Cryptocheles 271. Cryptohypnus, new species of, 184. Cumacea, on the embryology of the, 295, Cyathopoma, new species of, 461. Cyclophorus, new species of, 506. Cyclotus, new species of, 56, 461. Cycnia, new species of, 354. Cymonomops, characters of the new genus, 406. Dacira, new species of, 361. Dana, J. D., on the derivation and homologies of some Articulates, 502. Dasylophia, new species of, 357. Dasypus, new species of, 70. Dawson, Dr. G. M., on mammoth- remains in Canada and Alaska, 211. Dawson, Sir J. W., on the genus Naiadites, 527. Derispia, characters genus, 389. Dermatomyzon, new species of, 144. Diademodon, note on the new genus, 452. Diaxenes, new species of, 520. Didelphys, new species of, 438. Diplommatina, new species of, 463. Druce, H., on new Heterocera, 168, 352, Druce, H. H., on new Lycenide, 252. Drymonia, new species of, 358. Elasmonotus, new species of, 333. Elater, new species of, 32. Elateride of Japan, on the, 26, 182, 255, 311. Electra pilosa, remarks on, 115. Enanea, characters ef the new genus, 467. Ephemera, new species of, 428, pygmea, note on, of the new INDEX. ono Epimastidia, new species of, 253, 501. Epiphaleria, characters of the new genus, 382. Epiphora, new species of, 165, _ Erythromma, new species of, 436. Ethusa, new species of, 405, Eucereon, new species of, 172. Eucyrtus, new species of, 475. Eudule, new species of, 177. Eupyra, new species of, 170. Eurytrachelus, new species of, 283. Euthisanotia, new species of, 352. Eutricha, new species of, 180. Fishes, new, 245. Gahan, C. J., on new Longicorn Coleoptera, 288, 520. Galeodidie, on lateral eyes in the, 517. Galeriscus, characters of the new genus, 522. Gazella, new species of, 452. Geological Society, proceedings of the, 211, 294, 527. Geomys, new species of, 457. Giard, A., on two new types of Cho- niostomatidie, 134. Gnathonyx, characters of the new genus, 290. Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col., on new species of Cyclophorus and Spira- culum, 506. Halesus, new species of, 421. Ialisodota, new species of, 173. Hamann, Prof. O., on Schneider's ore and the cesophageal glands of Nematodes, 214. Haplohammus, new 292. Harpyia, new species of, 358. Hatima, new species of, 358. Hatteria, on the osteology of the head of, 297. Hedley, C., on the land Mollusca of Tasmania and New Zealand, 442. Helicide of New Zealand, Tasmania, and Seuth Africa, on the relation between the, 61. Helix, new species of, 55. ; Hemicyclopora, characters of the new genus, 124, Hemitragus, new species of, 365. Herminodes, new species of, 363. Hesperodrilus, characters of the new genus, 210. k Heterocampa, new species of, 357. species of, 533 Hillhousia, characters of the new genus, 89. Hirdapa, new species of, 166. Hirudinea, on the jaws of, 212, Homola, new species of, 408, Hydrias, new species of, 181. Iydroecia, new species of, 359, Hypolithus, new species of, 183. sini: new species of, 172, 354. Idotea 279. Idricerus, new species of, 424, Insects, on the antennary sense- organs of, 372; on the derivation of, 504, Ischnodactylus, new 392. Jones, Prof. T. R., on Rhetic and Liassic Ostracoda of Britain, 294, Kinekoskias, notes on the genus, 112. ; Kirby, W. F., on a new genus and species of Agrionide, 84; on a new species of Epiphora, 165; on a new species of Hirdapa, 166; on Archineura basilactea, 450; on Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal, 528, Knower, H. McE., on Pteropods with two separate sexual openings, 529, Lacon, new species of, 28. Lagochilus, new species of, 459, Lamperos, new species of, 478, Leiochrinus, new species of, 390. Leiochrodes, new species of, 391. Lepidolemur, new species of, 211. Lepidoptera, new, 165, 166, 168, 252, 352, 440, 496, marina, on variations in, species of, Lepidosternum, new species of, 344, Lepralia Belli, notes on, 127. Lepthyphantes, new species of, 95. Leptobarbus, new species of, 249. Leptodactylus, new species of, 342. Leptopoma, new species of, 459. Lepturoides, new species of, 316. Lepus, new species of, 364. Lewis, G., on the Elateride of Japan, 26, 182, 255, 311; on the Tenebrionide of Japan, 3877, 465, Libellula, new species of, 480. Limonius, new species of, 194, 318. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 36 Do4 Limuloids, on the derivation of, 502. Liocassis, new species of, 245, Lithosia, new species of, 177. Ludius, new species of, 264. Lumbricus terrestris, on a_ bifid specimen of, 217. M‘Intosh, Prof. W. C., on certain homes or tubes formed by An- nelids, 1. M‘Lachlan, R., on Neuroptera from Western China, 421; on new species of Myrmeleonidee, 514. Macroscelides, new species of, 67. Major, Dr. C. I. F., on a new species of Lepidolemur, 211. Mamestra, new species of, 560. - Mammalia, new, 67, 70, 202, 204, 211, 298, 363, 365, 3867, 456, 452, §22. Mammoth-remains in Canada and Alaska, on, 211. Masterman, A. T., on the food of Sagitta, 440; on the nutritive and excretory processes in Porifera, 485, Matthews, Rev. A., on new West- Indian Corylophid and Tricho- pterygidee, 334. Megapenthes, new species of, 45. Melanotopsis, characters of the new genus, 191. Melanotus, new species of, 192. Melanoxanthus, new species of, 48, 182. Menimus, new species of, 398. Meristhus, new species of, 50. Microcystis, new species of, 454. Microneta, new species of, 90. Micropedinus, characters of the new genus, 379. Misolampidius, 476. Mollusea, new, 48, 66, 453, 506 ; on the relation of the Land-, of Tas- mania and New Zealand, 442. Monckton, H. W., on a variety of Ammonites subarmatus, 212. Munida, new varieties and species of, 821, Munidopsis, new species of, 829. Mus Burtoni, note on, 204. Mycalesis, new species of, 500. Mynes, new species of, 499. Myriapods, derivation of, 504, new species of, INDEX. Myrmeleonide, species of, 514. Naiadites, note on the genus, 527. Natalis, new species of, 286, Nemachilus, new species of, 250. Nematabramis, characters of the new genus, 249, Nematodes, on Schneider’s pore and the cesophageal glands of, 214. Nephrops andamanicus, remarks on, 226. Neuroptera, new, 84, 421. Newton, E. T., on vertebrate remains from Ightham, 295. Norman, Canon A. M., a month on the Trondhjem Fiord, 112, 150, 267; on Balanoglossus, 156, 216. Notodonta, new species of, 356. Nystalea, new species of, 359. (Enetus, new species of, 440. Opatrum, new species of, 380. Opharus, new species of, 174. Ophiodes, new species of, 345, 562. Orthetrum japonicum, on a variety of, 431. Osphryon, new species of, 288. Ostracoda of Britain, on Rhetie and Liassic, 294. Pallene pygmea, note on, 152. Panameria, new species of, 360. Panorpa, new species of, 423. Papilio, new species of, 496. Parapagurus, new species of, 245. Patula, new species of, 457. Pella Burnupi, on the dentition of, 60, Pentacheles, new species of, 254. Pentaphyllus, new species of, 398. Pericopis, new species of, 174. Phegoptera, new species of, 173. Phreatoicus, new species of, 549. Phthora, new species of, 466. Phya, new species of, 555, Phymatocera aterrima, on the occur- rence of, 528. Platydema, new species of, 395. Platypilumnus, characters of the new genus, 401. Plusia, new species of, 562. Pocock, R. I, on the Scorpions of India, 72. Peecilopharis, new species of, 284. Porifera, on the nutritive and excre- tory processes in, 485. new INDEX. 535 Porrhomma, observations on the genus and new species of, 94. Potemnemus, new species of, 292. Protosphyrena, on the affinities of, 510. Pseudonotis, characters of the new genus, 252. Pseudosphinx, new species of, 169. Psopheticus, characters of the new genus, 402. Ptenidium, new species of, 342. Pteropods with two separate sexual openings, 529. Pteropus, new species of, 293. Ptilium, new species of, 341. Pupina, new species of, 462. Pylocheles, new species of, 244. Ramphonotus, characters of the new genus, 122. Randallia lamellidentata, description of, 404. Rasbora, new species of, 249. Reptiles, new, 348; on some fossil, 451. Rhabdopleura, remarks on the ge- nus, 131. Rhypobius, new species of, 337. Rothschild, the Hon. W., on a new species of (inetus, 440. Ruscino, new species of, 176. Sacium, new species of, 336. Sagitta, on the food of, 440. Salenskia, characters of the new genus, 135. Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal, 528. Scaphidema, new species of, 396. Scena, new species of, 170. Sciurus, new species of, 363. Scorpio, on the endosternite of, 18; new species of, 74. Scorpions of India, on the, 72. Scorpiops, new species of, 77. Scott, T. and A., on new and rare Crustacea from Scotland, 137. Scott, T., on some rare Crustacea from the Dogger Bank, 412. Seeley, H. G., on the structure, organization, and classification of the fossil Reptilia, 374, 451. Sericoderus, new species of, 387. Sericosomus, new species of, 314. Setenis, new species of, 472. Shells of the Sulu Archipelago, 48 ; of the Natuna Islands, 453. Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of Sowerby’s ‘Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,’ 370. Siebenrock, F., on the osteology of the head of Hatteria, 297. Silesis, new species of, 315, Sitala, new species of, 456. Smith, E. A., on the land-shells of the Sulu Archipelago, 48; on the land-shells of the Natuna Islands, 453. Smith, H. G., on new species of butterflies, 496. Smittia, new species of, 128. Sowerby’s ‘Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,’ on the dates of, 370. Spheeronella, new species of, 134. Spiders, new British, 87. Spiraculum, new species of, 509, Squilla, new species of, 409. Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on a new pedunculate Cirripede, 443, Stenhelia, new species of, 141. Stephos minor, note on, 148. Stilpnotia, new species of, 355, Strongylium, new species of, 480. Suter, H., on the dentition of Pella Burnupi, 60; on the relation be- tween the Helicide of New Zea- land, Tasmania, and South Africa, 61 Tenebrionidee of Japan, on the, 377, 465. Thalestris, new species of, 142. Thecadiplax, new species of, 429. Therosuchia, on the structure, organ- ization, and classification of the, 74. Thomas, O., on two new species of Macroscelides, 67 ; on anew species of Armadillo, 70 ; on a new species of Aulacodus, 202; on Mus Bur- toni, 204; on a new Pteropus, 293; on two new Rodents, 363; on a new Goat, 365; on the Pala- wan representative of ‘Tupaia ferruginea, 367; on two new Mammals, 436 ; ona new Gazelle, 452; on a new genus of Mus- telidee, 522. Thomson, G. M., on a new species of Phreatoicus, 549. Thrinacia, new species of, 172. Thydemus, characters of the new genus, 475. Thysonotis, new species of, 591. Tolype, new species of, 181. Tornatellina, new species of, 458. Toxicum, new species of, 469. Trachyscelis, new species of, 383. Trichelaspis, characters of the new genus, 445. Trichopterygidz, new West-Indian, 308. Trichopteryx, new species of, 333, Trisulodes, new species of, 362. Trochomorpha, new species of, 455. Trochonanina, new species of, 52, 455. Trogoptera, new species of, 355. INDEX. Tubes formed by Annelids, on, 1. Tubificide, on South-American, 205. Tupaia ferruginea, on the Palawan representative of, 367. Unzela, new species of, 168. Vadebra, new species of, 498. Vitrina Hudsoniz, remark on, 61. Waterhouse, C. O., on new Coleo- ptera, 283; on Apogonia ferru- ginea, 513. Williamson, H. C., on a bifid earth- worm, 217. Woodward, A.S., on the affinities of Protosphyrzena, 510. Zatrephes, new species of, 1733. END OF THE THIRTEENTH VOLUME. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Animck. Vag. Vat. Hist. S. 6. Vol AM. PLXVI . G Ga Gb 7 4) — i, ba R.Mimtern del.et lth Mintern. Bros. imp. AND SEM S Or TE INATUINAS ISLANDS: a “fh ; : : A Cc a i, , oes ¢ — : ~ ay » oo “ i ae o (Yn ar in ' 7 Sy 8 .¥ i " ‘ ie wf ee é ‘ oe : i ¥ I feat. ‘ig is My ¥ - We , % aw ae 4 an y & . a 1 >” : 4 oH i - » SINDING SECT. JUL 2 - 1968 QH The Annals & magazine of 1] natural history PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE EN rk aS STE ee eNO EY INTENT - a cas LPO CN OE MT OF Pa ens Sot: So Ree » tree sere, er aro Be Ween et an a enw oe rye > OE NTE 4 . VOR We SY ie ein rte . WA eek ke 7 AO CO? Wee Oe e y 9S ee Sele 2 -% ¢ x ot * 2 CREA SPIE c ¢ Saath > tnAik aati biiehictalach aed y ‘ oe , “ SANG REE NER ETE SE A ETE ETE INTHE A GY S SEEN NT RO ee sad vy ES 7 < s » = eo Bee en % A